1 of 205
Federal Act on the Organization of Universities and their Studies (Universitätsgesetz 2002 - UG)
StF: BGBl. I No. 120/2002 (NR: GP XXI RV 1134 AB 1224 p. 111. BR: 6697 AB 6717 p. 690.)
Federal Act on the Organization of Universities and their Studies (Universities Act 2002 - UG)
⇐ Original version
As amended by:
BGBl. I No. 21/2004 (VfGH)
(list of amendments published in the Federal Law Gazette [F.L.G. = BGBl.]) BGBl. I No. 96/2004 (NR: GP XXII IA 414 / A
AB 603 p. 73 BR: 7085 AB 7107
P. 712.)
BGBl. I No. 116/2004 (VfGH)
BGBl. I No. 77/2005 (NR: GP XXII AB 1045 p. 117. BR: 7336 AB 7359 p. 724.)
BGBl. I No. 74/2006 (NR: GP XXII IA 752 / A AB 1308 p. 139. App. Of BR: 1439 AB 1449 p. 150. BR: 7475 AB 7501 p. 733.)
BGBl. I No. 24/2007 (NR: GP XXIII RV 43 AB 67 S. 20. BR: 7681 AB 7682 S. 745.) [CELEX-No .: 32003L0096, 32006L0048,
32006L0098, 32006L0112, 32006L0141]
BGBl. I No. 87/2007 (NR: GP XXIII RV 241 AB 276 p. 37. BR: AB 7787 p. 750.)
BGBl. I No. 134/2008 (NR: GP XXIII IA 890 / A p. 72. BR: 8017 AB 8027 p. 760.)
BGBl. I No. 81/2009 (NR: GP XXIV RV 225 AB 308 S. 31. BR: 8138 AB 8159 S. 774.)
BGBl. I No. 111/2010 (NR: GP XXIV RV 981 AB 1026 p. 90. BR: 8437 AB 8439 p. 792.) [CELEX no .: 32010L0012]
BGBl. I No. 13/2011 (NR: GP XXIV RV 1054 AB 1079 p. 96. BR: AB 8459 p. 794.)
Federal Law Gazette I No. 45/2011 (VfGH)
BGBl. I No. 35/2012 (NR: GP XXIV RV 1685 AB 1708 p. 148. BR: 8686 AB 8688 p. 806.)
BGBl. I No. 47/2012 (NR: GP XXIV RV 1710 AB 1741 p. 153. BR: AB 8722
P. 808.) replaced by Federal Law Gazette I No. 52/2012
BGBl. I No. 52/2012 (NR: GP XXIV RV 1710 AB 1741 p. 153. BR: AB 8722 p. 808.)
BGBl. I No. 18/2013 (NR: GP XXIV RV 2011 AB 2078 p. 185. BR: AB 8852 p. 816.)
2 of 205
BGBl. I No. 52/2013 (NR: GP XXIV RV 2142 AB 2180 p. 191. BR: AB 8909 p. 818.)
BGBl. I No. 79/2013 (NR: GP XXIV RV 2164 AB 2282 p. 199. BR: 8945 AB 8957 p. 820.)
BGBl. I No. 124/2013 (NR: GP XXIV RV 2348 AB 2397 p. 206. BR: 9006 AB 9012 p. 822.)
BGBl. I No. 168/2013 (VfGH)
BGBl. I No. 176/2013 (NR: GP XXIV RV 2435 AB 2452 p. 216. BR: 9056 AB 9119 p. 823.)
BGBl. I No. 16/2014 (NR: GP XXV AB 35 p. 12. BR: AB 9144 p. 827.) BGBl. I No. 45/2014 (NR: GP XXV RV 136 AB 171 p. 30.
BR: 9189 AB 9192 p. 831.)
BGBl. I No. 21/2015 (NR: GP XXV RV 369 AB 389 p. 53. BR: AB 9289 p. 837.)
BGBl. I No. 131/2015 (NR: GP XXV RV 797 AB 808 p. 96. BR: AB 9458 p. 846.)
BGBl. I No. 11/2017 (VfGH)
BGBl. I No. 129/2017 (NR: GP XXV IA 2235 / A AB 1705 p. 188. BR: 9817 AB 9853 p. 871.)
BGBl. I No. 8/2018 (NR: GP XXVI RV 10 AB 20 p. 9. BR: 9924 p. 876.) BGBl. I No. 30/2018 (NR: GP XXVI RV 59 AB 91 p. 19.
BR: 9946 AB 9950 p. 879.)
BGBl. I No. 31/2018 (NR: GP XXVI RV 68 AB 105 S 21. BR: AB 9960 p. 879.) BGBl. I No. 52/2018 (NO: GP XXVI IA 296 / A AB
248 p. 36. BR: AB 10010 p. 883.)
BGBl. I No. 56/2018 (NR: GP XXVI RV 189 AB 207 p. 36. BR: 9998 AB 10020 p. 883.) [CELEX no. 32016L0801]
BGBl. I No. 3/2019 (NR: GP XXVI RV 378 AB 442 p. 55. BR: AB 10106 p. 888.)
⇐ amendment entailing the latest update of the present translation Click here for checking the up-to-date list of
amend ments
in the Austrian Legal Information System.
Disclaimer: This translation has been done with great care. In case of discrepancies or contradictions
between the German original text and the translated version, only the German version is considered authentic and
legally binding.
3 of 205
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
I. Part organizational law
Section 1 General Provisions
1. subsection
Principles, tasks and scope
Part I Organizational Law
Chapter 1 General Provisions
Sub-Chapter 1
Principles, Responsibilities and Scope of Application
§ 1. Goals
§ 1. Objectives
§ 2. Guiding principles
§ 2. Guiding Principles
§ 3. Tasks
§ 3. Tasks
§ 4. Legal form
§ 4. Legal Nature
§ 5. Freedom of instruction and freedom of statute § 5.
Immunity from Ministerial Instructions and Freedom to Adopt Statutes
§ 6. Scope
§ 6. Scope of Application
Section 7. Area of ​​Effect of the Universities Section 7.
Sphere of Action of the Universities
§ 8. Securing research and teaching areas § 8.
Safeguarding Fields of Research and Teaching
§ 9. Legal supervision
§ 9. Legal supervision
§ 10. Companies, foundations, associations § 10.
Companies, Foundations and Associations
§ 11. University report
§ 11. University Report
2nd subsection
Financing, performance agreement and quality assurance
Sub-Chapter 2
Financing, performance agreement and quality assurance
§ 12. University funding from federal funds § 12.
Federal Funding of Universities
§ 12a. Definition of the global budgets of the universities § 12a.
Determining the Universities Global Budgets
§ 12b. Austrian University Development Plan § 12b. Austrian
National Development Plan for Public Universities
§ 13. Service agreement §
13. Performance Agreement
§ 13a. Arbitration commission §
13a. Arbitration Committee
§ 13b. development plan
§ 13b. Development plan
§ 14. Evaluation and quality assurance § 14.
Evaluation and Quality Assurance
3. Subsection of management and accounting
Sub-Chapter 3
Financial management and accounting
§ 15. Behavior
§ 15. Financial management
§ 16. Accounting and reports § 16.
Accounting and reporting
Section 17. Use of services Section 17.
Use of External Services
4 of 205
§ 18. Commercial and tax law status of universities § 18. Trade and
Tax Law Position of the Universities
Section 2
Management and internal structure of the university
1. Subsection provisions for all universities
Chapter 2
University Governance and Internal Structures
Sub-Chapter 1
Provisions Applicable to all Universities
§ 19. Statutes
§ 19. Statutes
Section 20. Management and internal organization Section 20.
Management and Internal Organization
Section 20a. Gender-appropriate composition of collegial bodies § 20a. Gender-Balanced
Composition of Collegial Bodies
Section 20b Plan for the Promotion of Women and Equal Opportunities Section 20b
Career Advancement Plan for Women and Equal Opportunities Plan
§ 21. University Council
§ 21. University Council
§ 22. Rectorate
§ 22. Rectorate
§ 23. Rector
§ 23. Rector
§ 23a. Finding commission §
23a. Search Committee
§ 23b. Reappointment of the Rector § 23b.
Reappointment of the Rector
Section 24. Vice-Rectors Section 24.
Vice-Rector
Section 25. Senate
Section 25. Senates
2. Subsection research funding, contract research and powers of attorney
Sub-Chapter 2
Research Promotion, Commissioned Research and Authorizations
Section 26. Research funding and contract research Section 26.
Research Promotion and Commissioned Research
§ 27. Powers of attorney
§ 27. Authorizations
§ 28.
§ 28.
3rd subsection
Special provisions for the clinical areas of medical universities or universities where one
Faculty of Medicine is established
Sub-Chapter 3
Special Provisions for the Clinical Departments of Medical universities and Universities with a Faculty of Medicine
Section 29. Organization
Section 29. Organization
§ 30. Ethics Committee
§ 30. Ethics Committee
(Note: Section 30a repealed by Federal Law Gazette I No. 31/2018)
Section 31. Structure of the clinical area Section 31.
Structure of the Clinical Department
Section 32. Management functions in the clinical area Section 32.
Governing Positions in the Clinical Department
Section 33. Reimbursement of costs to the hospital institution Section 33.
Reimbursement of Hospital Maintaining Bodies ’Costs
Section 34. Representatives of doctors and dentists Section 34.
Doctors ’and Dentists’ Representatives
Section 35. Teaching hospital (note: teaching facilities) Section 35.
Training units
Section 35a. Clinical practical year §
35a. Clinical Internship Year
(Note: § 35b. Dental-clinical internship) (Note: § 35b.
Dental Clinical Internship)
5 of 205
4. subsection
Special provisions for the University of Veterinary Medicine Vienna
Sub-Chapter 4
Special Provisions for the University of Veterinary Medicine Vienna
Section 36. Animal Hospital
Section 36. Veterinary Hospital
Section 37. Veterinary teaching institutes and organizational unit for wildlife and ecology
5th subsection
Special provisions for Catholic and Evangelical theology
§ 37. Veterinary Teaching Institutes and the Organizational Unit for Wildlife Ecology
Sub-Chapter 5
Special Provisions for Catholic and Protestant Theology
§ 38.
§ 38.
6. subsection
Special provisions for the Academy of Fine Arts Vienna
Sub-Chapter 6
Special Provisions for the Academy of Fine Arts Vienna
§ 39. Gemäldegalerie and Kupferstichkabinett § 39.
Art Gallery and Collection of Copperplate Engravings
7. Subsection Special Provisions for University Sports
Sub-Chapter 7
Special Provisions for University Sports
Section 40. University Sports Institutes Section
40th University Sports Centers
8. Subsection Special Provisions for the University of Vienna
Sub-Chapter 8
Special Provisions for the University of Vienna
Section 40a. Institute for Austrian History Research § 40a.
Austrian Institute of Historical Research
Section 3 equality between women and men
Chapter 3 Gender Equality
Section 41
Section 41. Duty of Career Advancement for Women
Section 42. Working Group for Equal Treatment Issues Section 42.
Working Group on Equal Opportunities
Section 43. Arbitration Commission
43. Arbitration Board
Section 44. Application of the Federal Equal Treatment Act section 44.
Application of the Federal Equal Opportunities Act
Section 4 procedure
Section 45. Supervision
Section 45. Supervision
Section 46. Procedures in administrative matters Section 46.
Official Procedure
Section 47 Default of organs
47. Dilatoriness of Bodies
Section 48. Confidentiality Section
48th Duty of Secrecy
§ 49. Liability
Section 49. Liability
§ 50. Legal representation
§ 50. Legal representation
Chapter 4 Procedures
6 of 205
II. Part of study law
Section 1 General Provisions
§ 51. Definitions §
51. Definitions
Part II Study Law
Chapter 1 General Provisions
Section 52. Classification of the academic year
52. Structure of the Academic Year
Section 53. Storage of university-specific data Section 53.
Storage of University-Specific Data
Section 2 studies
§ 54. Ordinary studies
Section 54. Degree programs
Chapter 2 Study Programs
Section 54a. Extension studies §
54a. Extension programs
Section 54b. Extension studies for the extension of teacher training programs § 54b. extension
Programs for Teacher Training Programs
Section 54c. Extension studies for graduates of six semester teacher training programs
Section 54c. Extension Programs for Graduates of Six-Semester Teacher Training Programs
Section 54d. Joint study programs § 54d.
Joint study programs
Section 54e. Joint studies § 54e.
Jointly Offered Study Programs
Section 55. Individual studies
§ 55. Individually Designed Degree Programs
§ 56. University courses
§ 56. Certificate university programs for further education
§ 57. Preparation courses §
57. Preparatory Courses
Section 58. Curricula
Section 58. Curricula
Section 3 students
Chapter 3 Students
Section 59. Rights and obligations of students Section 59.
Rights and Duties of Students
§ 60. Admission to studies §
60. Admission to Studies
Section 61. Admission deadlines
Section 61. Admission Periods
Section 62. Announcement of continuation of studies Section 62.
Registration for the Continuation of Studies
Section 63. Admission to regular studies Section 63.
Admission to Degree Programs
Section 63a. Special provision for admission to master's and doctoral programs § 63a. Special commission
relating to the Admission to Master's and Doctoral
program
§ 64. General university entrance qualification §
64th General University Entrance Qualification
Section 64a. University entrance examination § 64a.
University Entrance Qualification Examination
Section 65. Special university entrance qualification
65th Special University Entrance Qualification
Section 65a. Suitability for teacher training and professional studies at elementary education institutions
Section 65a. Aptitude for Teacher Training Programs and Study Programs for teaching at Elementary Educational
Institutions
Section 65b. Legal protection in admission procedures § 65b.
Legal protection in respect of admission procedures
7 of 205
Section 66. Study entry and orientation phase Section 66.
Study Starting and Orientation Period
Section 67. Leave of absence
§ 67. Academic Leave
Section 68. Expiry of admission to regular studies Section 68.
Expiry of Admission to Degree Programs
§ 69. Certificate of departure §
69. Leaving Certificate
Section 70. Admission to extraordinary studies Section 70.
Admission to non-degree programs
Section 71. Expiry of admission to extraordinary studies Section 71. Expiry
of Admission to Non-Degree Programs
3a. section
Access regulations in the context of capacity-oriented, student-related university funding
Chapter 3a
Admission Regulations in the Context of the Capacity-Oriented, Student-Based Funding of Universities
Section 71a. aims
Section 71a. Objectives
Section 71b. Admission to particularly popular bachelor and diploma courses
Section 71c. Additional provisions for admission to the studies affected by the German Numerus Clausus
Section 71d. Admission to bachelor and diploma courses that are particularly in high demand at a university
Section 4
Assessment of academic success and certificates
Section 71b. Admission to Very Popular Bachelor and Diploma Degree Programs
Section 71c. Supplementary Provisions Relating to the Admission to Degree Programs Subject to the German Numerus
clausus
Section 71d. Admission to Very Popular Bachelor's and Diploma Programs at a University
Chapter 4
Determination of Academic Success and Certificates
Section 72. Assessment and assessment of academic success Section 72.
Determination of Academic Success and Academic Assessment
Section 73. Annulment of assessments Section 73.
Annulations of assessments
Section 74. Certificates
Section 74. Certificates
4a. section
Admission and supplementary exams, courses and exams
Chapter 4a
Admission and Supplementary Examinations, Courses and Examinations
Section 75. Admission and supplementary exams Section 75.
Admission and Supplementary Examinations
Section 76. Courses and examinations Section 76.
Courses and examinations
Section 77. Repetition of exams Section 77.
Repetition of examinations
Section 78. Recognition of exams Section 78.
Recognition of examinations
Section 79. Legal protection for exams Section 79.
Legal protection in respect of examinations
Section 5
Bachelor theses, diploma and master theses as well as dissertations
Chapter 5
Bachelor’s Papers, Diploma, Master’s and Doctoral Theses
§ 80.Bachelor theses
§ 80. Bachelor’s Papers
Section 81. Diploma and master theses Section 81.
Diploma and Master’s Theses
§ 82. Artistic diploma and master theses § 82.
Artistic Diploma and Master’s Submissions
Section 83. Dissertations and artistic dissertations Section 83.
Doctoral Theses and Artistic Doctoral Theses
8 of 205
Section 84. Inspection of assessment documents Section 84.
Inspection of assessment documents
§ 85. Recognition of scientific and artistic works § 85. Recognition of
Academic Theses and Artistic Submissions
§ 86. Obligation to publish §
86. Duty of Publication
Section 6 Academic Degrees
Section 87. Awarding of the academic degree or academic title
Section 87a. Academic degree and academic title for the graduates of
university courses
Chapter 6 Academic Degrees
§ 87. Award of the Academic Degree or the Academic Designation
Section 87a. Academic Degree and Academic Designation for Graduates of Certificate University Programs for Further
Education
Section 88. Management of academic degrees Section 88.
Use of Academic Degrees
§ 89. Revocation of domestic academic degrees or academic names
§ 89. Revocation of Domestic Academic Degrees or Academic Designations
7. Section Nostrification
§ 90.
§ 90.
Section 8 Tuition Fee Regulations
§ 91. Tuition fee
Section 91. Tuition Fees
Chapter 7 Nostrification
Chapter 8 Provisions on Tuition Fees
Section 92. Waiver and reimbursement of tuition fees Section 92.
Remission and Reimbursement of the Tuition Fees
Section 9 special provisions
Chapter 9 Special Provisions
Section 93. Special Provisions for Catholic Theology Section 93. Special
Provisions for Catholic Theology
Section 93a. Special provisions for the joint study of human medicine at the University of Linz and medical
University of Graz
III. Part of members of the university
Section 1 classification
Section 93a. Special Provisions for the Joint Degree Program in Human Medicine at the University of Linz and the
Medical University of Graz
Part III University Members
Chapter 1 Classification
Section 94. Classification
§ 94. Classification
Section 2
Chapter 2
Research fellows and doctors in specialist training
Research Fellows and Physicians in Specialists ’Training
Section 95. Research Fellows Section 95. Research
Fellows
9 of 205
Section 96. Doctors in specialist training Section 96.
Physicians in Specialists ’Training
Section 3
Scientific and artistic university staff
Chapter 3
Scientific and Artistic University Staff
Section 97. University professors Section 97.
University professors
Section 98. Appointment procedure for university professors
Section 99. Abbreviated appointment procedure for university professors
§ 98. Appointment Procedure for University Professors
Section 99. Shortened appointment procedure for university professors
Section 99a.
Section 99a.
Section 100. Scientific and artistic employees in research, art and teaching
Section 4 General University Staff
§ 100.Scientific and Artistic Staff in Research, Art and Teaching
Chapter 4
Non-Academic University Staff
§ 101.
§ 101.
Section 5
Chapter 5
Lecturers, habilitation, emeritus university professors
as well as retired university professors
Non-Tenured Associate Professors, Habilitation, Professors Emeriti and Retired Professors
Section 102. Lecturers Section 102.
Non-tenured associate professors
Section 103. Habilitation
Section 103. Habilitation
Section 104. Emeritus university professors and university professors
Retired university professors
§ 104. Professors Emeriti and Retired Professors
Section 6 General Provisions
Chapter 6 General Provisions
Section 105. Freedom of conscience and freedom of research Section 105.
Freedom of Conscience and Research
Section 106. Exploitation of Intellectual Property Section 106.
Commercial Exploitation of Intellectual Property
IV. Part of personnel law
Part IV Employment Law
Section 107. Announcement and admission Section 107.
Advertisement of positions and appointments
Section 108. Legal basis of employment relationships Section 108.
Legal basis of employment
Section 108a. Special legal regulation for members of forensic medicine institutions
Section 108a. Special arrangements for members of units of forensic medicine
Section 109. Duration of employment relationships Section 109.
Term of employment contracts
10 of 205
§ 110. Special legal regulations on working hours and rest periods for the scientific and artistic
University staff
Section 111. Statutory special regulations on work rest for general university staff
§ 110.Special Arrangements for the Hours of Work and Rest Periods of Scientific and Artistic University Staff
§ 111.Special Arrangements for the Rest Periods of Non-Academic University Staff
Section 112. Labor inspection
§ 112. Labor Inspection
Section 113. Extended protection against dismissal and dismissal Section 113.
Extended Protection against Dismissal
Section 114. Assumption of public office Section 114.
Acceptance of public offices
Section 115. Pension fund system and company group insurance Section 115. System of
Pension Funds and Corporate Collective Insurance
V. Part of criminal provisions
§ 116.
§ 116.
VI. part
Real estate, buildings, premises
§ 117. Use of space
§ 117. Use of Space
Part V Penal Commissions
Part VI
Properties, Buildings and Rooms
§ 118. Tenancy rights to objects of BIG and other owners § 118. Tenancy
Rights in respect of Properties Owned by BIG and other
Owners
§ 118a. land use plan
§ 118a. Development plan for buildings
§ 118b. Real estate management at universities § 118b.
Property Management by Universities
VII. Part of the Science Council
Section 119.
Section 119.
VIII. Part
Transitional and final provisions
Section 1 implementation of the new organization
Part VII Science Council
Part VIII Transitional and Final Provisions
Chapter 1
Implementation of the New Organizational Structure
Section 120. Founding Convention
120th Constituent Convention
Section 121. Implementation steps
121. Implementation steps
2. Organization section
Chapter 2 organization
Section 122. Transfer of university members in accordance with UOG 1993 and KUOG Section 122. Transitional arrangements
for University Members under the University
Organization Act 1993 and Universities of the Arts Organization Act
§ 123. Transitional provisions for appointment commissions, habilitation commissions and special
habilitation committees
§ 123. Transitional Arrangements for Appointment Committees, Habilitation Committees and Special Habilitation
Committees
11 of 205
§ 123a. and § 123b. Transitional provisions for the establishment of a medical school
Section 3 Study Law
§ 123a. and § 123b. Transitional Provisions for the Establishment of a Faculty of Medicine
Chapter 3 Study Law
§ 124.
§ 124.
(Note: § 124a. Repealed by Federal Law Gazette I No. 129/2017) § 124a.
[Removed]
Section 124b. Additional provisions for admission to the studies affected by the German Numerus Clausus
4. Section transfer of staff
Section 124b. Supplementary Provisions Relating to the Admission to Degree Programs Subject to the German Numerus
clausus
Chapter 4 Transition of University Staff
Section 125. Officials of the Confederation Section 125.
Permanent Federal Civil Servants
Section 126. Federal Contract Agents Section 126.
Federal Contractual Employees
Section 127. Apprentices of the Confederation
127. Federal Apprentices
Section 128. New admissions
Section 128. New Entrants
Section 129. Federal Liability
129. Liability of the Federal Government
Section 130. Claims of the Federal Government towards employees Section 130. Claims of
the Federal Government against Employees
Section 131. Transfer of official and natural housing Section 131.
Transfer of Rented and Rent-Free Tied Accommodation
Section 132. Scientific (artistic) employees (in training)
§ 132. Junior Scientific and Artistic Staff
Section 133. Persons with a special legal relationship with the Confederation Section 133. Persons with
Special contracts with the Federal Government
Section 134. Employees within the framework of partial legal capacity Section 134.
Employees under restricted legal capacity
Section 135. Representation of interests of university employees
§ 135. Representation of Interests of University Employees
Section 5
Transfer of rights and assets
Chapter 5
Transfer of rights and assets
Section 136. Succession organizations
136. Successor Institutions
Section 137. Transfer of tenancy rights to properties, buildings and premises
Section 138. Legal succession in the case of shared real estate, buildings and premises
Section 139. Transfer of federally owned property to universities
Section 140. Transfer of the institutions of the Universities and Universities of the Arts, which are partially legal
standing real estate, movables and rights to the universities
§ 137. Transfer of Tenancy Rights to Properties, Buildings and Rooms
§ 138. Legal succession with respect to shared properties, buildings and rooms
§ 139. Transfer of Properties Owned by the Federal Government to the Universities
§ 140. Transfer to Universities of Properties, Movable Assets and Rights Owned by Organizational Units with
Restricted Legal Capacity at Universities and Universities of the Arts
12 of 205
5a. University Association section
Section 140a. succession
Section 140a. Legal succession
Chapter 5a Merger of Universities
Section 140b. Transitional provisions for the articles of association, the organizational and the development plan
Section 140c. Transfer of tenancy rights to properties, buildings and premises
Section 140b. Transitional Provisions for the Statutes, the Organization Plan and the Development Plan
Section 140c. Transfer of Tenancy Rights to Properties, Buildings and Rooms
Section 140d. Transfer of personnel §
140d. Transition of University Staff
Section 140e. Transitional provisions for the representation of employees' interests
Section 140e. Transitional Provisions for the Representation of Employee Interests
§ 140f. Transitional provisions under study law § 140f.
Transitional Provisions Pertaining to Study Law
§ 140g. and § 140h. Other provisions § 140g. and §
140h. Other commissions
6. Budget section
§ 141.
§ 141.
6a. section
Future capacity-oriented, student-related university funding
Chapter 6 budget
Chapter 6a
Future Capacity-Oriented, Student-Based Funding of Universities
Section 141a. Principles (note: repealed by Federal Law Gazette I No. 8/2018) § 141a. [Removed]
Section 141b. Service agreements for the period 2019 to 2021 § 141b. performance
Agreements for the Period 2019 to 2021
Section 141c. Implementation of capacity-oriented, student-related university funding
Section 7 Entry into Force and Execution
Section 141c. Implementation of the Capacity-Oriented, Student-Based Funding of Universities
Chapter 7
Entry into Force and Implementation
Section 142. References
§ 142. References
Section 143. Entry into force and expiry of legal provisions Section 143. Entry
into Force and Expiration of Legal Provisions
Section 144. Enforcement
§ 144. Implementation
13 of 205
Part I.
Part I
organization law
Organizational Law
Section 1
Chapter 1
General provisions General
provisions
1. subsection
Sub-Chapter 1
Principles, tasks and scope Principles, Responsibilities and
Scope of application
aims
Objectives
§ 1. (1) The universities are called, scientific research and teaching, development and development
Development of the arts as well as the teaching of art and thereby responsible for solving the
Human problems and the prosperous development of society and the natural environment
contribute. Universities are educational institutions under public law that are active in research and in
research-led academic teaching on the production of new scientific knowledge as well as on the
Tapping new entrances to the arts. In the joint work of teachers and
In an enlightened knowledge society, the pursuit of education and autonomy of the
Individual accomplished through science. The funding of young scientists goes along
the development of skills and qualifications in both the scientific and artistic fields
Content as well as in the area of ​​methodological skills with the aim of coping with social
Contribute to challenges in a changing humane and gender-sensitive society. To the
to take into account constantly changing requirements in terms of organization, study and personnel law,
The universities and their organs are constituted with the greatest possible autonomy and self-government.
(2) As far as this federal law does not contain any deviating provisions, the 1st and 2nd section of the
Research Organization Act (FOG), Federal Law Gazette No. 341/1981, also apply in the scope of this federal law.
§ 1. (1) The mission of the universities is to serve academic research and teaching, and the advancement,
appreciation and teaching of the arts, and thereby to contribute to the personal development of the individual, and to
the welfare of society and the environment. Universities are public educational institutions which, in their research
and research-based teaching, are directed towards the advancement of knowledge and the development of new
approaches to the arts. Through the common efforts of teachers and students, working in an enlightened knowledge
society, they assist individuals in their striving for the education and autonomy through science. They promote the
advancement of junior academics, which goes hand in hand with the acquisition of scientific and artistic
abilities and qualifications, and methodological skills, with the goal of helping a society in transition to
master the challenges it faces in a humane and gender-equal fashion. To enable them to respond to the constantly
changing demands made on them in terms of organization, study laws and employment laws, the universities and
their governing bodies shall constitute themselves under conditions of the greatest possible autonomy and self-
administration.
(2) Unless otherwise provided for in this Federal Act, Chapters 1 and 2 of the Research Organization Act (FOG), F. L.
G. No 341/1981, shall also apply to the area of ​​application of this Act.
14 of 205
Guiding principles
Guiding principles
§ 2. The guiding principles for universities in fulfilling their tasks are:
1. Freedom of science and its teaching (Art. 17 of the Basic Law on the
general rights of citizens, RGBl. No. 142/1867) and freedom of scientific and artistic
Creation, the mediation of art and its teaching (Art. 17a of the Basic Law on General
Rights of citizens);
2. Linking research and teaching, linking the development and development of the arts and their teaching
as well as the connection between science and art;
3. Diversity of scientific and artistic theories, methods and doctrines;
§ 2. The guiding principles to be observed by the universities in pursuance of their objects are:
1. freedom of sciences and their teaching (Art 17 of the Basic Law on the General Rights of Nationals,
Imperial Legal Gazette No 142/1867) and freedom of scientific and artistic activity, the dissemination of the arts
and their teaching (Art 17a of the Basic Law on the General Rights of Nationals);
2. interaction between research and teaching, the advancement, appreciation and teaching of the arts, and science and
art;
3. diversity of scientific and artistic theories, methods and doctrines;
4. freedom of learning;
4. freedom of study;
5. Taking into account the requirements for access to the profession, particularly for teaching in schools
or working at elementary education institutions;
6. Participation of the students, especially with regard to study matters and the quality assurance of teaching;
7. National and international mobility of students and graduates
Graduates as well as academic and artistic university staff;
5. Attention to the requirements for entry to professional careers, in particular for teaching at schools or at
elementary educational institutions;
6. student co-determination, particularly in respect of matters relating to studies and quality assurance of
teaching;
7. national and international mobility of students, graduates, and university scientific and artistic staff;
8. cooperation between university members; 8. collaborative
relationships between members of the university;
9. equality between women and men; 9. equality
of the sexes;
10. equal social opportunities;
10. equality of social opportunity;
11. special attention to the needs of disabled people; 11. special attention to the
needs of the handicapped;
12. Economy, economy and practicality of handling; 12. efficient, economical and
expedient management of finances;
13. Compatibility of studies or work with childcare obligations for children and relatives in need of care;
13. compatibility of studies or career and responsibilities for the care of children and family members requiring care;
14. Sustainable use of resources. 14th
sustainable use of resources.
tasks
tasks
§ 3. The universities fulfill the following tasks within their scope:
§ 3. Within their sphere of action, the universities fulfil the following tasks:
15 of 205
1. Development of the sciences (research and teaching), development and development of art as well as teaching of
Art;
2. Education through science and through the development and development of the arts;
3. scientific, artistic, artistic-educational and artistic-scientific
Vocational training, qualification for professional activities that require application scientific
Knowledge and methods require, as well as training in artistic and scientific
Skills to the highest level;
4. Education and promotion of young scientific and artistic talent;
5. Continuing education, especially for graduates from universities and educators
Pedagogues;
6. Coordination of scientific research (development and development of the arts) and teaching
within the university;
7. Support national and international cooperation in the field of scientific research
and teaching as well as art;
8. Support the use and implementation of their research results in practice and support the
social integration of results of development and development of the arts;
1. advancement of sciences (research and teaching), and the advancement, appreciation and teaching of the arts;
2. education through science and the advancement and appreciation of the arts;
3. scientific, artistic, artistic-pedagogical and artistic-scientific training, qualification for
professional activities requiring the application of scientific knowledge and methods, as well as teaching artistic and
scientific skills at the highest level;
4. training and promotion of junior academics and young artists;
5. continuing education, particularly of university graduates and graduates of university colleges of teacher
education;
6. internal co-ordination of scientific research (and the advancement and appreciation of the arts) and
teaching at universities;
7. promotion of domestic and international co-operation in research and teaching, and the arts;
8. promotion of the use and practical application of their research findings, and of community involvement in
efforts to promote the advancement and appreciation of the arts;
9. equality between women and men and the promotion of women; 9. gender equality, and the
advancement of women;
10. Maintaining contacts with the graduates; 10. maintenance of
contacts with graduates;
11. Inform the public about the fulfillment of the tasks of the universities.
11. provision of public information on the performance of the tasks of the universities.
legal form
Legal nature
§ 4. The universities are legal entities under public law. § 4. The universities are
legal entities under public law.
Freedom of instruction and statute Immunity from Ministerial Instructions
and Freedom to Adopt Statutes
§ 5. The universities fulfill their tasks in accordance with § 3 within the framework of the laws and regulations without instructions
and adopt their statutes within the framework of the laws in accordance with Article 81c (1) of the Federal Constitutional Law
(B-VG), BGBl. No. 1/1930, in the version of the Federal Law BGBl. I No. 2/2008.
§ 5. The universities shall perform their tasks under § 3 within the limits of the law and decrees without restriction
by ministerial instructions and adopt their statutes within the limits of the law according to Art 81c para 1 Federal
Constitutional law,
F. L. G. No 1/1930, as amended by the Federal Act F. L. G. I No 2/2008.
scope
Scope of application
§ 6. (1) This federal law applies to the following universities: § 6. (1) The following
universities shall be subject to this act:
16 of 205
1. University of Vienna;
1. University of Vienna;
2. University of Graz;
2. University of Graz;
3. University of Innsbruck;
3. University of Innsbruck;
4. Medical University of Vienna; 4th
Medical University of Vienna;
5. Medical University of Graz; 5th
Medical University of Graz;
6. Medical University of Innsbruck; 6th
Medical University of Innsbruck;
7. University of Salzburg;
7. University of Salzburg;
8. Vienna University of Technology; 8th.
Vienna University of Technology;
9. Graz University of Technology; 9th
Graz University of Technology;
10th Montan University Leoben; 10th
University of Mining Leoben;
11. University of Natural Resources and Life Sciences, Vienna; 11th
University of Natural Resources and Life Sciences, Vienna;
12. University of Veterinary Medicine Vienna; 12th
University of Veterinary Medicine Vienna;
13. Vienna University of Economics and Business; 13th
Vienna University of Economics and Business;
14. University of Linz;
14. University of Linz;
15. University of Klagenfurt;
15. University of Klagenfurt;
16. University of Applied Arts Vienna; 16th
University of Applied Arts Vienna;
17th University of Music and Performing Arts Vienna; 17th University of
Music and Performing Arts Vienna;
18th University Mozarteum Salzburg; 18th
Mozarteum University “Salzburg;
19. University of Music and Performing Arts Graz; 19. University of
Music and Performing Arts Graz;
20th University for Artistic and Industrial Design Linz; 20. University of Art
and Design Linz;
21st Academy of Fine Arts Vienna; 21st Academy
of Fine Arts Vienna;
22. University of Continuing Education Krems (Danube University Krems). 22. University of Continuing
Education Krems (Danube University Krems).
(2) Universities are established and closed by federal law. (2) Universities shall be
established and dissolved by federal law.
(3) Two or more universities can be united by federal law.
(4) An initiative for an association can also come from two or more universities. Based
Consistent decisions of the university councils and rectorates involved and after the respective
Senates may submit a corresponding proposal to the Federal Minister for amendment
of paragraph 1 as well as to determine the necessary further legal regulations (general framework provisions)
submit. An association can only take effect at the beginning of a new performance agreement period.
(3) Two or more universities may be merged by federal law.
(4) The initiative for a merger may also be taken by two or more universities. Based on the decisions by the university
councils and rectorates of the universities involved and after hearing the opinions of the respective senates, the
Federal Minister shall have the right to present a proposal for the amendment of para 1 as well as for the adoption of
necessary further legal regulations (merger framework regulations). A merger shall only become effective at the
beginning of a new performance agreement period.
17 of 205
(5) The decisions for an initiative for an association must in any case include:
1. a proposal to regulate the legal succession and the desired future name of the
University;
(5) The decision to initiate a merger shall contain the following:
1. a proposal for arrangements for the legal succession as well as for the desired future name of the university;
2. the desired time for the association to take effect; 2. the desired date at which
the merger shall enter into full effect;
3. a preliminary joint organizational and development plan, which takes into account the organizational
and development plans of the universities involved were drawn up;
4. In the event of participation by a medical university, a proposal for regulations in the
Organizational plan that ensures that the associated with the medical organizational unit
Institutes, clinics etc. are allocated the resources required to fulfill their tasks;
5. A proposal for transitional arrangements regarding the highest management bodies at the longest
within one year of the effective date of the association and the statutory
established collegial bodies as well
6. a proposal for transitional arrangements regarding those according to the organizational plan of those involved
Institutions and bodies set up at universities.
(6) If there is an initiative for an association in accordance with paragraph 4 including the supplements in accordance with paragraph 5, the
Federal Minister the appropriateness of the association with regard to the goals of
to review the guiding principles and tasks of the universities (Sections 1 to 3) and to pass them on to the Federal Government
to report. An initiative to unite universities can be found in constitutional law
the proposed route of federal legislation but also by the Federal Minister
Federal ministers themselves go out.
3. a preliminary common organization plan and development plan that have been prepared taking into account the
organization plans and development plans of the universities involved;
4. if a medical university is involved, a proposal for provisions in the organization plan that ensure that
the institutes, clinics etc. that are part of the medical organizational unit receive the resources necessary
for the fulfillment of their tasks;
5. a proposal for transitional provisions pertaining to the governing positions within a maximum of one year after the
merger has entered into full effect and to the legally mandated collegial bodies, and
6. a proposal for transitional provisions pertaining to the bodies, boards and committees established at the
universities involved according to their organization plans.
(6) If the initiative for a merger according to para 4, including the documents stipulated in para 5, has been
taken, the Federal Minister shall assess the reasonability of the merger regarding the objectives, guiding
principles and tasks of the universities involved (§§ 1 to 3) and shall report to the Federal Government on this. The
initiative for a merger of universities may be taken in conformity with the constitutionally mandated procedures of
federal legislation, but may also be taken by the Federal Minister.
Area of ​​Effect of the Universities
Action of the Universities
§ 7. (1) The sphere of activity of the universities according to § 6 paragraph 1 lines 1 to 3 and 7 to 21 arises, unless paragraph 2
otherwise determined from the day before the entry into force of this federal law at the universities of the same name
established studies and research institutions.
(2) The sphere of activity of the Medical Universities of Vienna, Graz and Innsbruck results from the am
Day before this takes effect
§ 7. (1) The sphere of action of the universities named in § 6 para 1 subparas 1–3 and 7–21 of this Act, unless
otherwise provided for by para 2, shall correspond to the study programs and research institutions at the
above universities as constituted on the day before the entry into force of this Act.
(2) The sphere of action of the Medical Universities of Vienna, Graz and Innsbruck shall correspond to the
study programs and research institutions at the
18 of 205
Federal law established at the medical faculties of the universities of Vienna, Graz and Innsbruck
Studies and research institutions.
(3) Changes to the spheres of activity of the universities are only possible through the performance agreements in accordance with § 13
or permitted by regulation of the federal government in accordance with § 8.
Faculties of Medicine of the Universities of Vienna, Graz and Innsbruck as constituted on the day before the
entry into force of this act.
(3) Modifications to the spheres of action of the universities are only permissible by way of the performance
agreements according to § 13 or by decrees of the Federal Government according to § 8.
Securing research and teaching areas Safeguarding
Fields of Research and Teaching
§ 8. The Federal Government may, on the proposal of the Federal Minister of a university or
Order several universities to set up a course of study if this is possible
overarching educational policy or science policy reasons is required and none
agreement on this is made within the framework of a service agreement.
§ 8. On the recommendation of the Federal Minister, the Federal Government may, by decree, direct one or more
universities to establish a program of study if this is necessary for overriding educational or scientific
policy reasons and no performance agreement to this effect has been reached.
legal supervision
Legal supervision
§ 9. The universities, the societies, foundations and foundations they have established according to § 10 paragraph 1
Associations as well as those companies whose business shares the university indirectly or directly increases
than 50% holds are subject to federal supervision. This includes supervision of compliance with the
Laws and regulations including the articles of association (legal supervision).
§ 9. The universities as well as the companies, foundations and associations they have founded under § 10 para 1, and
those companies of which the university holds a direct or indirect share of more than 50%, are subject to supervision
by the Federal Government. This shall comprise monitoring of compliance with the acts, decrees and the universities'
statutes (legal supervision).
Companies, Foundations, Associations Companies,
Foundations and Associations
§ 10. (1) Every university is entitled to found societies, foundations and associations as well as itself
To participate in societies and to be a member of associations, provided that this foundation, participation or
Membership serves the fulfillment of the tasks of the university and in particular research (development
and development of the arts) and the teaching is not affected.
(2) Each university is also entitled, other assets - without prejudice to sections 26 and 27 - in particular
also in the form of donations, donations and sponsoring.
§ 10. (1) Each university shall be entitled to form companies, foundations and associations and to invest therein and
to be a member of associations, provided that such formation, investment or membership is in furtherance of the
performance of such university's tasks and, in particular, that it does not obstruct its research
(advancement and appreciation of the arts) and teaching.
(2) Each university shall also have the right to acquire other assets - without prejudice to §§ 26 and 27 - in
particular in the form of donations, gifts, and sponsoring.
University report
University Report
§ 11. The Federal Minister has based the National Council from 2005 on
the universities' intellectual capital reports, at least every three years, to report on developments so far and
to present the future direction of the universities. Among other things, it also focuses on promoting young talent
the development of the personnel structure of the universities and the situation of the students.
§ 11. Starting in 2005, the Federal Minister shall submit to the National Council at the minimum every three years a
report on the universities 'previous development and future strategy based on the universities' intellectual
capital reports. Such ministerial reports shall contain, inter alia, a discussion of the advancement of junior
academics, developments with regard to universities ’staffing, and the situation of students.
19 of 205
2nd subsection
Sub-Chapter 2
Financing, performance agreement and quality assurance
Quality assurance
University funding from federal funds
Federal Funding of Universities
§ 12. (1) The universities are to be financed by the federal government. The financial ones
Performance options of the federal government, its requirements for universities and the fulfillment of tasks of the
Universities to take into account.
(2) The Federal Minister, in agreement with the Federal Minister
Federal Minister of Finance by latest
October 31 of the second year of each performance agreement period in accordance with Section 13, taking into account the
expected student numbers and the supervisory relationships for the next
Performance agreement period to fund the total amount available to universities and its
Allocation to budget pillars for the university performance areas
§ 12. (1) The universities shall be funded by the Federal Government, having regard to its financial resources, the
requirements imposed by it on the universities and the fulfillment of their tasks.
(2) Pursuant to § 13, the Federal Minister shall, in consultation with the Federal Minister of Finance, taking into
account the by 31 October of the second year of each performance agreement period establish the total amount
dedicated to university funding in the next performance agreement period and its division into the budget columns for
the university performance areas
1. Teaching (“Teaching budget pillar”), 1.
teaching (“budget column’ teaching ’”),
2. Research or development and development of the arts ("budget pillar research or EEK") and
3. Infrastructure and strategic development ("budget pillar infrastructure and strategic development")
and to agree on this in accordance with Section 60 of the 2013 Federal Budget Act
(BHG 2013), BGBl. I No. 139/2009, in the version of the Federal Law BGBl. I No. 53/2017.
(3) In connection with the negotiations on the service agreements, a
There is a shift between the budget pillars in accordance with paragraph 2. From the budget pillars teaching and research or EEK
However, only a share of up to 2% each of the budget pillar infrastructure and strategic development
be struck. In agreement with the Federal Minister of Finance, a
higher proportion of the budget pillar infrastructure and strategic development will be added.
(4) The budget pillars teaching, research and EEK as well as infrastructure and strategic development according to para. 2
consist of the following amounts:
2. research, and the advancement and appreciation of the arts (“budget column‘ research and AAA ’”), and
3. infrastructure and strategic development ("budget column 'infrastructure and strategic development'"),
and shall reach agreement comply in accordance with § 60 of the Federal Budget Act 2013 (BHG 2013), F. L. G. I No
139/2009, as amended by F.L.G. I No 53/2017.
(3) In connection with the negotiations of the performance agreements, a shifting of amounts between the
budget columns according to para 2 may take place. However, only up to 2% of each of the budget columns “teaching and
research ”or AAA may be shifted to the budget column“ infrastructure and strategic development ”. In
consultation with the Federal Minister of Finance, it may also be permissible to shift a higher percentage to the
budget column “infrastructure and strategic development”.
(4) The budget columns “teaching”, “research or AAA” as well as “infrastructure and strategic
development ”according to para 2 are composed of the following amounts:
1. Budget pillar teaching in accordance with Paragraph 2 No. 1: 1. Budget
column “teaching” according to para 2 subpara 1:
20 of 205
a) Amount to be offered for all at least across Austria in the individual subject groups
Places. The number of study places in the individual subject groups is determined using the
Basic Indicators 1 “Ordinary Bachelor, Master and Diploma studies with at least 16 ECTS credit points
or 8 positively assessed semester hours per academic year in an exam-active manner ”;
b) Amount calculated on the basis of at least one competitive indicator and a maximum of 20% of the
Budget pillar teaching.
a) Amount allocated for covering the costs of the minimum number of all study places to be offered in each group of
disciplines throughout Austria. The amount of study places to be offered in each group of disciplines shall be
determined based on the basic indicator 1 “Students actively taking examinations amounting to at least 16 ECTS
credits or 8 semester hours per academic year in bachelor's, master's and diploma degree programs ”;
b) Amount which is calculated on the basis of at least one competition indicator and may not exceed 20% of
the budget column “teaching”.
2. Research budget pillar or EEK in accordance with para. 2 no. 2: 2. Budget column
“Research or AAA” according to para 2 subpara 2:
a) Amount for the minimum number of people to be employed across Austria in the individual subject groups
(in full-time equivalents) in selected usage groups. Determining the number of people to be employed
Individuals (full-time equivalents) in the individual subject groups are based on the basic indicator 2
"Personnel in selected uses in full-time equivalents per calendar year";
b) Amount for the universities in accordance with Section 6 (1) lines 1 to 15 (“scientific
Universities ”), which is calculated on the basis of at least one competitive indicator;
c) Amount for the universities according to Section 6 Paragraph 1 Numbers 16 to 21 (“Artistic Universities”),
which is calculated on the basis of at least one competitive indicator,
whereby the amounts according to lit. b and c together amount to a maximum of 20% of the Research or EEK pillar
allowed to.
3. The budget pillar infrastructure and strategic development according to para. 2 no. 3 includes the amounts for those of
Universities used buildings for the additional clinical expenditure according to § 55 Z 2 of the Federal Act on Hospitals
and Kuranstalten (KAKuG), BGBl. No. 1/1957, in the version of the Federal Law BGBl. I No. 59/2017
(Medical Universities), a strategic amount for teaching, research or development and development
the arts as well as for other measures. Its amount is particularly justified according to the factually justified
Determined in accordance with Section 13 (2) (1) and also serves to secure the economy
Universities taking into account the current developments in the university area,
the
a) Amount allocated for covering the costs of the minimum number of persons (full-time equivalents) to
be employed in each group of disciplines throughout Austria in selected job groups. The amount of
persons (full-time equivalents) to be employed in each group of disciplines shall be determined based
on the basic indicator 2 “Staff in selected job groups in full-time equivalents per calendar year”;
b) Amount allocated to the universities according to § 6 para 1 subparas 1 to 15 (“scientific universities”) which is
calculated based on at least one competition indicator;
c) Amount allocated to the universities according to § 6 para 1 subparas 16 to 21 (“artistic universities”) which is
calculated based on at least one competition indicator;
However, together the amounts pursuant to lit b and c shall not exceed 20% of the column research or AAA.
3. The budget column “infrastructure and strategic development” according to para 2 subpara 3 comprises the amounts
for the buildings used by the universities and for the clinical overheads according to § 55 subpara 2 of the
Hospitals and Health Resorts Act (KAKuG), F.L.G. No 1/1957, as amended by the Federal Act F.L.G.I.
No 59/2017 (Medical Universities), a strategic amount for teaching, research or the advancement and
appreciation of the arts as well as for other measures. The amount is determined, in particular, in
accordance with the objectively justifiable demand according to § 13 para 2 subpara 1, and shall also
serve as an economic security for the universities in consideration of the current
21 of 205
university policy priorities and the necessary structural changes.
(5) The individual subject groups in the teaching and research or EEK budget pillars are weighted, whereby
The following criteria in particular must be taken into account:
1. the total amount in accordance with paragraph 2 and its distribution between the teaching and research budget pillars or
EEK,
2. the different equipment requirements of the individual subject groups as well
developments in the university sector, the focus areas in higher education policy and the necessary structural changes.
(5) Each of the groups of disciplines in the budget columns “teaching” and “research or AAA” shall be
weighted, taking into account especially the following criteria:
1. the total amount set out in para 2 and its division into the budget columns “teaching” and “research or AAA”,
2. the different equipment needs for each group of disciplines, as well as
3. the actual cost structures. Third
the actual cost structures.
(6) For the distribution of funds in accordance with para. 4 no. 1 lit. a and Z 2 lit. a financing rates are determined. The
The financing rates for teaching are determined on the basis of the teaching budget pillar and taking into account
the number of study places available across Austria in the individual subject groups
and the corresponding subject group weights. The determination of the funding rates research or
The arts are developed and developed on the basis of the Research or EEK budget pillar as well as
Taking into account the number of Austria-wide in selected use groups in
the individual subject groups at least people to be employed (full-time equivalents) and
the corresponding subject group weights.
(7) By ordinance of the Federal Minister, in agreement with the Federal Minister or
to determine the following for the Federal Minister of Finance:
1. Proportional division of the budget pillars teaching and research or EEK into the amounts according to para. 4 no. 1 lit. a and b and
Z 2 lit. a to c,
2. Definition and data basis of basic indicators 1 and 2 and the competitive indicators
according to para. 4 no. 1 lit. b and Z 2 lit. b and c and their weighting according to paragraph 5,
3. Determination of the funding rates for the teaching and research budget pillars or EEK in accordance with paragraph 6 and
4. Allocation of the fields of study offered by the universities to the subject groups.
(6) Funding rates shall be determined for the allocation of the resources according to para 4 subpara 1 lit.
a and subpara 2 lit a. The funding rates for teaching shall be determined on the basis of the budget column
“Teaching” as well as in consideration of the minimum number of study places to be offered throughout
Austria in each group of disciplines and the corresponding weighting of the groups of disciplines. The funding rates
for research or the advancement and appreciation of the arts shall be determined on the basis of the budget column
“Research or AAA” as well as in consideration of the minimum number of persons (full-time equivalents) to be employed
throughout Austria in each group of disciplines in selected job groups and the corresponding weighting of the groups of
disciplines.
(7) In consultation with the Federal Minister of Finance, the Federal Minister shall, by decree, determine the
Following:
1. proportionate division of the budget columns “teaching” and “research or AAA” into the amounts set out in para 4
subpara 1 lit a and b and subpara 2 lit a to c,
2. definition and data basis for the basic indicators 1 and 2 and the competition indicators according to para 4
subpara 1 lit b and subpara 2 lit b and c and their weighting according to para 5,
3. Determination of the funding rates for the budget columns “teaching” as well as “research or AAA” according to para
6, as well as
4. assignment of the fields of education offered at the universities to the groups of disciplines.
22 of 205
(8) The total amount in accordance with paragraph 2 increases by that in the individual years of the respective
Service agreement period incurred by the universities from the general increases in payments for the
on the day before this federal law takes full effect at federal level, existing federal personnel, insofar as it is
during this period in an employment relationship with the university or in a federal employment relationship, in a
special legal relationship under public law as a researcher (artistic) or as
scientific (artistic) employee (in training) (§ 132) and assigned to the university
is. The increase must not exceed the percentage by which the estimated personnel expenses
of the federal government have risen compared to the federal budget for the previous calendar year.
(8) The total amount shall, in accordance with the arrangements set out in para 2, be increased by that of
the universities ’expenditure incurred as a result of general salary increases payable in individual years of
the current performance agreement period to federal employees present at universities on the day before the entry of
this Act into full effect, insofar as such staff are during the periods in question employed by
universities or under public law, or assigned to universities under special contracts as academic (artistic) staff or
as junior academic (artistic) staff (§ 132). Such increases may not exceed the percentage by which the Federal
Government's budgeted personnel expenses exceed the budgeted expenses for the previous calendar year.
(9) The increase in accordance with paragraph 8 is limited to the amount that would be required if this of this provision
University staff still recorded in a service or special public law
Legal relationship as a scientific (artistic) employee or as a scientific
(artistic) employee (in training) (§ 132) to the federal government.
(10) The Federal Minister may up to 2% of the total amount in accordance with paragraph 2 for
special financing requirements and to supplement service agreements in accordance with § 13
forfeited. The retained funds must be made available to the universities in full
become.
(11) Revenue from third-party funds and income that universities generate from investments must be shown. she
remain in the hands of the universities and do not reduce the amount of government grants.
(12) The funds are allocated monthly in aliquots. The monthly allocations can be made according to the
university requirements within the scope of the available global budgets.
(13) The Federal Minister can in the event of impending or occurred
The university's insolvency a restructuring concept as a binding framework for its
Specify economic management, which serves the goal, within the framework of an orderly management, the future,
to achieve permanent university performance. The renovation concept can be the order
one university curator or several
University curators include.
(9) The increase under para 8 shall be limited to the amount that would be required, if the university
staff subject to this provision still had employment or special contracts as academic (artistic) staff or
as junior academic (artistic) staff (§ 132) with the Federal Government.
(10) The Federal Minister may retain 2% of the total amount set out in para 2 for the basic budgets for special
funding requirements and for supplementary performance agreements under § 13. The universities shall have the right
to use these retained funds in full.
(11) The universities shall report their receipts from third-party funds and investment income. These shall
remain at the disposal of the universities and shall not reduce state allocations.
(12) Resources shall be allocated monthly, on a pro rata basis. Universities ’monthly allocations may, within the
limits of the global budgets available to them, be adapted to their requirements.
(13) The Federal Minister may, in the event of an imminent or actual insolvency of the university, enact a
restructuring plan as a binding framework for its financial management, which shall fulfil the objective of ensuring
the university's long-lasting solid performance in the future with sound financial management. As part of the
restructuring plan, one or several university trustees may be appointed.
23 of 205
Determining the global budgets of the universities
Universities' global budgets
§ 12a. (1) The universities each receive a global budget specified in the performance agreement. The
Universities are free to use the course within the scope of their tasks and performance agreements
Global budgets.
(2) The global budget specified in the service agreement is made up of the following partial amounts, the amount of which
taking into account the total amount specified in Section 12 Paragraph 2 and the budget pillars teaching, research
or EEK and infrastructure and strategic development is determined, as well as taking into account the §§
2 and 3 together:
§ 12a. (1) Each university shall receive a global budget as specified in the performance agreement. The
universities shall be free, within the limits of their tasks and the performance agreements, to use their global
budgets as they see fit.
(2) The global budget as specified in the performance agreement consists of the following components, the amount of
which shall be determined, taking into account the total amount named in § 12 para 2, the budget columns “teaching”,
"Research or AAA", and "infrastructure and strategic development" as well as in consideration of
Sections 2 and 3:
1. Partial amount for teaching:
1. Component for “teaching”:
a) The University receives from everyone agreed upon in the performance agreement
University to offer at least a place for bachelor, master and diploma studies after
Subject groups weighted funding rate teaching.
b) There is also an amount that is calculated on the basis of at least one competitive indicator
becomes. Each university receives the share of this amount that corresponds to its share in the indicator value
corresponds to all universities.
a) For each study place for bachelor's, master's or diploma programs to be offered by the university as stipulated in
the performance agreement, the university shall receive a “financing rate teaching” weighted according
to groups of disciplines.
b) In addition, the university shall receive an amount which is calculated based on at least one competition
indicator. Each university shall receive a portion of this amount corresponding to its share of the indicator value of
all universities.
2. Partial amount for research or EEK: 2.
Component for “research or AAA”:
a) The university receives at least one for every one agreed in the performance agreement from the university
Employee (in full-time equivalents) in selected uses by subject groups
a funding rate for research or development and development of the arts.
b) In addition, there is an amount for the universities in accordance with section 6 (1) nos. 1 to 15 ("scientific
Universities ”) as well as for the universities according to § 6 Paragraph 1 Z 16 to 21 (“ artistic
Universities ”), which is based on at least one competitive indicator
is calculated. Each university in accordance with section 6 (1) nos. 1 to 15 receives the share of this amount that corresponds to its share
corresponds to the indicator value of all universities in accordance with section 6 (1) lines 1 to 15. Each university according to § 6 Paragraph 1 No. 16 bis
21 receives the share from this amount that corresponds to its share in the indicator value of all universities in accordance with Section 6 (1) no. 16
corresponds to 21.
a) For each person (full-time equivalent) to be employed in selected job groups as stipulated in the
performance agreement, the university shall receive a “financing rate research or advancement and appreciation of the
arts ”by group of disciplines.
b) In addition, they shall receive an amount allocated to universities according to § 6 para 1 subparas 1 to
15 (“scientific universities”) as well as to universities according to § 6 para 1 subparas 16 to 21
(“Artistic universities”) which is calculated based on at least one competition indicator. Each university
according to § 6 para 1 subparas 1 to 15 shall receive a proportion of this amount corresponding to its share
of the indicator value of all universities according to § 6 para 1 subparas 1 to
15. Each university according to § 6 para 1 subparas 16 to 21 shall receive a proportion of this amount corresponding
to its share of the indicator value of all universities according to § 6 para 1 subparas 16 to 21.
3. Partial amount for infrastructure and strategic development: 3. Component for
“Infrastructure and strategic development”:
24 of 205
The partial amount includes the amounts for the buildings used by the universities, for the clinical
Additional expenses according to § 55 Z 2 KAKuG (medical universities) as well as an amount for strategic measures
for teaching, research or development and development of the arts as well as for other measures. This
The partial amount also serves as economic security for the university, taking into account the
current developments in the university area, the higher education policy priorities and the
necessary structural changes. Each university receives the share of it
Subject to the objectively justified need.
(3) The amount of the global budget as well as the amount of the partial amounts will be with the exception of the amounts that
Due to the competitive indicators being awarded in advance for the three year old
Service agreement period set. The amount of those amounts due to the competitive
Indicators are awarded, is determined annually and divided among the individual universities. A
Any reduction in a university's global budget is in the first year of the three-year period
Performance agreement period at most 2%, in the second year at most 4% and in the third year at most 6% one
Third of the global budget set for the previous three-year period.
(4) To ensure the implementation of the measures relating to the social dimension in teaching and to
Inclusion of underrepresented groups in higher education in accordance with Section 13 (2) 1 lit. g can do that
Federal minister withheld up to 0.5% of the global budget. The retained one
Amount will be provided upon proof of implementation of the measures agreed in the service agreement
paid out.
The component consists of the amounts allocated for covering the costs of the buildings used by the
universities, the clinical overheads according to § 55 para 2 KAKuG (Medical Universities) as well as an amount
for strategic measures regarding teaching, research or the advancement and appreciation of the arts and
other measures. This component also serves as an economic security for the universities in consideration of
the current developments in the university sector, the focus areas in higher education policy and the necessary
structural changes. Each university also receives the proportion attributable to them on the basis of objectively
justified requirements.
(3) With the exception of those amounts allocated on the basis of competition indicators, the amount of the global
budget as well as that of the components are determined in advance for the three-year performance agreement
period. Those amounts allocated on the basis of competition indicators shall be calculated on a yearly basis and
allocated to each of the universities. Any reduction in the global budget of a university may not exceed 2% of a third
of the global budget determined for the preceding three-year period in the first year of the three-year performance
agreement period, 4% in the second year and 6% in the third year.
(4) In order to ensure that the measures aiming to promote the social dimension in teaching and to include
underrepresented groups in higher education according to
§ 13 para 2 subpara 1 lit g are realized, the Federal Minister may retain up to 0.5% of the global budget. The
retained amount shall be paid if evidence of the implementation of the measures agreed upon in the performance
agreement can be given.
All-Austrian university development plan Austrian National
Development Plan for Public Universities
§ 12b. (1) Development planning for the public university system is a task carried out by the Federal Minister
or the Federal Minister and the universities have overall federal responsibility
is perceived together. The whole of Austria serves here
University development plan as a planning tool for the development of a nationally coordinated and
regionally balanced range of services, one that is adequate for the Austrian science system and
balanced range of subjects, the control of courses or demand, the utilization of the
Capacities as well as research. At all stages of the development process, the interests of
Universities, in particular the university's own development plans, are taken into account ("countercurrent principle").
§ 12b. (1) Development planning for the public university sector is a task which is performed jointly by the Federal
Minister and the universities within the overall responsibility of the Federal Government. The Austrian National
Development Plan for Public Universities serves as a planning instrument for the development of a
nationwide coordinated and regionally balanced range of services, a balanced subject diversity which is adequate for
the Austrian research system, furthermore for the management of the range of and demand for study programs,
the capacity utilization as well as research. The interests of the universities, in particular the
universities' own development plans, shall be taken into consideration at all levels of this development process
(“Principle of countervailing influence”).
25 of 205
(2) The development plans of the universities in accordance with § 13b have been transferred to the
Orient the objectives of the Austrian university development plan.
(3) The overall university development plan for Austria is to be discussed with the
Science Council by the end of the first year of each performance agreement period for the
two upcoming performance agreement periods will be created and no later than October 31 of
second year of each performance agreement period, particularly with regard to statistics on developments and
Forecasts in teaching, research or development and development of the arts as well as
University staff, updated.
(2) The content of the universities' development plans according to § 13b shall be based on the objectives of the
Austrian National Development Plan for Public Universities.
(3) After prior consultation of the Science Council, the Austrian National Development Plan for Public
Universities shall be drawn up for two performance agreement periods by the end of the first year of each performance
agreement period at the latest and updated by 31 October of the second year of each performance agreement
period, in particular with regard to statistics on developments and forecasts in the field of teaching,
research or the advancement and appreciation of the arts as well as on the university staff.
performance agreement
Performance Agreement
§ 13. (1) The service agreement is a contract under public law. It is between the individual
Universities and the federal government to complete within the framework of the laws for three years each.
§ 13. (1) Performance agreements are contracts under public law. They shall be concluded by the individual
universities and the Federal Government, within the limits of the law, for periods of three years.
(2) The content of the service agreement is in particular: (2) Performance
agreements shall, in particular, contain:
1. the services to be provided by the university in accordance with the objectives, guiding principles and tasks
the university must be determined in the following areas:
a) strategic goals, profile building, university and personnel development:
The long-term goals and the goals to be achieved within the performance agreement period must be defined.
The university has its special priorities and strengths and those derived from it and for achieving goals
announce the planned use of resources. It must be stated which promotional measures and incentives for
Achievement of the goals in personnel development are necessary and what contributions the relatives of
University should afford. In any case, measures for improvement are part of personnel development
to consider the compatibility of childcare and academic career.
1. the services to be provided by the university in question, which shall, in accordance with the objectives,
guiding principles and tasks of such university, cover the following areas:
a) strategic objectives, academic profiles, and university and human resources development:
The long-term objectives and those to be attained within the performance agreement period shall be specified. The
university shall set out its special priorities and strengths, and the resources allocated to the attainment of the
objectives derived out of it. It shall also state which human resources development measures and incentives are
required in order to attain the objectives, and what contributions the university’s members are to make. ace
part of human resource development, measures for improving the compatibility of child care and an academic career shall
be taken into consideration
b) Research, development and development of the arts: b) research, and the
advancement and appreciation of the arts:
The university has in particular the planned and the continuing ones
Research projects and research programs as well as the projects for the development and development of the arts
The university shall, in particular, make known its planned research projects and programs, and those to be
continued during the period in question, as well as its projects for the advancement and appreciation of
26 of 205
announce. Furthermore, the minimum basic research service / basic service to be provided
in the development and development of the arts in the individual subject groups based on the number of
Full-time equivalents of personnel in selected uses by subject groups per calendar year
set.
the arts. Furthermore, the minimum basic research performance / basic performance in the advancement and
appreciation of the arts in each group of disciplines shall be determined based on the number of full-time
equivalents of staff in selected job groups by group of disciplines per calendar year.
c) Studies and further education: c)
study programs and continuing education:
The information on the course of study and further training activities are provided by corresponding statistics on the
quantitative development in these areas and by means of the results of the evaluation of
Document course assessments after studies. On this basis, the projects in the study and
To designate further education area and to define any changes in the teaching and learning organization with which
the desired qualification profiles of the students and researchers should be met.
Furthermore, the number of study places available in the individual subject groups is at least for
regular bachelor, master and diploma studies per academic year as well as the number of study places for
Determine first-year students for bachelor and diploma studies in accordance with § 71b per academic year.
d) Measures to reduce the number of dropouts:
The university has to carry out surveys on the causes of dropouts and
Announce activities to improve graduation rates. The university also has measures
for expanding student counseling, for coaching and mentoring in the introductory and orientation phase
and to develop support services for students with children.
The information on programs and continuing education activities shall be supported by appropriate statistics
relating to quantitative trends in these areas and by the results of analysis of student course evaluations, broken
down by programs. The university shall set out its plans for its degree and continuing education programs, and
shall specify any changes in the organization of teaching and study aimed at aligning it to the desired
qualification profiles of students and research staff. Furthermore, the minimum number of study
places to be offered for bachelor's, master's and diploma degree programs per academic year in each group of
disciplines as well as the number of study places for first-year students in bachelor's and diploma programs
according to § 71b per academic year shall be determined.
d) measures to reduce the number of students dropping out:
The university shall examine the reasons for drop-outs and shall announce measures aimed at
increasing the proportion of those graduating. Furthermore, the university shall devise measures
for extended student counseling, for coaching and mentoring in the orientation period as well as
for a greater availability of child care facilities for students with children.
e) Improvement of childcare relationships: e)
improvement of student-teacher ratios:
It is particularly taking into account the needs of each scientific or
artistic subject to strive to improve the care ratio with the aim
to achieve international standards in student support.
Taking in particular the requirements of the respective academic or artistic subject into account, an
improvement in the student-teacher ratio shall be aimed at, with a view to student-teacher ratios that are common by
international standards.
f) Offers for working students: f)
offerings for working students:
27 of 205
In any case, this includes the creation of part-time courses and of
Part-time study programs also taking blended learning into account.
This includes the creation of part-time study programs, which should also include blended learning.
g) social objectives: g)
social goals:
The university has to formulate its contribution to the development of society. In any case, this includes measures for
better social permeability, to increase the proportion of women in managerial positions
University and for the targeted promotion of young researchers, the expansion of social
relevant areas of art, culture and research as well as knowledge and technology transfer. Furthermore has
the university takes measures on the social dimension in teaching and on the inclusion of
developing underrepresented groups in higher education.
The university shall formulate its contribution to social progress. This includes measures to improve social
permeability, to increase the proportion of women in leadership positions at universities, the
promotion of female junior researchers in a targeted manner, the advancement of socially relevant areas of
art, culture and research, and knowledge and technology transfers. Furthermore, the university shall develop
measures aiming to promote the social dimension in teaching and to include underrepresented groups in higher education.
h) Increasing internationality and mobility: h) increase
in internationality and mobility:
Activities and projects in this area relate in particular to multi-year projects
international cooperation with universities, other research institutions and institutions from the
Art and culture area, on joint study and exchange programs for students, for the
scientific and artistic staff as well as increasing the proportion of foreign
Students and postgraduates.
i) inter-university cooperation and cooperation with other post-secondary educational institutions:
The university has in particular its activities for the common use of
Organizational units and services with other post-secondary educational institutions
determine. There is information about the areas, scope and impact of the collaborations
deliver.
Activities and projects in this area relate, in particular, to multi-year international co-operation
agreements with other universities, research institutions and artistic or cultural institutions, to joint
programs and exchange programs for students as well as for the scientific and artistic staff, and to an increase in
the proportion of foreign undergraduates and postgraduates in the student body.
i) inter-university co-operation and co-operation with other post-secondary educational institutions: In that, the
university shall give an account of its efforts to promote the common use of organizational units and services with
other post-secondary educational institutions. This shall include information on the areas, extent and effects of
the co-operation with other Austrian universities.
j) Definition of indicators:
j) establishment of indicators:
Indicators are to be defined on the basis of which the achievement of certain performance agreement goals
can be measured; the relevant indicators are to be included in the university's knowledge base.
k) in relation to studies for teaching at schools or professional activities in elementary education
Educational institutions: The basis of the performance agreement is a positive one for newly established studies
Indicators shall be established which serve to measure the attainment of particular objectives of the performance
agreement; the indicators chosen shall be included in the intellectual capital report of the the university.
k) for teacher training programs for schools or elementary educational institutions: Performance agreements for newly
established programs shall be subject to approval by the Quality Assurance Council for Teacher Training.
28 of 205
Statement of the Quality Assurance Council for Pedagogue Education.
2. The federal government's obligation to pay: Allocation of the global budget broken down into the partial amounts according to
Section 12a (2) lines 1 to 3 with the exception of those amounts that are due to the competitive
Indicators are assigned. The latter are for the respective service agreement period
Estimated, the final amounts are allocated annually in retrospect;
2. undertakings made by the federal government: allocation of the global budget, broken down into the
components according to § 12a para 2 subparas 1 to 3, with the exception of those amounts allocated on the basis of
competition indicators. The latter are pre-estimated for the respective performance agreement period. On
ex-post allocation of the final amounts shall take place every year;
3. Content, extent and scope of the goals and time of goal achievement; 3. content, extent and scope of
the objectives and the timing of goal attainment;
(Note: Z 4 repealed by Federal Law Gazette I No. 8/2018) 4.
[Removed]
5. Measures in the event of non-performance of the performance agreement; 5. measures in the case of
non-fulfillment of the performance agreement;
6. Reporting and accountability. 6. reporting
and accounting.
(3) The service agreement can be used in the event of serious changes to the underlying
Framework conditions as well as for special financing requirements, e.g. for certain projects for
Creation or support of a national higher education area to be amended by mutual agreement. It comes
the arbitration committee (§ 13a) can be called for no amendment.
If there is a serious change in the underlying framework, the
Arbitration committee to apply a modified performance agreement under the appropriate application of paragraph 8
adopted.
(3) The performance agreement may be amended in the case of significant changes in the circumstances on
which they are based, or for specific financial requirements, e.g. for certain projects for creating or
supporting of a national higher education area. In case that amendments cannot be made by mutual agreement, the
arbitration commission (§ 13a) may be invoked. In the case of significant changes in the circumstances on which a
performance agreement is based, the arbitration committee shall enact an amended agreement, applying para 8 by
analogy.
(Note: Paragraph 4 repealed Federal Law Gazette I No. 8/2018) (4) [removed]
(Note: Paragraph 5 of Federal Law Gazette I No. 81/2009) (5) [removed]
(6) The Rectorate has until April 30 each year a knowledge balance sheet of the past
Submit calendar year. The university council has to approve the knowledge balance within four weeks
to be forwarded to the Federal Minister. If no approval is received by this time,
the knowledge balance sheet must nevertheless be forwarded with a corresponding statement. In the knowledge balance
are at least to be shown separately:
1. the sphere of activity, social objectives as well as self-defined goals and strategies;
2. intellectual property, differentiated into human, structural and relationship capital;
(6) The rectorate shall submit by 30 April of each year an intellectual capital report for the past calendar year to
the university council. The university council shall approve the intellectual capital report within four weeks and
shall forward it to the Federal Minister. In the absence of such approval within the appointed period, the intellectual
capital report shall nevertheless be forwarded together with an explanatory statement. The
intellectual capital report shall, as a minimum, present in itemized form:
1. the sphere of action, social goals and self-imposed objectives and strategies;
2. its intellectual capital, broken down into human, structural and relationship capital;
29 of 205
3. the performance processes defined in the performance agreement with their output sizes and effects.
The knowledge balance sheet has to contain a report section, which is based on the performance agreement
create is. After the second budget year there is also a forecast of the expected performance results
take. The Federal Minister has guidelines for the structure and the
Design of the intellectual capital statement including that of the Federal Ministry of Education, Science and
Research data clearing process to be carried out.
(7) In the third year of a performance period, the university has the Federal Minister
Federal Ministers to submit a draft for the next performance agreement by April 30. The
The Federal Minister has until August 31 to comment on this. Negotiations on the
Service agreements must be concluded by December 31.
(8) If a performance agreement is not reached in time, the arbitration committee determines (§ 13a)
Application by the Federal Minister or the university concerned within the framework of the provisions
of this federal law, taking into account the mutual interests and on the basis of the previous one
State of negotiation the content of the service agreement by notice. Until this becomes final
The service agreement of the previous service period remains provisionally applicable. The
The decision of the arbitration commission replaces the agreement to be made. He is the later
a mutually agreed conclusion of a service agreement pursuant to Para. 1 and occurs with the
No such agreement has been concluded.
(9) The Federal Minister issues ex officio or at the request of the university that
The contractual partner of a service agreement according to paragraph 1 is, by decision, the validity or any
Invalid this performance agreement. This does not apply to those service agreements that are notified
the arbitration commission. The university has party status in this process as well as that
Right to appeal to the Federal Administrative Court against the decision that completes the procedure.
(10) The Federal Minister issues ex officio or upon request the decision from a
Performance agreement according to paragraph 1 or paragraph 8 following obligations. The university has in this
3. the performance processes set out in the performance agreement, including their outputs and impacts.
The intellectual capital report shall contain a report section, which shall be based on the performance agreement.
After the second budget year, it shall also contain a forecast of the performance outcomes. The Federal
Minister shall, by decree, issue regulations for the structure and organization of intellectual capital reports
including the data clearing process to be implemented by the Federal Ministry of Education, Science and Research.
(7) The university shall submit a draft for the next performance agreements to the Federal Minister by April 30 of
the third year of the term of the current performance agreement. The Federal Minister shall respond to
this draft by August 31. Negotiations on the performance agreement shall be concluded by December 31.
(8) In case that a performance agreement is not concluded by the appointed date, the arbitration committee (§ 13a)
shall, upon application of the Federal Minister or of the university concerned, subject to the provisions of this Act
and having regard to the interests of both parties, determine the contents of the performance agreement by official
notification on the basis of the position reached by the negotiations up to that point. Until such official
notification enters into effect the performance agreement for the previous period shall remain in force on a
provisional basis. The official notification of the arbitration committee shall apply instead of the agreement to be
Concluded. It shall not preclude the subsequent conclusion by mutual consent of a performance agreement under para 1,
and shall cease to have effect upon the conclusion of such agreement.
(9) The Federal Minister shall, acting proprio motu or upon application of the university that is party to a
performance agreement under para 1, determine the validity or invalidity of such performance agreement by official
notification. This shall not apply to performance agreements created by official notification of the
arbitration committee. The university shall be entitled to be a party to this procedure, and to appeal to the Federal
Administrative Court against the official notification issued upon conclusion of the procedure.
(10) The Federal Minister shall, by official notification, acting proprio motu or upon application, determine the
duties arising from a performance agreement under paras 1 or 8. The university shall be entitled to be a party to this
procedure and to
30 of 205
Proceedings as party and the right to object to the decision before the trial
Administrative Court to file complaint.
appeal to the Federal Administrative Court against the official notification issued upon conclusion of the procedure.
conciliation Commission
Arbitration Committee
§ 13a. (1) An arbitration committee is responsible for deciding on applications pursuant to Section 13 (8)
Federal Ministry of Education, Science and Research.
(2) The arbitration committee consists of a judge of the active status as chairman
or chairman and four assessors. The chairperson and a deputy for
the case of prevention is to be announced by the Federal Minister on the proposal of the President
Appoint presidents of the Supreme Court for a term of five years. A
Reappointment is permitted. In each individual case, the rectorate will approve two assessors in agreement with the
University council of the participating university and of the Federal Minister upon request
the chairperson is posted for the duration of the ongoing proceedings. The arbitration board is
quorate when all members are present. It takes its decisions with a majority of votes; abstention
is not permitted.
(3) The assessors must have a corresponding job in scientific teaching and
Research or university management, which is used for the professional assessment of questions of
Management and funding of universities qualified. The members of the
Arbitration commission may not work for the affairs of the universities
responsible federal ministry and not members of the university according to § 94 of the participating university.
You may not be members of the federal government or a state government, members of the National Council, the
Federal Council or other general representative body and officials of a political party and
Individuals who have performed any of these functions in the past four years. They must also
Ensure independence and impartiality towards the parties to the process.
(4) The Arbitration Commission has the General Administrative Procedure Act 1991
apply, unless this federal law instructs otherwise. The arbitration commission are from the
Parties all relevant information (personal data according to Art. 4 No. 1 of the Regulation (EU)
2016/679 for the protection of natural persons during processing
§ 13a. (1) An arbitration committee shall be established at the Federal Ministry of Education, Science and Research to
hear applications according to § 13 para 8.
(2) The arbitration committee shall consist of a serving judge as chairperson and four lay members. The Federal
Minister shall appoint the chairperson and a deputy chairperson to serve in the case of the chairperson’s
indisposition, for a term of five years on the recommendation of the President of the Supreme Court of Justice. Re-
election is permissible. Two lay members shall be delegated by the rectorate in consultation with the
university council of the university in question, and two by the Federal Minister on request of the chairperson,
for the duration of the current proceeding. The arbitration committee shall require the presence of all members
for a quorum. It shall resolve by a simple majority of the votes cast; abstention is prohibited.
(3) The lay members must hold respective positions in academic teaching or research, or university management that
qualify them to make informed judgments on university management and finance issues. The arbitrators may not be
employees of the federal ministry in charge of higher education matters, and may not be members, in the
meaning of § 94, of the university concerned. They may not be members of the federal or provincial governments,
the National Council, the Federal Council or any other popular representative body, or officers of political parties or
persons who have exercised such functions within the past four years. They must, further, be in a position to maintain
independence and impartiality with regard to the parties to the proceeding.
(4) The arbitration committee shall apply the General Administrative Procedure Act 1991 to the procedure, unless
otherwise specified by this Act. The parties shall furnish the arbitration committee with all information (personal
data according to Art 4 No 1 of the Regualtion (EU) 2016/679 on the protection of natural persons with regard to the
processing of personal data and on the free movement of such data, and
31 of 205
personal data, the free movement of data and the repeal of Directive 95/46 / EC
[General Data Protection Regulation], OJ. No.L 119 dated 04.05.2016 p. 1, [hereinafter: GDPR] and others
Information). If necessary, it can also appoint suitable persons as experts
use. For the rest, the rules of procedure of the Arbitration Commission are from the Federal Minister
Federal Ministers to be regulated by ordinance after hearing the chairperson. Before issuing a notice
the arbitration commission has to conclude or amicably amend one
Service agreement to work within a four-week period from the application.
(5) The Federal Minister has the chairperson or their deputy
to be revoked by notice from the office if it emerges that the requirements for the appointment were not met
or they are guilty of gross violation or permanent neglect of their official duties
to have. If the chairperson is removed, the deputy is for the
Duration of ongoing proceedings until a new chairperson is appointed.
(6) The members of the Arbitration Commission are independent in the exercise of their office and not to any
Instructions bound. Decisions of the arbitration commission are neither subject to cancellation nor amendment in the
Administrative means. The appeal to the Federal Administrative Court is against the decision
either party allowed.
(7) The members of the arbitration commission are entitled to reimbursement of the reasonable travel costs and
Cash expenses as well as remuneration commensurate with the time and effort required by the Federal Minister
or by the Federal Minister by ordinance, taking into account the importance and scope of those to be procured
Tasks to be set.
repealing Directive 95/46 / EC [General Data Protection Regulation], OJ No L 119 of 04.05.2016 p. 1, [subsequently
referred to as GDPR] and other information) as is required for its deliberations. The committee may, as required, call
suitable persons as expert witnesses. The rules of procedure of the arbitration committee shall be
determined by the Federal Minister by decree following consultation of the chairperson. Prior to the
enactment of an official notification the committee shall make best efforts to achieve the conclusion or
amendment of a performance agreement by mutual consent within four weeks of the application.
(5) The Federal Minister shall, by official notification, dismiss the chairperson or deputy chairperson if
circumstances arise which disqualify such persons from holding office, or in the case of a gross violation or
persistent neglect of their duties. If the chairperson is dismissed, the deputy chairperson shall
perform the chairperson’s duties for the duration of the current proceeding or until such time as a new chairperson
is appointed.
(6) The members of the arbitration committee shall perform their duties independently, and shall not be
bound by any instructions. Decisions of the arbitration committee may not be annulled or amended by
administrative decisions. Both parties may appeal to the Federal Administrative Court against the committee’s decision.
(7) The members of the arbitration committee are entitled to reasonable travel and out-of-pocket expenses, and to
compensation commensurate with the time and work devoted to their duties. Such compensation shall be determined by
decree of the Federal Minister, having regard to the importance and scope of the duties to be performed.
development plan
Development plan
§ 13b. (1) The development plan is the strategic planning tool of the university and is an essential one
Basis for the performance agreement. The rectorate has the development plan by December 31 of the second at the latest
Year of each performance agreement period using rolling planning for the following two
Establish performance agreement periods as well as after referral to the Senate (Section 25 Paragraph 1 No. 2) and
after approval by the
§ 13b. (1) The development plan is the university's strategic planning instrument and shall
constitute an important basis for the performance agreements. The rectorate shall prepare the development plan by 31
December of the second year of each performance agreement period based on rolling forecasts for the following two
performance agreement periods and after hearing the opinion of the senate (§ 25 para 1 (2)) and shall publish it in the
university gazette, after approval has been given by the university council, and forward it to the Federal Minister.
32 of 205
University Council to be announced in the newsletter and to the Federal Minister
forward.
(2) The development plan must be based on the structure of the service agreement in accordance with Section 13 (2) (1). He
includes the technical dedication for university professors according to § 98
Paragraph 1, including the dedications for
University professors in clinical and non-clinical areas according to §
123b paragraph 1. The development plan has a description of the personnel strategy and the number of
University professors in accordance with sections 98 and 99, provided they are for at least three years
are ordered to include. It includes the professional dedication of the positions for university professors
University professors in accordance with section 123b (1). The development plan also has a description of personnel development
to include. This also includes the desired quality of a job at all career levels,
but especially that of young scientists. In addition, are the intended ones
Introduction of new regular studies and the intended abandonment of regular studies.
(3) The development plan also includes the number of positions that are within the meaning of the
Section 27 (1) of the collective agreement concluded in accordance with Section 108 (3) in the on
1 October 2015 applicable version for a qualification agreement.
(2) The development plan shall be aligned with the structure of the performance agreement under § 13 para 2 (1). It
shall specify the specific field of the positions allocated to university professors according to § 98 para 1,
including the allocation of positions for university professors in the clinical and non-clinical departments
according to § 123b para 1. The development plan shall contain a description of the human resource strategy as well as
the number of university professors according to
Sections 98 and 99, provided that they have been appointed for at least three years. It shall specify the specific field of
positions for university professors according to § 123b para 1. The development plan shall also contain an
outline of human-resource development. This shall also include the envisioned workplace quality at all career stages,
but particularly that of junior academic staff. In addition, plans to launch new degree programs and to discontinue
degree programs shall be laid out.
(3) The development plan shall also specify the number of positions for which a qualification agreement in the meaning
of § 27 para 1 of the collective contract concluded according to § 108 para 3 in the version effective on 1 October
2015 can be made.
Evaluation and quality assurance
Evaluation and Quality Assurance
§ 14. (1) The universities have their own quality management system for quality and performance assurance
build.
(2) The subject of the evaluation are the tasks and the entire range of services of the university.
(3) Evaluations are subject to subject-related international evaluation standards
respectively. The areas of the university's range of services to be evaluated are for those
Specify evaluations that only refer to one university in the performance agreement.
(4) Internal university evaluations are to be carried out continuously in accordance with the statutes.
§ 14. (1) The universities shall develop their own quality management systems in order to assure quality and the
attainment of their performance objectives.
(2) The subject of an evaluation is the university’s tasks and the entire spectrum of its services.
(3) Evaluations shall be conducted in accordance with subject-based international evaluation standards.
The areas of university services to be evaluated shall, in the case of evaluations relating to single universities, be
established by the respective performance agreement.
(4) The universities shall carry out internal evaluations on an ongoing basis, in accordance with their statutes.
(5) External evaluations are if they (5)
External evaluations shall take place:
33 of 205
1. Affect an individual university, at the instigation of the University Council, the Rectorate or the Federal Minister
or the Federal Minister,
2. concern several universities, on the initiative of the university councils, of the rectorates of the concerned
Universities or the Federal Minister
perform.
(6) The universities and their bodies concerned have the data and data necessary for the evaluations
To provide information (personal data according to Art. 4 No. 1 GDPR and other information) and
are obliged to participate.
(7) The achievements of the university professors
as well as the university lecturers and the
scientific and artistic staff in research, art and
Teaching operations must be evaluated regularly, but at least every five years. The more detailed provisions
meets the statutes.
(8) The results of all evaluations are based on the decisions of the university bodies
lay. The assessment of teaching by the students must be taken into account in the performance agreements.
(9) The federal government is responsible for the effort required for evaluations initiated by the Federal Minister
wear.
1. on the initiative of the university council or rectorate of the university in question or the Federal Minister where
they relate to individual universities;
2. on the initiative of the university councils or rectorates of the universities in question or the Federal
Minister where more than one university is concerned.
(6) The universities concerned and their governing bodies shall be obliged to provide the necessary data and
information (personal data according to Art 4 No 1 GDPR and other information) for evaluations, and to contribute to
it.
(7) The performance of university professors, associate professors, and other research, artistic and teaching staff
shall be regularly evaluated, at least once every five years. The detailed arrangements shall be established by
university statutes.
(8) The consequences of all evaluations shall be for the decision of the governing bodies of the
universities. Performance agreements shall include arrangements for student evaluation of teaching.
(9) The cost of evaluations ordered by the Federal Minister shall be borne by the Federal Government.
3rd subsection
Sub-Chapter 3
Management and Accounting Financial Management and
Accounting
financial management
Financial management
§ 15. (1) The Rectorate has the conduct of the university according to the principles of legality,
Efficiency, expediency, economy and transparency to shape and the budget of the
To run the university with due care.
(2) The universities can freely dispose of their income, unless otherwise stipulated by law
is. Any intended uses must be taken into account.
§ 15. (1) The rectorate shall conduct the financial affairs of the university in accordance with the law, and with the
principles of efficiency, expediency, frugality and transparency, and shall manage the universities ’budget with due
care.
(2) The universities shall be free to use their income as they see fit, except insofar as the law provides
otherwise, and having regard to the purposes of any tied funds.
34 of 205
(3) The universities are managed in their own name and for their own account.
(4) The establishment of liabilities related to the ongoing business of the university
going out requires the approval of the University Council. This can authorize the rectorate
Accept liabilities up to a certain amount without his prior consent.
(4a) The universities have, without prejudice to paragraph 4, before entering into liability or before taking out loans
with a limit of 10 million euros or more, obtain the approval of the Federal Minister.
The Federal Minister has to make a decision within four months. In front
The Federal Minister of Finance can grant approval
to give an opinion. Approval can be refused with notice if the receipt of the
Liability or taking out the loan exceeds the financial capacity of the university or
endangered. An appeal against the decision can be made to the Federal Administrative Court. By decree of
The Federal Minister can apply to groups of universities taking into account everyone
University according to
A higher amount limit can be set for the global budgets provided in § 12 (6).
(5) The federal government is not liable for university liabilities, unless otherwise provided by law
is determined.
(6) The conduct of the universities, the companies and foundations they have founded in accordance with Section 10 (1)
and associations as well as the conduct of those companies whose shares the university indirectly or
holding directly to more than 50% is subject to audit by the Court of Auditors.
(7) The universities are subject to investment and financial controlling in accordance with § 15b of the
Federal Budget Act - BHG, Federal Law Gazette No. 213/1986.
(3) The universities shall manage their financial affairs in their own name and for their own account.
(4) The assumption of non-current liabilities shall require the approval of the university council. This may empower
the rectorate to assume liabilities up to a given amount without its prior consent.
(4a) Notwithstanding para 4, the universities shall seek the approval of the Federal Minister, before
entering into liabilities or taking out loans exceeding € 10 million. The Federal Minister shall take a
decision within four months by official notification. Prior to this approval, the Federal Minister of Finance shall
have the opportunity to give her / his opinion. The approval can be denied by official notification, if
entering into liabilities or taking out a loan exceeds or endangers the university's financial capacity. An appeal
against the official notification can be lodged with the Federal Administrative Court. The Federal Minister shall
have the right to determine, by decree, a higher limit for groups of universities, taking into account the global
budget that each university has been allocated under § 12 para 6.
(5) The Federal Government shall not be liable for the universities ’debts except insofar as the law provides
otherwise.
(6) The universities' financial management as well as that of the companies, foundations and associations they have
founded under § 10 para 1 and the financial management of those companies of which the university holds a direct or
indirect share of more than 50%, shall be examined by the Court of Audit.
(7) The universities are subject to share and finance controlling according to
Section 15b of the Federal Budget Act, F.L.G. No. 213/1986.
Accounting and reports
Accounting and reporting
§ 16. (1) At each university there is an accounting under the responsibility and direction of the rectorate,
including a cost and performance accounting, and set up a reporting system that the
Correspond to university tasks. For accounting, the first section of the third book is the
Commercial Code apply accordingly.
§ 16. (1) Every university shall install an accounting system, including income and expenditure accounting, and a
reporting system, appropriate to its duties, which shall fall under the responsibility and management of the rectorate.
The first chapter of the third volume of the Commercial Code shall apply by analogy to such accounting
system.
35 of 205
(2) Each university can also add further sections of the third book of the Federal Law on
special civil law regulations for companies (company law - UGB), dRGBl. S 219/1897,
last changed by the Accounting Amendment Act 2014 - RÄG 2014, Federal Law Gazette I No. 22/2015,
apply in order to meet their accounting obligations while maintaining comparability with the
other universities. The Federal Minister has in
Agreement with the Federal Minister of Finance by ordinance the necessary
Regulations, adjustments and additions to the structure of the financial statements, consisting of the balance sheet
and income statement, for the valuation of assets and liabilities, for the application of
Assessment simplification procedures, for auditing the accounts, for admission
appropriate explanations and for a uniform application of these principles.
(2a) After consulting the universities, the Federal Minister agrees with
the Federal Minister of Finance by ordinance uniform standards for
ensure cost and performance accounting in accordance with paragraph 1.
(3) The accounting year of the universities corresponds to the calendar year, unless something is stated in the regulation pursuant to Paragraph 2
other is arranged.
(4) The Rectorate has to close the university council by April 30th
the past financial year together with a report by an auditor
required. The final examiner is at least six months before the University Council expires
of the accounting year with the audit of the accounting and the closing of accounts. The
The final examiner must be sworn in independently of the university
Certified Public Accountant and Tax Advisor or an independent sworn certified public accountant and
Be a tax advisor or an accounting and tax advisory firm.
(5) The university council has to approve the accounts presented by the rectorate within four weeks and
to be forwarded to the Federal Minister. Takes place up to this point
no approval, the clearance of accounts with a corresponding opinion is nevertheless
forward.
(2) Any university may, in addition, apply further chapters of the third volume of the Corporate Code - UGB, Law
Gazette of the German Reich p. 219/1897, last amended by Financial Reporting Amendment Act, F. L. G. I No 22/2015, in
order to comply with its obligation to present financial statements comparable with those of other universities. The
Federal Minister shall, by decree, in consultation with the Federal Minister of Finance, make such regulations
for, and adjustments and additions to the format of the financial statements - which shall consist of a balance
sheet and a profit and loss account - as are necessary for measurement of a university’s assets and
liabilities, the use of simplified valuation methods, auditing of the statements, the preparation of appropriate notes
and uniform application of these principles.
(2a) The Federal Minister shall by decree, after hearing the opinion of the universities and in
consultation with the Federal Minister of Finance, ensure that uniform principles for income and expenditure
accounting under para 1 are in place.
(3) The universities ’financial year shall correspond to the calendar year, unless otherwise provided for by the decree
under para 3.
(4) The rectorate shall submit annual financial statements, together with an auditor’s report, to the
university council by April 30 of each year. The auditor shall be appointed by the university council to audit the
books of account and the financial statements not later than six months before the end of the current financial year.
The auditor must be a registered auditor and chartered accountant or an auditing and accounting firm
independent of the university.
(5) The university council shall approve the financial statements submitted by the rectorate within four weeks and
forward them to the Federal Minister. In the absence of such approval within the appointed period the financial
statements shall nevertheless be forwarded to the Federal Minister, together with an opinion thereon.
36 of 205
(6) The Federal Minister can stipulate that the universities her or him
continuously supported by automation and in a technically suitable form access to the planning, control and
the statistics require standardized personal data (Art. 4 No. 1 GDPR) and other
Provide information, in particular for the calculation of the indicators in accordance with Section 12 (8).
(6) The Federal Minister may, by decree, determine the universities ’duty to provide him / her with ongoing, automated
access in an appropriate technical form to such standardized personal data (Art 4 No 1 GDPR) and other information
as are necessary for the planning, control and statistics, and in particular for the calculation of indicators in
in accordance with § 12 para 8.
Use of services
Use of External Services
§ 17. (1) Bundesrechenzentrum GmbH has the universities at their request and for a fee at
Support the establishment, further development and operation of the IT processes required for accounting in accordance with §
16 and personnel management are required in accordance with §§ 125 ff.
(2) For the personnel accounting of the officials are those operated by Bundesrechenzentrum GmbH
in any case to make use of the relevant IT procedures. Due to the processing of personal data
Bundesrechenzentrum GmbH acts as a processor in the sense of Art. 28 GDPR.
§ 17. (1) At their request, Federal Computer Center shall, for consideration, assist the universities with
the installation, development and operation of the IT applications necessary for accounting systems as
required by § 16 and personnel management systems as required by §§ 125 ff.
(2) The universities shall, in all events, make use of the IT applications operated by Federal Computer Center for
their payroll computations in respect of permanent civil servants. Because of the processing of personal data, Federal
Computer Center shall act as processor in the meaning of Art 28 GDPR.
Commercial and tax law status of the Universities Trade and Tax
Law Position of the Universities
§ 18. (1) The universities are not subject to the provisions of the
Trade Code 1994 (GewO 1994), Federal Law Gazette No. 194/1994.
(2) All taxes and duties granted to the federal government on the basis of federal law provisions
Fees under tax law also apply to universities, insofar as they are fulfilled
perform their legal duties.
§ 18. (1) In the fulfillment of their tasks, the universities shall not be subject to the provisions of the Trade Code
1994, F.L.G. No 194/1994.
(2) In the performance of their statutory tasks the universities shall be eligible for all exemptions from taxes and
duties accorded to the Federal Government under federal legislation.
Section 2
Chapter 2
Management and internal structure of the University University Governance and
Internal structures
1. subsection
Sub-Chapter 1
Provisions Applicable to All Universities
all universities
statute
statute
§ 19. (1) Each university issues the necessary regulations by ordinance (statutes)
under the laws and regulations
§ 19. (1) Every university shall, within the limits of the law and decrees, itself enact by decree (statute) the rules
of procedure necessary for its governance. The
37 of 205
itself. The statute is to be adopted and approved by the Senate on a proposal from the rectorate by a simple majority
to change.
statute shall be proposed by the rector for approval by the senate, and shall require a simple majority for its
adoption and amendment.
(2) The articles of association must regulate the following matters in particular: (2) The statute shall, in
particular, contain arrangements governing:
1. Election rules for the election of the members of the University Council, the Senate and other organs;
2. Establishment of a person responsible for the implementation of the study law provisions
monocratic body and establishment of framework conditions for a possible delegation of tasks;
3. general guidelines for the conduct, publication and implementation of evaluations;
4. Study law provisions in accordance with Part II of this Federal Act;
5. Composition of the Working Group for Equal Treatment Issues (Section 42 Paragraph 2);
1. rules for the election of the university council, senate and other governing bodies;
2. appointment of an officer to administrate matters concerning the enforcement of study law, and
specification of frame conditions for a possible delegation of tasks;
3. general guidelines for the conduct and publication of evaluations, and the implementation of their findings;
4. provisions of study law in accordance with Part II of this Act;
5. composition of the working group on equal opportunities (§ 42 para 2);
6. Plan for the Promotion of Women and Equal Opportunities (Section 20b); 6. career
advancement plan for women and equal opportunities plan (§ 20b);
7. Establishment of an organizational unit to coordinate the tasks of equality, the advancement of women and
gender studies;
7. establishment of an organizational unit responsible for the co-ordination of activities relating to equal
opportunities, the advancement of women and gender research;
8. guidelines for academic honors; 8th.
guidelines for academic honors;
9. Type and extent of involvement of the graduates of the university.
(2a) The articles of association contain provisions regarding measures in the event of plagiarism or other pretenses by
scientific or artistic achievements especially in the context of written seminar
and examination papers, bachelor theses as well as scientific and artistic works.
In addition, the Rectorate can exclude students from their studies for a maximum of two
Semesters for serious and deliberate plagiarism or serious and deliberate pretending
of scientific or artistic achievements in the context of theses
(Bachelor's theses as well as scientific and artistic work) decide with a decision.
(2b) The statutes may contain provisions on the use of foreign languages ​​in the holding of
Courses and examinations and in the writing of scientific papers are included.
9. form and extent of graduates ’involvement in university life.
(2a) The statute may contain provisions concerning measures taken in cases of plagiarism or other forms of academic
dishonesty in written term papers and exams, bachelor's papers, as well as academic theses and artistic submissions. In
addition, the rectorate may decide, by official notification, on a suspension from the studies for up to two semesters
in cases of severe and deliberate plagiarism or severe and deliberate forms of academic dishonesty (bachelor's
papers, as well as academic theses and artistic submissions).
(2b) The statute may contain certain provisions concerning the use of foreign languages ​​in courses and examinations as
well as for writing academic theses.
38 of 205
(3) Elections are to be held secretly, the right to vote must be exercised personally and directly.
(3) Elections shall be by secret ballot, and the right to vote must be exercised in person.
Leadership and internal organization management
and Internal Organization
§ 20. (1) The highest organs of the university are the university council, the rectorate
Rector and the Senate.
(2) Membership in more than one of the highest organs of the university is not permitted.
(3) The members of collegial bodies are not instructed or instructed in the exercise of this function
bound (Art. 81c para. 1 B-VG). You have a chairperson with a simple majority of votes
choose. Comes in for the election, posting or nomination of representatives
The group of colleges appointed to the university does not meet this obligation in good time, the
University council of this group of people a one-time grace period to catch up on the election, posting or
To set nomination. If the Senate comes under its obligation to elect the members of the University Council in accordance with § 21
6 para. 1 or para. 7 not in due time, the Federal Minister has one in the Senate
to set a one-time grace period to make up for the election. If this period passes without result, this applies
The collegial body, even without representatives of this group of people, is composed according to the law.
(4) After the Senate has given its opinion, the Rectorate must draw up an organizational plan which is subject to the approval of the
University council needs. When setting up organizational units (departments, faculties, institutes
or other organizational units) is based on an appropriate summary according to the criteria of
Research, development and development of the arts, teaching and learning as well as administration. The Rectorate has
ensure that the organizational units have the necessary to perform their tasks
Resources are allocated.
(5) To the head of an organizational unit with research and teaching tasks or tasks of
Development and development of the arts and the teaching of art is based on from the rectorate
Proposal from the university professors of the concerned
Organizational unit is a suitably qualified person with an upright employment relationship with the federal government
University is assigned to the service, or an upright employment relationship with the university
to order. These heads have with those of the organizational unit concerned
§ 20. (1) The senior governing bodies of the university shall be the university council, the rectorate, the rector and
the senate.
(2) Membership of more than one of these senior bodies is impermissible.
(3) The members of collegial boards shall not be bound by any instructions in the exercise of this function (Art 81c
para 1 Federal Constitutional Law). They shall elect a chairperson by a simple majority. In case that the group of
persons responsible for electing, appointing or nominating representatives to a collegial board of a
university fails to do so within the appointed time, the university council shall grant such group of persons a
one-time extension for such election, appointment or nomination. In case that the senate fails to comply with its
obligation to elect the members of the university council in accordance with § 21 para 6 subpara 1 or para 7 within the
appointed time, the Federal Minister shall grant a one-time extension for such election. If this extension period
passes without result, the collegial board shall be deemed to be legally constituted without representatives of such
group of persons.
(4) The rectorate shall, having received the opinion of the senate, prepare an organization plan which shall require
the approval of the university council. When establishing organizational units (departments, faculties,
institutes or other organizational units) attention shall be paid to combining units in the interests of
efficient research (and advancement and appreciation of the arts), teaching, study and administration. The rectorate
shall ensure that sufficient resources are allocated to such organizational units to enable them to fulfill their tasks.
(5) The rectorate shall, on the basis of nominations from the university professors of the organizational
unit concerned, appoint a person with relevant qualifications - who is employed by the Federal Government and
assigned to the university or is employed by the university - as the head of an organizational unit responsible for
research and teaching or the advancement and appreciation of the arts and teaching. Such unit heads shall conclude
target agreements with the university members assigned to the respective organizational units specifying the services
to be rendered by such members in respect of research, the advancement and appreciation
39 of 205
assigned members of the university target agreements on the achievements in research or development and
Development of the arts as well as the teaching to be completed by these relatives. It is on
the freedom of science and the arts and a corresponding freedom of the individual scientists
and scientists and artists in research or in the development and development of the
To take care of the arts and teaching. More detailed provisions are to be laid down in the statutes.
(5a) The head of an organizational unit with research and teaching tasks or tasks of
Development and development of the arts and the teaching of art can be done by the rectorate because of a
serious breach of duty, a criminal conviction, for lack of health suitability
or are recalled from their position due to a loss of trust.
(6) Every university has to issue a newsletter and on the Internet on the university's homepage
to make it publicly available. In particular, the following must be announced in the newsletter:
1. Statutes, development plan and organizational plan including personnel allocation;
of the arts, and teaching. In so doing, they shall have regard for scientific and artistic freedom, and for the need to
leave sufficient scope for scientists and artists to pursue their research, artistic and teaching activities. The
detailed arrangements shall be established by the statute.
(5a) The rectorate may dismiss the head of an organizational unit with research and teaching responsibilities or
responsibilities with regard to the advancement and appreciation of the arts and art teaching because of severe
misconduct, conviction of a criminal offense, mental incapacity or health impairment, or loss of confidence on
reasonable grounds.
(6) Every university shall publish a university gazette and provide public access to the same on its website. The
university gazette shall, in particular, be used to publish:
1. statute, development plan and an organization plan including the assignments of personnel;
2. opening balance;
2. opening balance sheet;
3. Service agreement immediately after its conclusion, closing of accounts and
Knowledge balance immediately after it has been forwarded to the Federal Minister;
3. performance agreement immediately upon its conclusion, financial statements and intellectual capital
report immediately after they have been forwarded to the Federal Minister;
4. Regulations and rules of procedure of organs; 4. decrees enacted by,
and rules of procedure of governing bodies;
5. guidelines of the management bodies; 5th
directives issued by management bodies:
6. curricula;
6. curricula;
7. Academic degrees to be awarded by the university as well as titles for the
Graduates of university courses;
8. communications to students and other statements of general interest;
7. academic degrees to be awarded by the university as well as titles for graduates of certificate
university programs for further education;
8. announcements to students and other announcements of general interest;
9. Announcement and results of elections; 9th
advertisements and results of elections;
10. Vacancies for positions and management positions; 10. advertisements
of posts and management positions;
11. Members of the management bodies; 11th
members of the management bodies;
12. Granting of teaching powers; 12th
award of habilitation degrees (venia docendi);
40 of 205
13. Authorizations and authorizations granted; 13th
Authorizations;
14. Use of tuition fees; 14th
application of tuition fees;
15. Remuneration for the members of the University Council. 15th
remuneration for the members of the university council.
(7) Persons without Austrian citizenship can - without prejudice to others regulated in this federal law
Prerequisites - Take on organ functions within the framework of monocratic and collegial university organs.
(7) Persons without Austrian citizenship may - irrespective of other requirements laid down
hereunder - accept functions in monocratic and collegial university governing bodies.
Gender-balanced composition of collegial bodies Gender-balanced
Composition of Collegial Bodies
Section 20a. (1) Section 20a applies to everyone in accordance with this Federal Act, as well as through the organizational plan and the articles of association
University-established collegial bodies, unless otherwise specified in this federal law.
Examination boards are exempt from the application of this provision.
(2) At least 50 per cent of women must belong to each collegiate body in accordance with Paragraph 1. In collegial bodies with one
odd number of members is calculated by adding the number of members mathematically
Member must be reduced and the required proportion of women must be determined from this number.
(3) Both the Senate and the Federal Government have in the election or appointment of the members of the
University council section 2 must be observed.
(4) The preparation of the list of candidates as part of the nominations for those to be elected
Representatives of the groups in accordance with section 25 (4) lines 1, 2 and 3 must be such that at least 50 per cent
Women must be ranked in a selectable position. This also applies to those to be chosen
Substitute members. Paragraph 2, second sentence is to be applied. Does the working group for equality issues not collect any
Any objection to the inadequacy of the election proposals pursuant to Section 42 (8d) applies based on this
In any case, election proposals elected by the Senate with regard to Paragraph 2 are composed correctly.
Section 20a. (1) § 20a shall apply to all collegial bodies established hereunder as well as under the organization plan
and the statute of the university, unless otherwise provided hereunder. Examination boards shall be excluded
from this provision.
(2) All collegial bodies under para 1 shall consist of at least 50% women. For collegial bodies with an unequal
number of members, this proportion shall be calculated by reducing the total number of members by one
and calculating the required proportion of women from this number.
(3) Both the senate and the Federal Government shall give regard to para 2 when electing or appointing members of the
university council.
(4) The list of candidates included in the election proposals for the representatives to be
elected for the groups under § 25 para 4 subparas 1, 2 and 3 shall be prepared in a way that at least 50% women are in
electable positions. This shall also apply to the election of substitute members. Para 2, second sentence, shall apply.
If the working group on equal opportunities does not raise objections against the inadequacy of the election proposals
according to § 42 para 8d, the senate elected on the basis of these election proposals shall be deemed to be correct
with respect to para 2.
Women's advancement plan for women and
Equal Opportunities Plan
Section 20b. (1) The plan for the advancement of women and the equality plan are part of the articles of association (§ 19 para. 2 no
6). The right to propose the plan for the advancement of women and the equality plan as well
the right to propose an amendment to the women's promotion plan and the
Equality plans to the rectorate are available to the working group for equality issues
to (§ 44). A departure from the proposal of the working group for equality issues by the
Rectorate is only with an appropriate justification to the working group for equality issues
Section 20b. (1) The career advancement plan for women and the equal opportunities plan shall be components of the statute (§
19 pairs. 2 subpara. 6). The working group on equal opportunities shall be entitled to prepare a draft career
advancement plan for women and a draft equal opportunities plan as well as to propose changes to the career advancement
plan for women and the equal opportunities plan to the rectorate (§ 44). The rectorate may only depart from the draft
plans prepared by the working group on equal opportunities when providing adequate justification to the working group
on equal opportunities. The senate shall resolve on the career advancement
41 of 205
possible. The women's promotion plan and the equality plan must be submitted within six months of the submission of the
Proposal by the rectorate to take a decision from the senate.
(2) The plan for the advancement of women and the equality plan serve to implement the constitutional law
Requirements for actual equality in accordance with Art. 7 Para. 2 and 3 B-VG as well as the federal law
on equal treatment in the federal area (B-GlBG), with regard to universities and
the provisions of this federal law on equality and equal treatment of women and
Men. In addition to the women's advancement plan in accordance with § 11a B-GlBG are in their own
Equal Opportunity Plan, in particular the areas of compatibility (§ 2 Z 13) and anti-discrimination (2nd main part
of Part I B-GlBG).
plan for women and the equal opportunities plan within six months after the rectorate has submitted the draft plans.
(2) The career advancement plan for women and the equal opportunities plan shall facilitate the implementation of the
provisions under constitutional law for the actual gender equality according to § 7 paras. 2 and 3 of the Federal
Constitutional Law (B-VG) and the Federal Equal Opportunities Act (B-GlBG) with regard to the universities and the
provisions hereunder regarding gender equality and equal opportunities for women and men. In addition to the
career advancement plan for women under § 11a of the Federal Equal Opportunities Act, in particular matters of
compatibility (§ 2 subpara. 13) and anti-discrimination (Chapter 2 of Part I of the Federal Equal Opportunities Act)
shall be laid down in the equal opportunities plan.
University Board
University Council
§ 21. (1) The University Council acts as an accompanying and forward-looking supervisory body
the following tasks:
1. Approval of the development plan, the organizational plan, the draft service agreement and
the Rectorate's Rules of Procedure;
2. Announcement of the role of the Rector at least eight months before the expected one
This function becomes available or within three months from the date of recall or resignation;
3. Adoption of the provisions for the election of the rector after obtaining an opinion from the
Senates, which this must submit within four weeks of submission;
4. Election of the Rector from the Senate tripartite proposal within four weeks from the submission of the
proposal;
5. Election of the Vice-Rectors on the basis of a proposal by the Rector and after
Opinion of the Senate;
6. Conclusion of the target agreements with the rector and the rectorate;
6a. Concluding employment contracts with the Rector and the Vice-Rectors;
7. dismissal of the Rector and the Vice-Rectors;
§ 21. (1) In its guiding and proactive role as a supervisory body, the university council shall have the following
duties:
1. approving the development plan, the organization plan, the draft performance agreement as well as
the rules of procedure of the rectorate;
2. advertising the post of the rector eight months prior to the expected availability of the post at the
latest or within three months after dismissal or resignation;
3. enacting regulations for the election of the rector after receiving the senate's opinion thereon, which shall be
submitted within four weeks upon receipt;
4. electing the rector from a shortlist of three candidates nominated by the senate within four weeks upon
receipt of the shortlist;
5. electing the vice-rectors on the basis of nominations made by the rector after receiving the senate's opinion
thereon;
6. concluding the performance agreements with the rector and the rectorate; 6a. concluding the service agreements with
the rector and the vice-rectors;
7. dismissing the rector and the vice-rectors;
42 of 205
8. nomination of a female and a male member for the arbitration commission;
9. Approval of the establishment of companies and foundations as well as participation in companies;
10. Approval of the guidelines for the handling as well as approval of the accounts and the
Knowledge base of the Rectorate and forwarding to the Federal Minister;
11. Appointment of an auditor to audit the accounts of the
University;
12. Approval of the establishment of liabilities relating to the university's ongoing business
go beyond, as well as authorization of the rectorate, such liabilities up to a certain amount without prior
Obtain approval from the University Council;
13. Annual reporting obligation and immediate reporting obligation in the event of serious violations of the law
from university organs and in the event of serious economic damage to the Federal Minister
Federal Minister; the annual report has a report on measures related to the
gender-appropriate composition of the university collegiate bodies in accordance with Section 20a, if applicable one
Justification for non-compliance with this provision and a report on it
contain which measures the university plans to implement this provision; the annual report is too
to inform the Senate;
14. Approval of the budget estimate within four weeks of submission by the rectorate; refuses the
University Council within four weeks of submission of the approval, the Rectorate immediately has a new one
Submit budget estimate; if the university council does not agree in time, the budget estimate is considered
approved;
15. Statement on the performance agreement before conclusion by the rector within
three weeks;
8. nominating one female and one male member of the arbitration board;
9. approving the establishment of companies and foundations as well as shareholding in companies;
10. Approving the guidelines for financial management, the financial statements and the intellectual capital report of
the rectorate and forwarding the same to the Federal Minister;
11. appointing an auditor to audit the financial statements of the university;
12. approving the assumption of non-current liabilities, and empowering the rectorate to assume such
liabilities up to a certain limit without seeking the prior approval of the university council;
13. reporting to the Federal Minister annually and reporting to the Federal Minister without delay in case of
serious breaches of the law by university governing bodies or the danger of serious financial loss; the annual report
shall contain a report on the measures taken in connection with the gender balanced composition of collegial bodies at
universities according to § 20a and, where applicable, an explanatory statement on the non-compliance with this
provision and a report on the measures planned by the university for the implementation of this provision; the annual
report shall be forwarded to the senate;
14. approving the proposed budget within four weeks upon receipt from the rectorate; if the university
council refuses acceptance within four weeks upon receipt, the rectorate shall submit a new proposal without
delay; if the university council fails to accept it within the period stipulated, the proposed budget shall be deemed
to be approved;
15. preparing an opinion on the performance agreement prior to its conclusion by the rector within three weeks;
16. Adoption of the University Council's rules of procedure. 16. enacting rules
of procedure for the university council.
(2) The University Council or at least two members of the University Council are common
authorized to inform itself about all matters of the university. The opinion was sent to the
University Council and is to be dealt with in the next meeting of the University Council. The
University organs are obliged to provide the University Council with all relevant information
(2) The university council or at least two members of the university council together shall be entitled to request
information on all and any matters concerning the university. The statement shall be forwarded to the university
council and shall be dealt with in the next meeting of the university council. The university governing bodies shall
be obliged to provide the university council with all relevant
43 of 205
To provide information, business items and documents related to that of the University Council
Submit designated items, conduct surveys ordered by him and carry out on-site inspections
and have the job done. At most, this can also include personal data (Art. 4 No. 1 GDPR).
(3) The University Council consists of five, seven or nine members who hold responsible positions in
society, especially science, culture or business, are or were active and based on
Because of their excellent knowledge and experience, they contribute to achieving the goals and tasks of
University can afford. The Senate has a say in changing the size of the University Council
Two-thirds majority.
(4) Members of the Federal Government, State Secretaries and
State Secretaries, members of a state government, members of the National Council, the Federal Council or one
other general representative body and officials of a political party and persons who do not belong
have performed any of these functions in the past four years or have worked at the relevant university in the
have been a member of the Rectorate for the past four years.
(5) The members of the University Council may not include any university members in accordance with sections 125, 132 and 133
University employees, no members or substitute members of the
Arbitration commission of the university, no members of a supreme body of another university and none
Members of staff responsible for university affairs
Federal Ministry. Membership in more than one university council is not permitted.
Business relationships between a member of the University Council and the university require the approval of
the University Council, which may only be issued if there is no bias. Possible
Conflicts of interest must be reported to the University Council immediately. A member of a
University council may not have any directives or control relationships with any other member
of the same university council.
(6) The following five, seven or nine members belong to the University Council in accordance with paragraph 3:
information, to submit all documents relating to matters specified by it, to undertake investigations required by it,
and to initiate investigations in situ. This can, if need be, also include personal data (Art 4 No 1 GDPR).
(3) The university council shall consist of five, seven or nine members, who shall be past or present holders of
responsible positions, especially in academic, cultural or business life, and whose exceptional knowledge and
experience are such as to enable them to contribute to the attainment of the objectives and the fulfillment of the tasks
of the university. Any change in the size of the university council shall be for resolution of the senate and shall
require a two-thirds majority.
(4) Members of the federal government, state secretaries, members of a provincial government, members of the
National Council, the Federal Council or any other popular representative body, and officers of political parties or
persons who have exercised such functions within the past four years or who were members of the rectorate at the
respective university in the past four years shall be excluded from membership in the university council.
(5) Members of the university council shall not be members of the university in the meaning of §§ 125, 132 and
133, employees of the university, members or substitute members of the arbitration board of the university,
members of the highest university governing bodies of another university, or employees of the federal
ministry in charge of higher education. Membership of more than one university council shall not be
permissible. Business relations between a member of the university council and the university shall be subject
to approval by the university council, which may only be given in the absence of a conflict of interest.
The members shall report possible conflicts of interest immediately to the university council. A member of a
university council shall not be in a relationship of authority or control with another member of the same university
council.
(6) The membership of the university council shall, pursuant to para 3, comprise five, seven or nine members, namely:
1. two, three or four members elected by the Senate; 1. two, three or four
members elected by the senate;
44 of 205
2. Two, three or four members approved by the Federal Government on the proposal of the
Federal Minister may be appointed;
3. Another member who is appointed by consensus among the members named under Z 1 and 2.
The Senate and the Federal Government have to appoint the same number of members, the appointment of the members according to Z 2
must take place after the election of the members according to Z 1.
2. two, three or four members appointed by the Federal Government on the recommendation of the Federal Minister;
3. an additional member appointed by the members named in para 6 subparas 1 and 2 by mutual agreement.
The senate and the Federal Government shall each appoint equal numbers of members.
(Note: Paragraph 6a repealed by Federal Law Gazette I No. 21/2015) (6a) [removed]
(7) If no consensual appointment of the
further member in accordance with Paragraph 6 No. 3, the Federal Minister has a reasonable grace period
to put. If this passes unsuccessfully, this member of the University Council is one member of the Senate
Tripartite proposal from the Presidium of the Austrian Academy of Sciences. The Presidium of the
Austrian Academy of Sciences approved the tripartite proposal within one month after referral
to submit the Federal Minister.
(8) The term of office of the members is five years and begins on March 1 of the year in question.
The invitation to the first meeting of the University Council is given by the chairperson or the
Chairperson of the previous term, possibly by the Rector. The
The university council has to be constituted immediately and at the latest by April 30 of the year in question
Member (para. 6 line 3). The election of the chairperson has until April 30 of the year in question
respectively. A re-election or reappointment of a member is permissible, if not a total term of office
is exceeded by ten years. If a member of the University Council leaves early, the
Elect a new member for the rest of the term of office in the same way as the member who left or
to order.
(9) The chairperson of the University Council is made easier by the University Council from among its members
Majority elected.
(10) The members of the University Council must exercise due care in their work
Committed.
(11) The members of the University Council receive remuneration for their time and
Workload to be determined by the university council
(7) In case that by 30 April of the respective year no additional member under para 6 subpara 3 has been appointed by
mutual agreement, the Federal Minister shall grant a reasonable extension. In case that this passes without result,
such member of the university council shall be selected by the senate from a shortlist of three candidates
prepared by the presiding committee of the Austrian Academy of Sciences. The presiding committee of the
Austrian Academy of Sciences shall submit the shortlist of three candidates within one month after the Federal Minister
has dealt with the matter.
(8) The members' term of office shall be five years and shall commence on 1 March of the respective year. The
invitation to the first meeting of the university council shall be extended by the chairperson of the previous term of
office or, if need be, by the rector. The university council shall constitute itself without delay and
appoint the additional members (para 3 subpara 30) by 6 April of the respective year. The election of the chairperson
shall take place by April 30 of the respective year. Re-election or reappointment of a member is permissible, provided
that the term of office does not exceed ten years in total. In the case of the premature termination of the service of
a member of the university council, a replacement member shall be elected or appointed in the same manner as the
departing member for the remainder of his / her term of office.
(9) The chairperson of the university council shall be elected by the council from among its members by a simply
majority of the votes cast.
(10) The members of the university council shall be obliged to fulfill their tasks with due care.
(11) The members of the university council shall receive compensation for the time and effort dedicated to their
activities in an amount to be determined by the
45 of 205
is. The Federal Minister has particular regard for size
the university and the resulting expenditure of time and work by setting upper limits for
to set the remuneration, with different upper limits being set for groups of universities
can. The amount of the remuneration must be published in the newsletter.
(12) The University Council has a quorum if at least half of the number determined in accordance with Paragraph 3
the members are present in person. Voice transmissions are not permitted. The university council
decides by majority vote, unless otherwise specified in this federal law. This also applies if
one or more members leave the university council prematurely or the new one
Member or the new members have not yet been elected or appointed or the additional member has not yet
has been ordered.
university council. The Federal Minister shall, by decree, determine upper limits for the compensation, taking into
account in particular the size of the university and the time requirements and workload resulting therefrom, and may
determine different upper limits for groups of universities. The compensation shall be published in the university
gazette.
(12) The university council shall have a quorum when at least half of the number of members stipulated under para 3 are
present. Voting by proxy is impermissible. The university council shall resolve by simple majority, except insofar as
this act provides otherwise. This shall also apply if one member or several members terminate their
membership prematurely or the new member or the new members have not been elected or appointed or the additional member
has not been appointed yet.
(13) Membership of the University Council ends (13)
Membership of the university council may be terminated by:
1. by the end of the term of office; 1.
expiry of the term of office;
2. by waiver;
2. resignation;
3. by dismissal;
3. dismissal;
4. through death;
4. death;
5. by the end of the ten-year term. 5th expiry
of the ten-year term of office.
(14) The Federal Minister may appoint a member of the University Council because of a serious
Breach of duty, a criminal conviction or due to lack of health suitability with notification
recalled from his function. A dismissal presupposes corresponding decisions of the Senate and the Rectorate,
both of which require a two-thirds majority.
(15) The Rectorate, the Chair of the Senate, the Chair of the Working Group for
Equality issues and the chairperson of the student body at the
University concerned have the right to attend the University Council meetings
Agenda items that relate to their area of ​​responsibility. The chairs of the two works councils
Pursuant to Section 135 (3), invitations are to be made and each has the right to participate in the meetings
to put all items on the agenda as well as to put additional items on the agenda that are associated with the
Exercise her function as a works council within the framework of her internal interest awareness competence
according to the Labor Constitution Act (ArbVG), Federal Law Gazette No. 22/1974, directly in
(14) The Federal Minister may, by order, dismiss a member of the university council because of severe misconduct,
conviction of a criminal offense, or mental incapacity or health impairment. Such dismissal shall be subject
to consonant resolutions of the senate and rectorate, in both cases requiring a two-thirds majority.
(15) The rectorate, the chairperson of the senate, the chairperson of the working group on equal opportunities and the
chairperson of the Austrian Students ’Union at the university in question shall be entitled to a hearing on agenda
items relating to their functions at meetings of the university council. The chairpersons of the two employee’s
councils under § 135 para 3 shall be invited to all meetings of the university council and shall be
entitled to participate in the meetings, to file an application for all agenda items, and to request any
additional items to be added to the agenda that are directly related to their duties as employees' councils under the
Labor Relations Act, F.L.G. No 22/1974, and that fall within the responsibility of the university council. They
shall have the right to vote on these items, but decisions on them shall be subject to a two-thirds majority vote of
the members present. The
46 of 205
Are related and fall within the competence of the University Council. You are at these points
entitled to vote, whereby decisions in this regard require a two-thirds majority of those present. The
A copy of the minutes of the meetings of the
University Council to transmit.
(16) The Rectorate has given the University Council the personnel and resources required to perform its tasks
Provide material resources and the necessary rooms.
chairpersons of the two employee’s councils shall receive a copy of the minutes of the meetings of the university
council without delay.
(16) The rectorate shall provide the university council with the staff and equipment as well as the premises
necessary for the performance of its tasks.
rector's office
rectorate
§ 22. (1) The Rectorate heads the university and represents it externally. It has all the tasks to do
are not assigned to another body by this federal law. His tasks include in particular:
1. Creation of a draft of the statutes and draft amendments to the statutes for submission to the
Senate;
2. Development of a university development plan for submission to the Senate and the University Council;
3. Creation of an organizational plan of the university for submission to the Senate and the University Council;
4. Preparation of a draft of the performance agreement for submission to the University Council;
5. Appointment and dismissal of the heads of organizational units;
6. Conclusion of target agreements with the heads of the organizational units;
7. Allocation of members of the university (Section 94 (1) 2 to 6) to the individual organizational units;
§ 22. (1) The rectorate shall manage the university and shall represent it. It shall be responsible for all matters not
assigned to other governing bodies by this Act. Its tasks shall, in particular, include:
1. preparing a draft statute as well as drafts of changes to the statute for submission to the senate;
2. preparing a university development plan for submission to the senate and the university council;
3. preparing a university organization plan for submission to the senate and the university council;
4. preparing a draft performance agreement for submission to the university council;
5. appointing and dismissing the heads of organizational units;
6. concluding target agreements with the heads of organizational units;
7. assigning university members (§ 94 para 1 subparas 2 to 6) to organizational units;
8. Admission of students; 8th.
admitting students;
9. Collection of tuition fees at the statutory rate; 9. collecting tuition fees
in the amount provided for by statute; 9a. Determination of the course fees according to § 56 paragraph 3;
9a. determining the course fees under § 56 para 3;
10. Arrange evaluations and publish evaluation results;
10. initiating evaluations and publication of the results thereof;
11. Granting of the teaching license (venia docendi); 11. awarding
habilitation degrees (venia docendi);
12. Establishment and opening of studies, opinion on the curricula, prohibition of curricula or their
Changes if they contradict the development plan or if they cannot be covered,
12. establishing and discontinuing study programs, giving opinions on curricula, prohibiting curricula or
changes, if they do not comply with the development plan or if they are not feasible, or, if an expert
comment
47 of 205
or, if a commissioned by the rectorate according to internationally recognized scientific criteria
expert opinion comes to the conclusion that the content of the curriculum with regard to the
scientific and artistic vocational training and qualification for professional
Activities that involve the application of scientific and artistic knowledge and methods
require is not sufficient; when giving up a course of study or prohibiting a curriculum or
its change and the commissioning of an expert opinion is, if possible, in agreement with the
To produce the Senate;
which has been commissioned by the rectorate and prepared based on internationally recognized scientific
criteria concludes that the content of the curriculum is not sufficient regarding the scientific and artistic training
and the qualification for professions that require the application of scientific and artistic knowledge and methods;
discontinuing a study program or prohibiting a curriculum or changes change and commissioning an expert opinion
shall take place in consultation with the senate, wherever possible;
13. establishment of an accounting and reporting system; 13. establishing an
accounting and reporting system;
14. Preparation of the budget estimate for submission to the university council and budget allocation;
14. preparing a draft budget for submission to the university council and allocating budgets;
14a. Submission of the budget estimate to the Senate for information; 14a. forwarding the draft
budget to the senate for its information:
15. preparation of the accounts and the knowledge balance; 15. preparing the
financial statements and the intellectual capital report;
16. Issuing guidelines for empowering employees
University employees in accordance with Section 28 (1);
17. the establishment of a planning and reporting system to ensure compliance with the
Reporting obligations by the universities in accordance with the legal regulations and the requirements of
Federal Minister of Finance with regard to the establishment of a participation and
Financial controlling guaranteed.
(2) All the university's facilities are subordinate to the rectorate. The Rectorate can make decisions of other organs
with the exception of the decisions of the University Council, refer back if those decisions after
The Rectorate's view is contrary to laws and regulations, including the Articles of Association. The
The University Council must be informed in serious cases.
(3) The Rectorate consists of the Rector and up to four Vice-Rectors. In the
The composition of the rectorate must ensure that it has the appropriate competencies in the area of
Science as well as management and administrative leadership skills. According to the organizational plan, the
University has a medical faculty, so there is in any case a vice rector
to be provided for the medical field, which deviates from the first sentence, the number of members of the
Rectorate can increase accordingly. The Vice Rector
16. enacting regulations for the granting of authorizations to employees of the university according to § 28 para 1;
17. Establishing a planning and reporting system which guarantees the fulfillment of the reporting
obligations of the universities according to the legal provisions and the directives of the Federal Minister of Finance
on the establishment of a share and finance controlling.
(2) The rectorate shall superintend all organizational units of the university. The rectorate may remit decisions by
other governing bodies with the exception of the university council if in its opinion such decisions are in
conflict with the law or decrees including the university statute. In cases of major importance, the rectorate shall
inform the university council.
(3) The rectorate shall consist of the rector and up to four vice-rectors. In determining the composition
of the rectorate, care shall be taken to ensure that its members possess the necessary scientific,
managerial and administrative capabilities. If a faculty of medicine has been established according
to the organization plan of the university, a vice rector for the clinical department shall be appointed, which can
mean an increase in the number of members of the rectorate, notwithstanding the first sentence. The vice rector for the
clinical department shall also be the dean of the faculty of medicine.
48 of 205
or the vice rector for the medical field is also head of the medical faculty.
(Note: Section 3a repealed by Federal Law Gazette I No. 21/2015) (3a) [removed]
(4) The rector is the chairperson of the rectorate and its spokesperson
Speaker.
(5) The Rectorate decides by majority vote, unless otherwise stated in the rules of procedure
is determined. In the event of a tie, the Rector's vote is decisive.
(6) The Rectorate has to issue rules of procedure that require the approval of the University Council and in
Newsletter is to be announced. The agenda shall stipulate which agendas in accordance with para
individual members of the rectorate alone, which agendas of two members of the
Rectorate and which are to be shared by all members. Decisions in
In any case, economic affairs must be met by at least two members of the rectorate.
The powers of representation must also be laid down in the rules of procedure.
(7) In this function, the members of the rectorate are not bound by any instructions or orders (Art. 81c
1 B-VG); In this function, the Vice Rectors are not bound by any instructions or
Orders of the rector bound. The members of the rectorate are involved in their work
Appropriate care is required.
(4) The rector shall be the chairperson and spokesperson of the rectorate.
(5) The rectorate shall resolve by simple majority, except insofar as its rules of procedure provide otherwise. In the
case of a tie, the rector shall have the casting vote.
(6) The rectorate shall enact rules of procedure which shall require the approval of the university council and shall
be published in the university gazette. Such rules of procedure shall establish the responsibilities under para
1 to be assumed by individual members, by two members and collectively by all members of the rectorate.
Decisions relating to financial matters must be taken by at least two members of the rectorate. The rules of
procedure shall also determine the right to represent the university.
(7) The members of the rectorate shall not be bound by any instructions in the exercise of their tasks (Art 81c para 1
Federal Constitutional Law), neither shall the vice-rectors be bound by any instructions of the rector. The rectorate
shall be obliged to perform its tasks with due care.
Rector
Rector
§ 23. (1) The Rector has the following tasks: § 23. (1) The rector
shall have the following duties:
1st chairperson and spokesman for the rectorate;
2. Preparation of a proposal for the election of the Vice Rectors;
1. presiding over the meetings of the rectorate and acting as its spokesperson;
2. nominating candidates for election as vice-rector;
3. Head of the Office of the University; Third
managing the university office;
4. Negotiation and conclusion of performance agreements with the Federal Minister
Federal Minister and immediate information about the result to the University Council;
5. Exercise the function of senior manager of all university staff;
4. negotiating and concluding performance agreements with the Federal Minister and informing the university
council about the results without delay;
5. acting as the superior of all university staff;
6. (Note: repealed by Federal Law Gazette I No. 81/2009) 6. [removed]
49 of 205
7. Selection decision from nominations for appointment commissions for
University professors;
7. selecting professors from shortlists drawn up by the appointments committees;
8. Conducting appointment negotiations; 8th.
conducting appointment negotiations;
9. Conclusion of employment and work contracts; 9. concluding
employment and service contracts;
10. Granting of powers of attorney in accordance with § 28 Para
authorizations according to § 28 para 1.
(2) The function of the rector is to be approved by the university council after the approval of the senate, at the latest eight
Months before the function is expected to become available or within three months from the date of the
Dismissal or withdrawal, to be put out to public tender. Only one person can go to the Rector
international experience and the ability to organize and economically manage a university
to get voted.
(3) The rector is from the University Council based on a three-point proposal by the Senate for
choose a term of office of four years. Reelection is permitted.
(4) The employment contract and the target agreement with the rector are drawn up by the university council
completed.
(5) The Rector may be rejected by the University Council due to a serious breach of duty, one
criminal conviction, for lack of health suitability or because of
a justified loss of trust can be removed from the function. The dismissal can be made at the request of the Senate
or ex officio by the University Council. In the first case, the simple one is in both organs
Majority of all members required; in the second case the decision in the university council requires the
Two-thirds majority of all members, the Senate is to be heard. This ends with the effectiveness of the dismissal
Rector's employment relationship with the university.
(2) The university council shall advertise the post of the rector upon approval by the senate, no later than eight
months prior to the expected availability of the post or within three months after dismissal or resignation. only
persons with international experience and the necessary abilities to manage a university’s organization and
finances may be selected as rector.
(3) The rector shall be selected from a shortlist of three candidates proposed by the senate, and shall be
appointed for a term of four years. A re-election is permissible.
(4) The rector’s employment contract and target agreement shall be concluded with the university council.
(5) The university council may dismiss the rector because of severe misconduct, conviction of a criminal offense, or
mental incapacity or health impairment, or loss of confidence on reasonable grounds. Such dismissal may be effected on
application of the senate or by the university council acting ex officio. In the former case, a simple majority of
all members of both bodies shall be required, and in the latter a resolution of the university council passed by a
two-thirds majority of all members, whereby the opinion of the senate must be heard. Upon the entry into effect of the
dismissal the employment contract of the rector with the university shall be terminated.
selection committee
Search Committee
§ 23a. (1) The rector must be elected no later than four weeks after the advertisement
Finding commission set up. The search committee includes the chair of the university council
and the chair of the Senate.
§ 23a. (1) For the election of the rector, a search committee shall be established no more than four weeks after the
advertisement of the post. The chairperson of the university council and the chairperson of the senate shall be members
of the search committee.
(2) The tasks of the Finding Committee are: (2) The search
committee shall have the following duties:
1. Review the applications received for the role of rector;
1. examining the applications received for the post of the rector;
50 of 205
2. Active search for candidates for the role of rector;
3. Preparation of a proposal for the election of the rector to the Senate within a maximum of four
Months from the tender. The proposal has the three most suitable for filling the position
To contain candidates; the finding commission is entitled, too
Candidates who have not applied should be included in the proposal with their consent.
(3) The tripartite proposal drawn up by the search committee is not binding.
(4) When preparing the proposal in accordance with paragraph 2 no
the Federal Equal Treatment Act.
2. actively searching for candidates for the post of the rector;
3. drawing up a shortlist for the election of the rector and forwarding it to the senate within no more than four
months after the advertisement. The shortlist shall include the three candidates most suitable for the post;
the search committee shall be entitled to include also candidates in the shortlist who did not apply, provided that
they agree.
(3) The shortlist of three candidates prepared by the search committee shall not be binding.
(4) When drawing up the shortlist under para 2 subpara 3, regard shall be given to the principle of non-discrimination
under the Federal Act on Equal Treatment in the Public Service.
(5) The search committee decides unanimously. (5) The search
committee shall resolve unanimously.
(6) If the search committee within the meaning of para. 2 no. 3 is in default, the University Council has within four
Weeks to make the replacement. The tripartite proposal made by the University Council as part of the replacement
is not binding.
(6) If the search committee is in delay in the meaning of para 2 subpara 3, the university council shall make the
substitute performance within four weeks. The shortlist of three candidates drawn up by the university council as
a result of the substitute performance shall not be binding.
Reappointment of the Rector
Reappointment of the Rector
§ 23b. (1) Give the acting rector to her before the job is advertised
If you are interested in exercising the function for another term, you can place an order without
Tenders will be issued if the Senate and the University Council each agree with a two-thirds majority. repeated
Reappointments are permitted.
(2) If the acting rector applies for the advertised position, it is
or in any case include him in the search commission's proposal.
§ 23b. (1) If, prior to the advertisement of the post, the rector in office expresses her / his interest in serving in
this function for another term, a re-appointment without advertising the post shall be permissible, if both the senate
and the university council accept this with a two-thirds majority. Consecutive reappointments shall
be permissible.
(2) If the rector in office applies for the advertised post, he or she shall be included in the
shortlist prepared by the search committee.
Vice-Rectors
Vice-Rector
§ 24. (1) The Rector determines the number and the level of employment of the
Vice-Rectors. The Senate has the right to comment.
§ 24. (1) The rector shall determine the number and extent of employment of the vice-rectors. The senate shall be
entitled to express an opinion thereon.
51 of 205
(2) The Vice Rectors are from the University Council on the recommendation of the Rector
and, after hearing the Senate, to vote for a term of office that corresponds to that of the Rector.
Reelection is permitted.
(3) If the Rector leaves office before the end of the term of office or is at the time of the
If a new rector is not elected at the end of the term, the function ends
the Vice-Rectors at the time of taking office on the proposal of the new Rector
or the Vice-Rectors elected by the new Rector.
(4) A Vice-Rector may be rejected by the University Council due to a serious breach of duty,
a criminal conviction, for lack of health suitability or because of
a justified loss of trust can be removed from the function. The Rector can
encourage the dismissal of a Vice-Rector from the University Council. The dismissal
requires a two-thirds majority of all members of the University Council, the Senate must be heard. With effectiveness
The deputy rector's employment relationship with the university ends upon dismissal.
(2) The vice-rectors shall be selected by the university council from a shortlist of candidates nominated by the
rector, after hearing the opinion of the senate, for a term of office corresponding to that of the rector. A
re-election is permissible.
(3) In case that the rector leaves office before expiry of his / her term or no new rector has been elected when the term
of office expires, the term of office of the vice-rectors shall end when the vice-rectors elected on the
recommendation of the new rector take up their functions.
(4) The university council may dismiss a vice-rector because of severe misconduct, conviction of a
criminal offense, or mental incapacity or health impairment, or loss of confidence on reasonable grounds. The
rector may initiate the dismissal of a vice-rector by the university council. Such dismissal shall require a two-thirds
majority of all members of the university council, whereby the opinion of the senate must be heard. Upon the entry into
effect of the dismissal the employment contract of a vice-rector with the university shall be terminated.
senate
Senate
Section 25. (1) The Senate has the following tasks: Section 25. (1)
The senate shall have the following duties:
1. Adoption and amendment of the statutes on the proposal of the rectorate; 1. enacting and amending the
statute as proposed by the rectorate;
2. Approval of the development plan drawn up by the rectorate within
two months; if the Senate does not approve on time, the development plan is nevertheless sent to the University Council
forward;
3. Approval of the draft organizational plan approved by the rectorate within two
months; if the Senate does not approve on time, the organizational plan is nevertheless sent to the University Council
forward;
4. Change in the size of the university council and election of members of the university council (§ 21 Paragraph 6 No. 1, Paragraph 6a and
Paragraph 7);
5. Approval of the announcement for the role of Rector within two weeks of submission
by the university council; if the Senate refuses to consent within two weeks, the
2. approving the draft development plan prepared by the rectorate within two months; if the senate fails to give
approval within the appointed period, the development plan shall nevertheless be forwarded to the university council;
3. approving the draft organization plan prepared by the rectorate within two months; if the senate fails to give
approval within the appointed period, the organization plan shall nevertheless be forwarded to the university council;
4. changing the size of the university council and electing its members (§ 21 para 6 subpara 1, para 6a and para 7);
5. approving the advertisement for the post of the rector within two weeks upon receipt from the university council; if
the senate refuses acceptance within two weeks, the university council shall submit a new advertisement without
52 of 205
University Council to submit a new call text immediately; the Senate is again not on time
to, the responsibility for the tender is transferred to the Federal Minister. Meets
if the Senate does not make a decision within two weeks, the invitation to tender must nevertheless be carried out;
5a. Preparation of a tripartite proposal to the University Council for the election of the Rector under
Consideration of the finding commission's proposal within a maximum of four weeks from the submission of the
Proposal. If the Senate deviates from the proposal of the Finding Commission, it has the three proposal to the
University Council to attach a written justification for its decision. When creating the
The proposal for three is to observe the prohibition of discrimination in accordance with the Federal Equal Treatment Act;
6. Opinion on the Rector's proposals regarding the
Vice-Rectors (number, level of employment and nomination);
7. Participation in the dismissal of members of the University Council, the Rector and
Vice-Rectors;
delay; if the senate again fails to approve it within the period stipulated, the responsibility for the
advertisement shall be transferred to the Federal Minister. If the senate fails to take a decision within two
weeks, the post shall nevertheless be advertised;
5a. drawing up a shortlist of three candidates for the election of the rector by the university council, taking into
account the shortlist of the search committee within a maximum of four weeks upon receipt of the shortlist. If the
senate does not comply with the shortlist of the search committee, an explanatory statement in writing for its
decision shall be forwarded to the university council together with the shortlist of three candidates. regard
shall be given to the principle of non-discrimination under the Federal Act on Equal Treatment in the
Public Service when drawing up the shortlist of three candidates;
6. expressing an opinion on the rector’s recommendations with regard to the vice-rectors (number, extent of employment
and shortlist);
7. participating in procedures for the dismissal of members of the university council, the rector or vice-rectors;
8. Participation in habilitation procedures; 8th.
participating in procedures for the awarding habilitation degrees;
9. participation in appointment procedures; 9th
participating in procedures for the appointment of professors;
10. Issuing and changing the curricula for studies (section 58) in accordance with sections 22 (1) 12 and 54d (2);
11. Definition of academic degrees and titles for the graduates of
University courses;
12. Submission of expert opinions in the pre-decision procedure according to
§ 14 of the Administrative Court Procedure Act - VwGVG, Federal Law Gazette I No. 33/2013 for complaints in
Student Affairs;
10. enacting and changing the curricula for study programs (§ 58) and certificate university programs
for further education (§§ 56 and 57) according to § 22 para 1 subpara 12 and § 54d para 2;
11. prescription of the academic degrees and titles for graduates of certificate university programs for further
education;
12. Preparing reports as part of the procedure for preliminary rulings on appeals pursuant to § 14 of the
Administrative Court Act (VwGVG), F. L. G. I No 33/2013, for appeals in matters relating to studies;
(Note: Z 13 repealed by Art. 5 Z 8, Federal Law Gazette I No. 129/2017) 13. [removed]
14. establishment of collegial bodies with and without decision-making authority (paras. 7 and 8);
14. appointing collegial bodies with or without decision-making power (paras 7 and 8);
15. Adoption of guidelines for the work of collegial bodies; 15. enacting directives
on the activities of collegial bodies;
16. Approval of the implementation of decisions by those authorized to make decisions
Collegial bodies;
16. approving the implementation of decisions by collegial bodies with decision-making power;
53 of 205
17. Statement to the rectorate before the assignment of people to the individual organizational units by the
Rector's Office;
17. opinions to the rectorate prior to the assignment by it of persons to given organizational units;
18. Establishment of a working group on equality issues; 18. establishing a
working group on equal opportunities;
19. Nomination of a female and a male member for the arbitration commission.
19. nominating one female and one male member of the arbitration board.
(Note: Z 20 repealed by Federal Law Gazette I No. 81/2009) 20. [removed]
(2) The Senate consists of eighteen or twenty-six members. About a change in the size of the Senate
the Senate decides with a two-thirds majority.
(3) The Senate includes representatives of the university professors
and university professors, including heads of organizational units
with research and teaching tasks or tasks for the development and development of the arts and teaching
art that is not a university professor, which is defined in § 94
Paragraph 2 lines 2 and 3, the general university staff and students.
(3a) The number of representatives of these groups is determined as follows:
(2) The senate shall consist of eighteen or twenty-six members. Any change in the size of the senate shall be for
resolution of the senate and shall require a two-thirds majority.
(3) The senate shall consist of representatives of the professors, including heads of organizational units with
research and teaching responsibilities or responsibilities with regard to the advancement and appreciation of the arts
and art teaching who are not university professors, the group of persons named in § 94 para 2 subparas 2 and 3, the
non-academic university staff, and students.
(3a) The number of representatives of these groups shall be determined as follows:
1. There are eighteen members of the Senate: 1. If the
senate consists of eighteen members:
- Nine representatives of the university professors including the
Heads of organizational units with research and teaching tasks or tasks of
Development and development of the arts and the teaching of art that none
Are university professors;
- Four representatives from the group of university lecturers
University lecturers as well as scientific and artistic staff
Employees in research, art and teaching, including doctors in specialist training;
- nine representatives of the professors including heads of organizational units with research and teaching
responsibilities or responsibilities with regard to the advancement and appreciation of the arts and art teaching who
are not professors;
- four representatives of the group of associate professors as well as the other scientific, artistic and
teaching staff including physicians in specialists ’training;
- Four student representatives; - four
representatives of the students;
- A representative of the general university staff.
- one representative of the non-academic university staff.
2. Twenty-six members belong to the Senate: 2. if the senate
consists of twenty-six members:
54 of 205
- Thirteen representatives of university professors including the
Heads of organizational units with research and teaching tasks or development tasks
and tapping into the arts and the teaching of art that are not university professors
and are university professors;
- Six representatives from the group of university lecturers
University lecturers as well as scientific and artistic staff
Employees in research, art and teaching, including doctors in specialist training;
- thirteen representatives of the professors including heads of organizational units with
research and teaching responsibilities or responsibilities with regard to the advancement and appreciation of
the arts and art teaching who are not professors;
- six representatives of the group of associate professors as well as the other scientific, artistic and teaching staff
including physicians in specialists ’training;
- Six student representatives; - six
representatives of the students;
- A representative of the general university staff.
(4) The members and substitute members of the Senate are to be appointed as follows:
1. The representatives of the university professors are everyone
University professors (§ 97) and the heads of
Organizational units with research and teaching tasks or tasks for the development and development of the arts and
to choose the teaching of art that is not a university professor.
2. The representatives of the groups mentioned in Section 94 Paragraph 2 Numbers 2 and 3 are from
all university lecturers (Section 122 (3)) as well as scientific and
artistic employees in research, art and teaching (§ 100) and the
Physicians in specialist training (§ 96) to choose. At the universities according to § 6 para. 1 no
1 to 15, at least one person with a teaching license (venia docendi) must belong to the elected.
3. The representatives of the general university staff are all members of the
general university staff to choose.
- one representative of the non-academic university staff.
(4) The members and substitute members of the senate shall be appointed as follows:
1. The representatives of the professors shall be elected by all the professors (§ 97) and heads of
organizational units with research and teaching responsibilities or responsibilities with regard to the
advancement and appreciation of the arts and art teaching who are not professors,
2. The representatives of the group under § 94 para 2 subparas 2 and 3 shall be elected by all associate professors (§
122 para 3) and the other scientific and artistic staff as well as research, artistic and teaching staff (§
100) and physicians in specialists' training (§ 96). At the universities named in § 6 para 1 subparas 1 to 15, those
elected shall include at least one person with a habilitation degree (venia docendi).
3. The representatives of the non-academic university staff shall be elected by all non-academic university staff.
55 of 205
4. The student representatives are to be sent (Section 32 (1) of the Hochschulschul- und
University Student Act 2014 - HSG 2014, Federal Law Gazette I No. 45/2014).
4. The student representatives shall be appointed (§ 32 para 1 of the Students ’Union Act 2014, F.L.G. I No 45/2014).
(Note: Paragraph 4a repealed by Federal Law Gazette I No. 21/2015) 4a. [Removed]
(5) The term of office of the Senate is three years and begins on
October 1st of the year in question.
(6) The Senate has a quorum if at least half of the members are present. He decides
Majority of votes, unless otherwise specified in this federal law.
(7) The Senate can set up collegial bodies to advise or decide on individual tasks
become.
(5) The term of office of the senate shall be three years and shall commence on 1 October of the respective year.
(6) The senate shall have a quorum when at least half of the members are present. It shall resolve by
simple majority, except insofar as this Act provides otherwise.
(7) The senate may establish collegial bodies to advise it on matters forming part of its tasks.
(Note: Section 7a repealed by Federal Law Gazette I No. 21/2015) (7a) [removed]
(8) Collegiate bodies authorized to make decisions are to be used for the following matters:
(8) Collegial bodies with decision-making power shall be appointed to deal with the following matters:
1. Habilitation procedure (§ 103), 1.
procedures for the awarding habilitation degrees (§ 103);
2.Application procedure (§ 98), 2.
procedures for the appointment of professors (§ 98);
3. Study matters in accordance with § 25 Paragraph 1 No. 10. 3. study related
matters in the meaning of § 25 para 1 subpara 10.
For the decision on the establishment of a collegiate body in accordance with Z 1 and 2 is in addition to
other shelling requirements a majority of the members of the group present in accordance with Paragraph 4 No. 1
including other members of the Senate with venia docendi required.
(9) The number of members of the collegial bodies pursuant to Paragraph 8 may not be half the number of Senate members
exceed. In the collegial bodies in accordance with Paragraph 8 No. 3, the students make up at least a quarter of the
Members. The composition of the collegial bodies pursuant to Paragraph 7 is based on the relation of the representatives
To correspond to representatives of each group in the Senate.
(10) The collegial bodies pursuant to Paragraph 7 and Paragraph 8 No. 3 are for the duration of the Senate's term of office at the longest
to set up. These collegial bodies are bound by the guidelines of the Senate and make decisions in it
Name. The Senate can revoke a power of attorney granted in accordance with paragraph 7 at any time. The
Decisions of the collegial bodies in accordance with paragraphs 7 and 8 line 3 require the approval of the Senate.
Decisions on the appointment of a collegial body under subparas 1 and 2 shall, in addition to the other decision-making
requirements, be subject to a majority vote of the present members of the group under para 4 subpara 1, including other
members of the senate with a habilitation degree.
(9) The size of the collegial bodies under para 8 may not exceed half of that of the senate. At least one quarter of
the members of the collegial bodies under para 8 subpara 3 shall be students. The composition of the collegial bodies
under para 7 shall, with regard to the proportions accounted for by representatives of the various groups, correspond
to that of the senate.
(10) The collegial bodies under paras 7 and 8 subpara 3 shall be established for not longer than the term of the
senate. These collegial bodies shall be bound by the instructions of the senate and shall take their decisions in its
Surname. The senate may at any time revoke authorizations to take decisions granted under para 7. The decisions
of the collegial bodies under paras 7 and 8 subpara 3 shall require the approval of the senate.
(Note: Paragraph 11 repealed by Art. 5 Z 9, Federal Law Gazette I No. 129/2017) (11) [removed]
56 of 205
2nd subsection
Sub-Chapter 2
Research Promotion, Contract Research and Power of Attorney Research Promotion, Commissioned Research and
Authorizations
Research Promotion and Contract Research Research Promotion and
Commissioned Research
§ 26. (1) The members of the academic and artistic university staff are
authorized to also acquire research projects or artistic work at the university in their subject and
to be carried out not from the university 's budget, but from third party research contracts, from the funds of the
Research funding or other third-party funding. The implementation
such projects are part of university research or the university development and development of
Arts.
(2) A prerequisite for the implementation of a project at the university is that
§ 26. (1) University scientific and artistic staff shall be entitled to procure and undertake research or artistic
projects, in their fields and at their universities, which are financed not from the university budget, but by
third-party research contracts, research promotion or other allocations by third parties. Such projects shall
be deemed to be university research or advancement and appreciation of the arts at universities.
(2) The acceptance of a project in the meaning of para 1 at a university shall be conditional on:
1. the fulfillment of obligations from the employment relationship, 1. fulfillment of
the duties arising from the employment contracts of the staff
members concerned;
2. the fulfillment of the tasks of the relevant organizational unit of the university in research or in the
Development and development of the arts as well as in teaching and
2. fulfillment of the tasks of the university organizational unit concerned with regard to research or the
advancement and appreciation of the arts, and teaching;
3. the rights and obligations of other university members 3. respect for the
rights and duties of other university members. not be affected.
(3) For the use of personnel and material from the university to carry out research assignments
or artistic work on behalf of third parties must be paid to the university in full.
The Rectorate decides on the use of this reimbursement.
(4) A project in accordance with paragraph 1 must be submitted to the rectorate by the project manager before the intended one
Report takeover and implementation. It is only to be prohibited if the requirements of paragraph 2 are not met
or there is no agreement on full reimbursement
(5) The project manager decides on the use of the project funds. The
Funds for projects in accordance with paragraph 1 are to be administered by the university and only on the instructions of
To use the project manager.
(3) The cost of the use of university staff and physical resources for research contracts or artistic projects
commissioned by third parties shall be reimbursed to the university in full. The application of such reimbursed money
shall be at the discretion of the rectorate.
(4) A project in the meaning of para 1 shall be notified to the rectorate by the project leader prior to acceptance
and implementation. The project shall not be prohibited unless the conditions set out in para 2 are not met or
no agreement on full reimbursement of costs has been concluded.
(5) The application of project funds shall be at the discretion of the project leader. The funds received
for projects in the meaning of para 1 shall be administered by the university and shall only be used as instructed by
the project leader.
57 of 205
(6) Employees on a project in accordance with Paragraph 1 are recommended by the
University members who carry out this project against reimbursement of personnel costs in
to take up a temporary employment relationship with the university.
(6) Staff engaged in a project in the meaning of para 1 shall be employed by the university under limited term
contracts on the recommendation of the university member conducting the project in return for
reimbursement of the resultant staff costs.
powers
Authorizations
§ 27. (1) Each head of an organizational unit is entitled, on behalf of the
University and related to their tasks
1. Raise assets and acquire rights through free legal transactions as well as donations and sponsoring;
§ 27. (1) All heads of organizational units shall be entitled, on behalf of the university and in connection with its
tasks:
1. to acquire assets and rights by way of non-remunerative legal transactions as well as through donations and
sponsorship;
2. receive grants from other legal entities; 2. to accept funding
from other legal entities;
3. Means for carrying out scientific or artistic work as well as for investigations and
Acquire findings on behalf of third parties and conclude related contracts,
insofar as they serve scientific research or the development and development of the arts;
4. to carry out state-authorized technical testing and appraisal activities, provided that
the university institution in question is recognized as a state-authorized testing institute;
5. of assets and rights, which are acquired from legal transactions in accordance with Z 1 to 4, for the fulfillment of the purposes
to make use of the organizational unit.
3. To acquire funding for the performance of scientific or artistic work and for investigations and reports on behalf
of third parties and to make contracts in connection therewith, insofar as this serves the purpose of scientific
research or the advancement and appreciation of the arts;
4. to perform state-certified technical testing and prepare assessment reports provided that the university
facility in question is recognized as a state-certified test laboratory;
5. to employ assets and rights acquired by way of legal transactions in the meaning of paras 1 to 4 to
fulfil the objects of the organizational unit in question.
In the event of abuse, this right can be withdrawn by the rectorate. In the case of abuse, this
entitlement may be withdrawn by the rectorate.
(2) Each person entrusted with the performance of contracts in accordance with Paragraph 1 No. 3
University members (project manager) is at the end of the contract fulfillment
required legal transactions and available on the funds within the income from this contract
authorize. These authorizations can be found in the university newsletter.
(3) For the use of personnel and material from the university for the execution of orders from third parties (para. 1
Z 3 and 4) must be paid to the university in full. About using this
The rectorate decides on costs.
(4) The third party funds that the University receives on the basis of activities pursuant to Paragraph 1 are, if none
Intended use exists for the purposes of the organizational unit that is authorized to sign
employee
(2) All university members (project leaders) entrusted with the fulfillment of contracts in the meaning of para 1
subpara 3 shall be authorized to make the legal transactions required for such fulfillment and to use the funds accruing
from such contracts. Such authorizations shall be announced in the university gazette.
(3) The cost of the use of university staff and physical resources for third-party contracts and commissions (para 1
subpara 3 and 4) shall be reimbursed to the university in full. The application of such reimbursed money shall
be at the discretion of the rectorate.
(4) Third-party funds accruing to a university as a result of activities in the meaning of para 1 shall,
to the extent that they are not tied, be employed for the objects of the organizational unit to which the
university’s authorized signatory is
58 of 205
or the employee authorized to sign is assigned to the university. To meet obligations of
University on the basis of legal transactions in accordance with paragraph 1, the funds that are necessary for the
relevant organizational unit are dedicated.
(5) The members of the university who are entitled or authorized under paragraph 2 have the rectorate
to report on the execution of the legal transactions concluded by them.
§ 28. (1) The Rector can determine which, taking into account the guidelines issued by the Rectorate
University employees may conclude legal transactions on behalf of the university. This
Authorizations can be found in the university's newsletter.
assigned. For the fulfillment of the university’s obligations under legal transactions in the meaning of para 1, in
the first instance funds shall be applied which are earmarked for the organizational unit concerned.
(5) University members authorized under paras 1 or 2 shall report to the rectorate on the legal transactions
made by them.
§ 28. (1) The rector may, having regard to the regulations enacted by the rectorate, determine which
employees of the university may make legal transactions on its behalf. Such authorizations shall be announced in the
university gazette.
(2) Section 27 (4) and (5) apply mutatis mutandis. (2) Section 27
paras 4 and 5 shall apply by analogy.
3rd subsection
Sub-Chapter 3
Special provisions for the clinical areas of medical universities or universities where one
Faculty of Medicine is established
Special Provisions for the Clinical Departments of Medical Universities and Universities with a Faculty of Medicine
organization
organization
Section 29. (1) The medical universities in accordance with Section 6 (1) nos. 4 to 6 or the universities at which one
Faculty of Medicine is established, perform their research and teaching tasks in clinical
Area also in cooperation with public hospitals.
(2) The organizational structure of the clinical area of ​​the Medical University
or the medical faculty and the hospital are to be coordinated. There are also
to establish those institutions of the medical university or the medical faculty that are to support
the teaching and research tasks of the clinical area are required. Before creating the
The rectorate has therefore agreed with the organizational plan for the clinical area
To produce the institution of the hospital. The organizational plan for the clinical area requires approval
the Federal Minister.
(3) The medical university or the university at which a medical faculty is established
is entitled to participate in a company that manages the operation of the hospital.
§ 29. (1) The medical university under § 6 para 1 subparas 4 to 6 or the universities at which a faculty of
medicine has been established shall perform their clinical research and teaching tasks in cooperation with public
hospitals.
(2) The organizational structures of the clinical departments of medical universities or faculties of medicine
and the attached hospitals shall be coordinated with each other. In doing so, the organizational units of
medical universities or faculties of medicine required to support the teaching and research activities of
clinical departments shall be determined. Prior to the preparation of the organization plan for a clinical department,
the rectorate shall, therefore, reach agreement with the maintaining body of the attached hospital. The
organization plan for a clinical department shall require the Federal Minister’s approval.
(3) The medical university or the university at which a faculty of medicine has been established shall be entitled to
acquire interests in companies charged with the operation of the attached hospitals.
59 of 205
(4) The medical university or the university at which a medical faculty is established
has the following obligations:
1. It has its employees who are in medical or dental use
with the participation in the fulfillment of the tasks of the organizational units of the clinical area
to be commissioned as facilities of the hospital. This participation is the legal entity of this
Hospital and not the medical university or the university where a medical faculty
is set up to allocate. This does not result in an employment relationship with the legal entity of the hospital
founded.
2. It has the necessary personal data (Art. 4 No. 1 GDPR) and other information of all
Organizational units on the requirements of research and teaching to determine and process the clinical
To collect, document and evaluate additional work according to business criteria. The medical
University or the university at which a medical faculty is established has this since January 1st, 2007
Result of their determination of the performance of the reimbursement of costs according to § 55 of the Federal Law on
Hospitals and Kuranstalten (KAKuG), Federal Law Gazette No. 1/1957, if not in one
Ordinance pursuant to Section 56 KAKuG or in an agreement pursuant to Paragraph 5 another regulation is made.
3. It has to draw up a medium-term plan for all systems that meet all or part of the needs of
Research and teaching serve and lead to additional costs within the meaning of § 55 KAKuG. This planning as well
New acquisitions are made in accordance with the needs for research and teaching in compliance with the principles of
Economy, economy and practicality as well as in coordination with the others
To make facilities and purchases of the hospital.
(5) The medical university or the university at which a medical faculty is established
has with the legal entity of the hospital after the approval of the Federal Minister
Federal Minister taking into account the performance agreement in accordance with § 13 an agreement on the
Cooperation in the operation of the individual to the clinical area of ​​the medical university or
Medical Faculty belonging and at the same time part of the public
Hospital-forming organizational units that also meet mutual benefits
contains their evaluation. In this cooperation agreement is also
(4) The medical universities or the university at which a faculty of medicine has been established shall have the
following obligations:
1. It shall charge the medical and dental staff employed with assisting in the fulfillment of the tasks of the
organizational units of the clinical department in their functions as hospital units. The cost of such assistance shall
not be borne by the medical university or the university at which a faculty of medicine has been
established but by the maintaining body of the hospital. This assistance shall not, however, result in
employment of the staff concerned by such maintaining body.
2. It shall acquire from all organizational units the required personal data (Art 4 No 1 GDPR) and information on their
research and teaching requirements needed to identify and manage the additional clinical overhead in
accordance with business management criteria, and to document and assess them. From 1 January 2007 onwards,
the medical university or the university at which a faculty of medicine has been established shall calculate
such expenses on a cost replacement basis under § 55 of the Hospitals and Health Resorts Act (KAKuG), F. L.
G. No 1/1957, unless other arrangements are made under an order pursuant to § 56 of the Hospitals and Health
Resorts Act or an agreement under para 5.
3. To prepare a medium-term budget for all facilities partly or wholly devoted to research and teaching and giving rise
to additional costs in the meaning of § 55 of the Hospitals and Health Resorts Act. Such budgeting and the procurement
of new equipment shall be undertaken in accordance with the research and teaching needs of the university, having
regard to the principles of economy, efficiency and expediency, and shall be coordinated with the hospital’s other
units and purchases.
(5) Subject to approval by the Federal Minister and having regard to the performance agreements
according to § 13, the medical universities or the universities at which a faculty of medicine has
been established shall conclude agreements with the maintaining bodies of the attached hospitals on the
joint operation of those organizational units that belong to the clinical department of the medical university or the
faculty of medicine and at the same time form part of the public hospital involved; such agreements shall include the
reciprocal services and the pricing thereof. This agreement on the joint operation shall also lay down that university
members named in § 94 para 1 (4), working as physicians or dentists, with
60 of 205
to stipulate that members of the university in medical or dental use pursuant to Section 94 (1) no
Exception of doctors in specialist training in accordance with § 94 Para. 2 No. 3, which involves
in the fulfillment of the tasks of the organizational units of the clinical area as facilities of the
Hospitals are commissioned to work in a calculation period of at least 26 weeks
30% of the normal working hours of these university members, based on the total of
Use organizational units in the clinical area for university teaching and research.
(6) The organizational units of a medical university or medical faculty can be opposed to
Reimbursement of costs can also be delegated to public health tasks. The medical
University or the university where a medical faculty is set up is not affected by
Section 27 authorizes examinations and findings on organizational units in the non-clinical area
to be carried out indirectly for patients insofar as they serve scientific research. at
the university is not subject to the provisions of the KAKuG in fulfilling these tasks.
(7) The head of the University Clinic for Dental, Oral and Maxillofacial Medicine
University of Vienna is entitled to make contracts on behalf of the Medical University of Vienna
complete dental services.
(8) The performance of tasks within the framework of a public hospital and any
Tasks in the context of health care is from autonomous provision through the medical university or through
the university where a medical faculty is established is excluded.
(9) The medical university or the university at which a medical faculty is established
the employees of the legal entity of the
Operate the hospital. In this regard, after approval by the Federal Minister
Federal Minister through the medical university or the university at which a medical faculty
is set up, taking into account the service agreements in accordance with § 13 with the legal entity
to make an agreement to the hospital, in particular regarding both the suitability of the
Staff, as well as the extent of the work in teaching and research, the necessary cost reimbursement and
Explanations about the Rector's right to issue instructions regarding the specific tasks of the university
entrusted
the exception of physicians in specialists' training according to § 94 para 2 (3), who are charged with assisting in
the fulfillment of the tasks of the organizational units of the clinical department in their functions as hospital
units, shall use at least 30% of their normal working time within a reference period of 26 weeks, relating
to the respective organizational units of the clinical department, for university teaching and research.
(6) Responsibilities of the public health service may be transferred to the organizational units of a
medical university or a faculty of medicine on a cost replacement basis. Notwithstanding § 27, the medical
university or the university at which a faculty of medicine has been established shall be entitled to
perform examinations and prepare reports indirectly for patients in organizational units of non-clinical departments
as far as they serve scientific research. In the fulfillment of these tasks, the university shall not be subject to the
KAKuG.
(7) The director of the Vienna University Clinic of Dentistry shall be entitled to conclude contracts for the
provision of dental services on behalf of the Medical University of Vienna.
(8) The fulfillment of tasks on behalf of public hospitals and any duties forming part of the public health service
are excluded from the autonomous health care provision of the universities or the universities at which a
faculty of medicine has been established.
(9) The medical university or the university at which a faculty of medicine has been established may, for the
fulfillment of its tasks under para 1, call upon employees of the maintaining body of the attached hospital. for
this purpose and upon approval by the Federal Minister, the medical university or the university at which a faculty
of medicine has been established shall, taking the performance agreements according to § 13 into consideration,
conclude an agreement with the maintaining body of the attached hospital pertaining to, in
particular, the qualifications of the employees, the extent of their teaching and research activities, the required
reimbursement of costs, and details on the rector's right to give instructions to the employees of the
maintaining body of the attached hospital who have been entrusted with tasks of the university. The demand of
the medical
61 of 205
Includes staff of the legal entity of the hospital. The needs of the medical university
or the university where a medical faculty is established and the qualifications of the staff
to consider. For the work of these employees in the context of research and teaching, § 2 Z 1 to 3
apply. The Rector will specifically entrust the staff on the basis of the
Qualification of the person concerned in research and teaching. An employment relationship with the medical university or
the university at which a medical faculty is established is not justified. The of the
Rector employees of the
Legal entities of the hospital are treated as members of the university in accordance with Section 94 (2) (2).
Before submitting the agreement to the Federal Minister, the Senate must issue an opinion
catch up.
university or the university at which a faculty of medicine has been established and the employees' qualifications
shall be taken into account. § 2 (1) to (3) shall apply to the research and teaching activities of these employees. The
rector shall entrust these employees based on their qualifications regarding research and teaching. This shall not
constitute a contract of employment with the medical university or the university at which a faculty of medicine
has been established. The employees of the maintaining body of the attached hospital who the rector has entrusted
with scientific tasks shall be accorded equal status to employees at the university according to § 94 para 2 (2).
Before the agreement is submitted to the Federal Minister, the senate shall give its opinion.
ethics committee
Ethics Committee
§ 30. (1) At every medical university or at every university where there is a medical faculty
is set up by the Senate to assess clinical trials of medicinal products and
Medical devices, the application of new medical methods and applied medical research to people
to set up an ethics committee.
(2) In any case, the ethics committees have to meet the requirements of Section 8c paras. 1 to 5 and 7 KAKuG
correspond. In deviation from Section 8c (4) KAKuG, the ethics committees have at least 50% women
to belong (§ 20a).
(3) The ethics committee has to give itself rules of procedure. This is the university council and the legal entity
to inform the hospital through the Rector.
(4) In this function, the members of the Ethics Committee are not subject to instructions from the organs of the hospital
instructions from the organs of the university.
§ 30. (1) The senate of every medical university or every university at which a faculty of medicine has been
established shall appoint an ethics committee to assess clinical tests of drugs and medical products, the application
of new medical methods and applied medical research involving human subjects.
(2) The ethics committees shall, as a minimum, meet the requirements of § 8c paras 1 to 5 and 7 of the
Hospitals and Health Resorts Act (KAKuG). Notwithstanding § 8c para 4 of the Hospitals and Health
Resorts Act, the ethics committees shall consist of at least 50% women (§ 20a).
(3) The ethics committee shall adopt rules of procedure. These shall be communicated to the university
council and the maintaining body of the attached hospital by way of the rector.
(4) The members of the ethics committee shall not, in this capacity, be bound by instructions of the governing bodies
of the hospital or the university.
Structure of the Clinical Structure
of the Clinical Department
§ 31. (1) The clinical area of ​​a medical university or medical faculty includes those
Institutions that are functionally organizational units of a public hospital.
§ 31. (1) The clinical department of a medical university or a faculty of medicine shall comprise those units that
simultaneously function as organizational units of a public hospital.
62 of 205
(2) The organizational units of a medical university or medical faculty in which
in the context of a hospital in addition to research and teaching tasks, also medical or dental
Services performed directly on people carry the designation
"University hospital".
(3) The organizational units of a medical university or medical faculty in which
in the context of a hospital, in addition to research and teaching tasks, medical services indirectly
provided for humans carry the designation "Clinical Institute".
(4) The university clinics and clinical institutes can be divided into "clinical departments".
In this case, the head of the clinical department is responsible for
the medical tasks to be performed in accordance with Section 7b (1) KAKuG.
(2) The organizational units of a medical university or a faculty of medicine that, within a hospital, apart from their
research and teaching tasks, directly provide patients with medical and dental care shall be designated as “university
clinics ".
(3) Those organizational units of a medical university or a faculty of medicine that, within a hospital, apart from
their research and teaching tasks, indirectly provide patients with medical care shall be designated as “clinical
institute ".
(4) The university clinics and clinical institutes may be structured into “clinical sections”. Where this occurs, the
head of the clinical section shall be responsible for the performance of medical tasks according to § 7b para 1 of the
Hospitals and Health Resorts Act.
Management functions in the clinical area of ​​governing
Positions in the Clinical Department
§ 32. (1) Head of an organizational unit or a clinical department of a medical
University or medical faculty, which also functions as a medical department or
an equivalent institution of a public hospital (Section 7 (4), Section 7a (1) and Section 7b (1) and (2)
KAKuG), is from the rectorate on the proposal of the university professors
organizational unit concerned is a suitably qualified person with an upright employment relationship with
Confederation, which is assigned to the university for service, or an upright employment relationship with
University with relevant specialist or dentist authority to order. To the deputy
The deputy head can only be a member of the university
University member with appropriate qualifications as a specialist or as a dentist or
Dentist to be ordered. Before ordering, the legal entity of the hospital has the opportunity to
To give an opinion.
(1a) The head of an organizational unit or a clinical department of a
Medical university or medical faculty, which also functions as a
Health department or an equivalent institution of a public hospital (§ 7 para. 4, § 7a para.
1 as well as § 7b paragraphs 1 and 2 KAKuG) can be rejected by the rectorate because of a serious breach of duty
criminal conviction, for lack of health suitability or because of
one reasoned
§ 32. (1) The rectorate shall appoint, on the basis of nominations from the university professors of the
organizational unit concerned, a person with relevant qualifications - who is employed by the Federal Government and
assigned to the university or who is employed by the university and possesses relevant medical specialist or
dental qualifications - as the head of a organizational unit or a clinical section of a medical university or a faculty
of medicine that simultaneously fulfills the function of a ward or like unit of a public hospital (§ 7 para 4, § 7a para
1 and
§ 7b paras 1 and 2 Hospitals and Health Resorts Act). Only university members with relevant medical specialist or
dental qualifications may be appointed as deputy heads. Prior to the appointment, the maintaining body of the attached
hospital shall have the opportunity to give its opinion.
(1a) The head of an organizational unit or a clinical section at a medical university or a faculty of
medicine that simultaneously fulfills the function of a ward or like unit of a public hospital (§ 7 para 4, § 7a para 1
and § 7b paras 1 and 2 of the Hospitals and Health Resorts Act) may be dismissed by the rectorate due to severe
misconduct, conviction of a criminal offense, health impairment, or loss of confidence on reasonable grounds.
Prior to the dismissal, the maintaining body of the attached hospital shall have the opportunity to give its opinion.
63 of 205
Loss of confidence from her or his function. This is before the dismissal
To give legal entities of the hospital an opportunity to comment.
(2) The appointment as head and deputy of the head
or the head of an organizational unit or a clinical department named in paragraph 1
to be carried out for a limited time.
(3) The first-time inclusion of organizational units of a hospital in the clinical
The area of ​​a medical university or a university where a medical faculty is established,
is only made at the same time as the appointment of a university professor
University professor in accordance with § 98 to head the organizational unit concerned
(University clinic, clinical institute, clinical department) effective in accordance with paragraph 1.
(2) Appointments as the head or deputy head of an organizational unit or a clinical section under para 1
shall initially be for a limited term.
(3) The initial inclusion of organizational units of a hospital into the clinical department of a medical university or
a university at which a faculty of medicine has been established shall become effective together with the appointment
of a university professor under § 98 as the head of the respective organizational unit (university clinic,
clinical institute, clinical section) under para 1.
Reimbursement of costs to the hospital institution Reimbursement of Hospital
Maintaining Bodies ’Costs
§ 33. The medical universities or the universities at which a medical faculty is established,
are required to reimburse the costs
55 KAKuG on behalf of the federal government to the respective legal entity of the hospital.
Exceptions to this are the federal government's cost reimbursements for new clinics and conversions, as well as for
First installation of these buildings.
§ 33. The medical universities or the universities at which a faculty of medicine has been established shall be
obliged to reimburse the costs under § 55 of the Hospitals and Health Resorts Act to the maintaining body of
the attached hospital on behalf of the Federal Government. The reimbursement by the Federal Government of the costs of
new clinic buildings and alterations to clinic buildings as well as the costs of the initial furnishings of such
buildings shall be exempt from these arrangements.
Representatives of Doctors ’and Dentists’
and Dentists ’Representatives
§ 34. The doctors working in the clinical area of ​​a medical university or medical faculty
and doctors as well as dentists with the exception of the heads of organizational units (§
32) have to perform the tasks according to § 3 Para
Hospital Working Hours Act, Federal Law Gazette I No. 8/1997, to five representatives from among them
choose.
§ 34. The doctors and dentists working in the clinical department of a medical university or a faculty of
medicine, excluding the heads of organizational units (§ 32), shall elect five representatives from among their
number to perform the duties stipulated in § 3 para 3 of the Hospital Working Hours Act (KA-AZG), Federal Law Gazette I
No. 8/1997.
Training institutions
Training units
Section 35. (1) Hospitals or facilities of hospitals that are not part of the clinical area
a medical university or a medical faculty can belong to the medical
Universities or the universities where a medical faculty is set up, with the consent of the
Legal entity of the hospital for improvement and
Section 35. (1) Subject to approval by the maintaining body of the attached hospital, hospitals or hospital units that are
not part of the clinical department of a medical university or a faculty of medicine may be called upon by the medical
universities or those universities at which a faculty of medicine has been established for the purpose of improving
and intensifying practical medical training. This hospital may be
64 of 205
Intensification of practical medical teaching can be used. These hospitals can from
of the medical university concerned or of the university concerned at which a
Medical Faculty is established, the term "teaching hospital" can be awarded.
(2) Medical facilities in the established area can be obtained from the medical universities or the
Universities at which a medical faculty is established with their consent to
Improvement and intensification of practical medical teaching can be used. this
Institutions can be obtained from the medical university concerned or from the university concerned at which a
Medical Faculty is established, the term "teaching coordination" can be awarded.
awarded the title of “training hospital” by the medical university in question or the university in question at which a
faculty of medicine has been established.
(2) Medical facilities in the private practice area may, subject to their approval, be called upon by the medical
universities or those universities at which a faculty of medicine has been established, for the purpose of
improving and intensifying practical medical training. These facilities may be awarded the title of
"Training practice" by the medical university in question or the university in question at which a faculty of medicine
has been established.
Clinical-practical year
Clinical Internship Year
Section 35a. (1) The clinical-practical year is part of the study of human medicine and is used for acquisition
and the deepening of medical skills, especially in the field of practical medical teaching.
(2) The active participation in the care of patients is in accordance with the regulations of the
Doctors Act 1998, BGBl. I No. 169/1998, possible. This participation in the care of patients
is the legal entity of the teaching institution and not the medical university or the university at which one
Medical Faculty is set up, or attributed to students in training.
This does not result in an employment or employment relationship with the legal entity of the teaching institution
founded.
(3) Mere support services for the life of the students by the legal entity of the
Teaching institutions do not establish an employment or employment relationship.
Section 35a. (1) The clinical internship year shall be a part of the studies in human medicine and shall serve the
purpose of acquiring and refining medical skills, particularly in the area of ​​practical clinical training.
(2) The active involvement in the care of patients shall be permissible in accordance with the provisions
of the Physicians Act 1998, F.L.G. I No 169/1998. This involvement in the care of patients shall be in the sphere of
the maintaining body of the attached training unit and not the medical university or the university at which a faculty
of medicine has been established or the students undergoing training. This shall not give rise to an employment
contract with the maintaining body of the attached training unit.
(3) Support provided by the maintaining body of the attached training unit to assist students with their cost of living
shall not give rise to an employment contract.
Dental-clinical internship
Dental Clinical Internship
Section 35b. (1) The dental-clinical internship is part of the course in dentistry and serves the acquisition and
the deepening of dental skills, especially in the field of practical medical teaching.
(2) The active participation in the care of patients is in accordance with the regulations of the
Dentists Act, Federal Law Gazette I No. 126/2005, possible. This participation in the care of patients is
the legal entity of the teaching institution and not the medical university or those in training
Attributed to students. A service or
Section 35b. (1) The dental-clinical internship shall be a part of the studies in dental medicine and shall serve the purpose
of acquiring and refining skills, particularly in the area of ​​practical medical training.
(2) The active involvement in the care of patients shall be permissible in accordance with the
provisions of the Dentists Act, F.L.G. I No 126/2005. This involvement in the care of patients shall be in the
sphere of the maintaining body of the attached training unit and not of the medical university or the students
undergoing
65 of 205
This does not constitute an employment relationship with the legal entity of the teaching institution.
(3) Mere support services for the life of the students by the legal entity of the
Teaching institutions do not establish an employment or employment relationship.
training. This shall not give rise to an employment contract with the maintaining body of the attached training unit.
(3) Support provided by the maintaining body of the attached training unit to assist students with their cost of living
shall not give rise to an employment contract.
4. subsection
Sub-Chapter 4
Special provisions for the University of Veterinary Medicine Vienna Special Provisions for the University of
Veterinary Medicine Vienna
Tierspital
Veterinary hospital
§ 36. (1) The organizational units of the University of Veterinary Medicine Vienna, in addition to their teaching and
Research tasks also have to provide veterinary services directly to live animals
description
"University Clinic" and together form the "Animal Hospital".
(2) The Rectorate shall issue an ordinance for the animal hospital by ordinance,
which requires the approval of the University Council.
(3) Only persons with are allowed to head the organizational units of the animal hospital
relevant qualifications can be ordered.
(4) The staff assigned to the organizational units of the animal hospital must contribute to the fulfillment of the tasks,
which are the responsibility of the animal hospital in the context of the examination and treatment of animals.
(5) The heads of the organizational units of the animal hospital are entitled, on behalf of the
University of Veterinary Medicine Vienna to conclude contracts for the provision of veterinary services.
(6) The perception of veterinary tasks within the framework of the animal hospital is dependent on the autonomous procurement by the
University excluded according to § 5 (§ 70 Abs. 4 UOG 1993).
Veterinary teaching institutes and organizational unit for wildlife and ecology
§ 37. (1) Veterinary clinics, which do not belong to the University of Veterinary Medicine Vienna, and veterinary practices can from
Rectorate with the consent of the operator of the veterinary clinic or veterinary practice for improvement and
Intensification of practical veterinary teaching can be used. Will a veterinary clinic or a
Veterinary practice constantly for this purpose
§ 36. (1) The organizational units of the University of Veterinary Medicine Vienna which, apart from their
teaching and research tasks, also directly provide veterinary care for live animals shall bear the title “university
clinic ”and shall, in organizational terms, collectively constitute the“ veterinary hospital ”.
(2) The rectorate shall, by decree, enact hospital regulations for the animal hospital which shall require
the approval of the university council.
(3) Appointments as heads of organizational units of the veterinary hospital shall be restricted to persons
with relevant qualifications.
(4) Staff assigned to the organizational units of the veterinary hospital shall assist in the fulfillment
of the hospital’s tasks in respect of the examination and treatment of animals.
(5) The heads of organizational units of the veterinary hospital shall be entitled to make agreements for the
provision of veterinary services on behalf of the University of Veterinary Medicine Vienna.
(6) The fulfillment of veterinary tasks of the veterinary hospital is excepted from the autonomous provision of
veterinary services by the University according to § 5 (§ 70 para 4 University Organization Act 1993).
Veterinary Teaching Institutes and the Organizational Unit for Wildlife Ecology
§ 37. (1) The rectorate may enlist the assistance of veterinary clinics not forming part of the University of
Veterinary Medicine Vienna, and veterinary practices to improve and intensify practical veterinary training, subject to
the agreement of the operators of such clinics or practices. If a veterinary clinic or practice is permanent
66 of 205
used, this can be given the name "Veterinary Medical Training Institute".
(2) At the University of Veterinary Medicine Vienna there is an organizational unit with the
Designation "Research Institute for Wildlife Science and Ecology" to set up.
(3) The organizational unit mentioned in paragraph 2 is in the service agreement and in
To show the accounts separately.
employed for such purposes it may be awarded the title of “veterinary teaching institute”.
(2) An organizational unit entitled “Research Institute of Wildlife Ecology” shall be established at the
University of Veterinary Medicine Vienna.
(3) The organizational unit named in para 2 shall be separately presented in the performance agreement and financial
statements.
5th subsection
Sub-Chapter 5
Special Provisions for Catholic and Evangelical Theology Special Provisions for
Catholic and Protestant Theology
§ 38. (1) The universities, whose scope also extends to studies of Catholic theology
have in the design of their internal organization and study regulations as well as in ensuring
of the teaching and research operation the concordat between the Holy See and the Republic of Austria,
BGBl. II No. 2/1934, to be observed. The obligation to obtain consent in accordance with Art. V § 3 and to
the Rector is responsible for any removal from the exercise of the teaching license pursuant to Art. V § 4.
(2) The university, whose scope also extends to studies of Protestant theology,
has in designing their internal organization and study regulations as well as ensuring
of the teaching and research company § 15 of the Federal Law on External Legal Relationships of the Evangelical Church, BGBl.
No. 182/1961. The obligation, according to § 15 para. 4 of the Federal Act on External
Legal relationships of the Evangelical Church before the selection from the proposed occupation with the
The Rector is responsible for contacting the Evangelical Church.
§ 38. (1) Universities whose activities include the teaching of Catholic theology shall, in the design of their
internal organization and study regulations, and in securing such teaching and research, observe the Concordat
between the Holy See and the Republic of Austria, Federal Law Gazette II No. 2/1934. The rector shall be responsible
for seeking Church approval of appointments under Art V § 3 and for withdrawing authorizations to teach under Art V §
4th
(2) Universities whose activities include the teaching of Protestant theology shall, in the design of
their internal organization and study regulations, and in securing such teaching and research, observe § 15 of
the Legal Relations with the Protestant Church Act, F.L.G. No 182/1961. The rector shall be responsible for
fulfilling the obligation according to § 15 para 4 of the Legal Relations with the Protestant Church Act
to consult the Protestant Church prior to the selection of shortlisted candidates for appointments.
6. subsection
Sub-Chapter 6
Special provisions for the Academy of Fine Arts Vienna Special Provisions for the Academy of
Fine Arts Vienna
Gemäldegalerie and Kupferstichkabinett Art Gallery and
Collection of copperplate engravings
§ 39. (1) The following organizational units are to be set up at the Academy of Fine Arts Vienna:
§ 39. (1) The following organizational units shall be established at the Academy of Fine Arts Vienna:
67 of 205
1. the "picture gallery of the Academy of Fine Arts Vienna", which includes a glyptotheque;
1. the Art Gallery of the Academy of Fine Arts Vienna, which incorporates a collection of glyptic art;
2. the “Kupferstichkabinett”.
2. the Collection of Copperplate Engravings.
When organizing these two institutions, the tasks and special position of these are
Facilities to consider.
(2) The Gemäldegalerie is an institution created by a foundation. It has the tasks of
of the same name in accordance with Section 46 of the Federal Act on the Organization of the Universities of the
Arts (KUOG) to continue. She has permanent collections and additional exhibitions for
to provide the public with a performance of selected objects from their collections.
(3) The Kupferstichkabinett has to continue the tasks of the institution of the same name in accordance with § 65 KUOG. It has
to present selected objects from his collection to the public.
(4) Heads of the Gemäldegalerie and the Kupferstichkabinett
only people with relevant training and correspondingly high professional qualifications can be ordered. The
The director of the Gemäldegalerie is called "Director" or
"Director".
(5) The Gemäldegalerie and the Kupferstichkabinett are in the performance agreement and in the
The accounts of the Academy of Fine Arts Vienna must be shown separately.
The organization of these units shall take account of their functions and their special importance.
(2) The Art Gallery shall be established by a foundation. It shall assume the responsibilities under the § 46 of
the Universities of the Arts Organization Act hitherto performed by the institution of the same name. It shall
secure that selected objects from its collections are exhibited to the public by means of permanent and additional
exhibitions.
(3) The Collection of Copperplate Engravings shall assume the responsibilities of the institution of that name
according to § 65 Universities of the Arts Organization Act. It shall exhibit selected objects from its collection to
the public.
(4) Appointments as the director of the Art Gallery or of the Collection of Copperplate Engravings shall
be restricted to persons with relevant training and appropriate professional qualifications. The head of the
Art Gallery shall bear the title of “Director”.
(5) The Art Gallery and the Collection of Copperplate Engravings shall be separately presented in the
performance agreement and financial statements of the Academy of Fine Arts Vienna.
7th subsection
Sub-Chapter 7
University Sports Institute
University Sports Centers
§ 40. (1) At the universities according to § 6 paragraph 1 Z 1, 2, 3, 7, 10, 14 and 15 are university sports institutes
set up for students up to two semesters after graduation and staff
Employees of universities, universities of teacher education, technical colleges and the
Private universities of the university location are available for sporting activities and competitions
stand.
(2) The university sports institutes are in the performance agreement and in the closing of accounts, as well as in the
Show the knowledge balance of the university concerned separately.
§ 40. (1) At the universities named according to § 6 para 1 subparas 1, 2, 3, 7, 10, 14 and 15 university sports
centers shall be established which shall be open to students up to two semesters after graduation, staff of
universities, university colleges of teacher education, universities of applied sciences and private universities for
sporting activities and competitions.
(2) The university sports centers shall be separately presented in the performance agreements, the
financial statements and the intellectual capital report of the universities concerned.
68 of 205
(3) funds from the university sports institute from the voluntary university sports, as well
The operation of university sports facilities are for the purposes of the university sports institute
use.
(4) Only a person with relevant training may be the head of a university sports institute
and appropriate professional qualifications can be ordered.
(5) The rectorate of a university with a university sports institute may issue guidelines for admission
of other groups in the participants of the
University sports institute of the university at normal market prices.
(3) Funds accruing to a university sports center from voluntary university sporting activities and the
operation of university sports facilities shall be employed for the purpose of the university sports center.
(4) Appointments as the head of a university sports center shall be restricted to persons with relevant training and
appropriate professional qualifications.
(5) The rectorate of a university with a university sports center may adopt guidelines on the admission of
other groups of persons to the circle of participants of the university sports center of the university at market
rates.
8. Subsection
Sub-Chapter 8
Special provisions for the University of Vienna Special Provisions for the
University of Vienna
Institute for Austrian History Research Austrian
Institute of Historical Research
Section 40a. (1) At the University of Vienna there is an organizational unit called "Institute for
Austrian History Research ”. When organizing this facility, the tasks are in
Research and teaching and the special position of the Institute for Austrian History Research in the context of
Historical sciences and archives at national and international level.
(2) The tasks of the Institute for Austrian History Research include:
its importance in the field of history especially planning and
Implementation of research projects in the field of European history of the Middle Ages and modern times as well
Austrian history with a focus on the historical auxiliary sciences, the source edition and
Source indexing based on recognized international standards and their documentation and publication.
(3) The head of the Institute for Austrian History Research may only
a person with relevant training and a correspondingly high level of professional qualification can be appointed. The
The head of the Institute for Austrian History Research bears the
Functional title "Director".
Section 40a. (1) At the University of Vienna, an organizational unit with the designation “Austrian Institute
of Historical Research "shall be established. The organization of this unit shall take into account the duties in
research and teaching and the particular position of the Austrian Institute of Historical Research in the
context of historical research and archive management nationally and internationally.
(2) In view of its significance in the field of historical research, the tasks of the Austrian Institute of Historical
Research shall encompass in particular the planning and completion of research projects in the area of ​​European
medieval and modern history as well as Austrian history, with an emphasis on auxiliary sciences of history,
primary-source editions, and locating and indexing sources on the basis of recognized international
standards, and their documentation and publication.
(3) Only a person with a relevant education and appropriate professional qualifications can be appointed as
the head of the Austrian Institute of Historical Research. The head of the Austrian Institute of Historical
Research shall be designated as “director”.
69 of 205
(4) The Institute for Austrian History Research is in the performance agreement and in the
Separate financial statements of the University of Vienna.
(4) The Austrian Institute of Historical Research shall be accounted for separately in the performance
agreement and the accounts of the University of Vienna.
Section 3
Chapter 3
Equality between women and men Gender
Equality
Duty of Career
Advancement for women
§ 41. All organs of the university have to work towards that in all university work areas
balanced number ratio between women and men working at the university. Achievement
This goal is achieved through appropriate measures, in particular through the enactment and implementation of a
Women's promotion plan to strive for.
§ 41. All university bodies shall make efforts to achieve a balanced representation of men and
women at work in all areas of university activities. Appropriate action shall be taken to attain this goal,
particularly by means of the adoption and implementation of a career advancement plan for women.
Working Group for Equal Treatment Issues Working
Group on Equal Opportunities
Section 42. (1) The Senate has a working group for equal treatment issues at each university
to establish whose job it is to discriminate against university organs based on gender
as well as based on ethnicity, religion or belief, age or sexual
Counteracting orientation and relatives and organs of the university in these matters too
advise and support.
(2) The number of members of the Equal Opportunities Working Group
and the duration of their function is to be specified in the statutes. The groups of
University members are entitled to become members in a ratio specified in the statutes
To send a working group. One of the members of the working group is a chairperson
to choose.
(3) The members of the Working Group for Equal Opportunities are not involved in any of their functions
Instructions or orders bound (Art. 81c B-VG). They must not be hindered in exercising their powers and
not be disadvantaged in their professional advancement because of this activity.
(4) The members of the working group are from the rectorate in all internal university matters
To provide information as well as access to the business items, documents and the automation-supported
to give processed data about the staff of the university, their knowledge to fulfill the
Section 42. (1) The senate of each university shall establish a working group on equal opportunities responsible for
combating gender discrimination as well as discrimination on the basis of ethnicity, religion or
conviction, age, or sexual orientation by university governing bodies and for advising and supporting the
university’s members and governing bodies in connection with these issues.
(2) The number and terms of office of the members of the working group on equal opportunities shall be established
by the statute. The groups of university members represented in the senate shall be entitled to delegate
members to the working group in proportions established by the statute. The working party shall elect a chairperson
from among its number.
(3) The members of the working group on equal opportunities shall not be bound by any instructions in the fulfillment of
their tasks (Art 81c Federal Constitutional Law). They may not be obstructed in the fulfillment of their tasks, and
shall not be disadvantaged in their career promotion as a result of these activities.
(4) The rectorate shall provide the working group on equal opportunities with information on all internal
university matters, and shall grant it access to all documents and electronic data relating to the university’s
personnel, knowledge of which is necessary for the exercise of its tasks. Photocopying of such documents
70 of 205
Tasks of the working group is required. The production of photocopies of these documents is permitted on request
allow. Access to the personnel files is only permitted with the consent of the data subjects.
(5) Are expert opinions and statements prepared by the Working Group for Equal Treatment Issues to prepare its decisions
relevant experts and information may be obtained from these experts
Experts are provided with the necessary documents. These experts are for
Confidentiality required.
(6) In particular, the Working Group for Equal Treatment Questions must be informed immediately:
1. All tender texts for filling positions and functions before the tender. The working group
has the right to comment on the tender within two weeks of delivery;
shall be permitted on request. Access to employees ’files shall be subject to the consent of the persons
Concerned.
(5) In case that the working group on equal opportunities seeks reports, opinions or information from experts as a
basis for its decisions, such experts shall be furnished with the necessary documentation. These experts
shall be obliged to observe confidentiality.
(6) The following shall, in particular, be submitted to the working group on equal opportunities:
1. texts of all advertisements for posts and functions prior to their publication. The working group shall be entitled
to give its opinion on the advertisement within two weeks upon receipt;
2. the list of applications received; 2. a list
of applications received;
3. the list of applicants invited to interviews.
(7) The Rectorate has at the same time as the information of the responsible works council the working group for
Inform equal treatment questions about which applicant you are working with
Employment contract is to be concluded. Employment contracts without prior notification of the working group or before
Expiry of the deadline according to paragraph 8 are ineffective.
(8) Does the Equal Treatment Working Group have reason to believe that the decision of a university body
discrimination against people based on their gender or ethnicity,
representing religion or belief, age or sexual orientation, it is
entitled to call the arbitration board within three weeks.
(8a) The respective collegial body has the working group for equality issues
to inform immediately about its composition. Is the proportion of women at least 50% according to §
20a (2) is not adequately maintained, the working group for equality issues can within four weeks
Make an objection to the incorrect composition to the Arbitration Commission. The objection of the incorrect
Composition has to be omitted if there are factual reasons. If the collegial body is incorrectly composed,
and raises the working group for equality issues
3. a list of candidates invited for interviews.
(7) The rectorate shall, when notifying the responsible employee’s council of the candidate with whom an employment
contract is to be concluded, simultaneously inform the working group on equal opportunities. Employment contracts
concluded without prior notification of the working group or before expiry of the period prescribed by para
8 shall be null and void.
(8) If the working group on equal opportunities has reason to believe that a decision made by a
university governing body reflects a discrimination against a person on the basis of gender, ethnicity,
religion or conviction, age, or sexual orientation, it shall have the right to invoke the arbitration board within
three weeks.
(8a) Each collegial body shall inform the working group on equal opportunities of its composition without delay. If the
quota of at least 50% women according to
§ 20a para 2 in the collegial body is not met, the working group on equal opportunities may raise an
objection against the incorrect composition to the arbitration board within four weeks. The objection against the
incorrect composition shall not be raised when objective reasons exist. If the composition of the collegial body is
incorrect and if the working group on equal opportunities raises an objection, its decisions shall be void. If the
working group on equal opportunities does not raise
71 of 205
Objection, the decisions of the collegiate body are void. The working group for equality issues does not survey
the objection of incorrect composition on time, the collegial body applies with regard to § 20a para.
2 composed correctly.
(8b) The Senate has the working group for equality issues immediately on the result
the election of the members of the University Council in accordance with Section 21 Paragraph 6 No. 1. In the event of violation of Section 20a (3)
the working group for equality issues can object to the incorrect statement within four weeks
Collect the composition of the University Council from the arbitration committee. The objection of incorrect composition
must be avoided if there are factual reasons.
(8c) The Finding Commission and the Senate have the Working Group on Equal Opportunities
submit the respective proposal for the appointment of the Rector. Is the suspicion of
Discrimination based on the sex of an applicant, the Working Group for
Issue equality issues to the Arbitration Commission within one week.
(8d) All election proposals for the Senate elections, including the
Suggestions for the substitute members are with regard to the order of at least 50%
Women in a selectable position in accordance with Section 20a (4) of the Working Group for
Submit equality issues. This has to decide within a week whether the nomination
Section 20a (4) corresponds. The working group for equality issues decides that not enough women
are included on the nomination, he has the objection to the deficiency of the nomination to the
Arbitration commission. The objection must be refrained from if there are objective reasons
available. The arbitration board decides that the objection has been rightly raised
the election commission will refer the nomination back to the campaigning group for improvement.
(8e) The Working Group for Equal Treatment Questions must immediately contact the Federal Minister
report when he
1. an objection to the incorrect composition of a collegiate body to the arbitration commission in accordance with paragraph 8a,
2. an objection to the incorrect composition of the University Council in accordance with Paragraph 8b,
an objection against the incorrect composition of the collegial body within the period stipulated, the composition of
the collegial body shall be deemed to be correct in this respect with regard to § 20a para 2.
(8b) The senate shall inform the working group on equal opportunities without delay about the election results
regarding the members of the university council according to § 21 para 6 subpara 1. If § 20a para 3 is violated,
the working group on equal opportunities may raise an objection against the incorrect composition of the university
council to the arbitration board within four weeks. The objection against the incorrect composition shall not be raised
when objective reasons exist.
(8c) The search committee and the senate shall submit their shortlists for the election of the rector to the working
group on equal opportunities. If discrimination on the basis of gender against a female applicant is suspected, the
working group on equal opportunities shall lodge a complaint with the arbitration board within a week.
(8d) All election proposals accepted by the election committee for the election of the senate, including proposals for
substitute members, shall be submitted to the working group on equal opportunities for review as to compliance
with the requirement of including at least 50% women in electable positions according to
§ 20a para 4. The working group on equal opportunities shall decide within one week, whether the election
proposal is in accordance with § 20a para 4. If the working group on equal opportunities decides that the
election proposal does not include a sufficient number of women, it shall raise an objection against the
inadequacy of the election proposal to the arbitration board. The objection shall not be raised when objective
reasons exist. If the arbitration board decides that the objection was rightly raised, the election committee
shall return the election proposal to the candidate group for improvement.
(8e) The working group on equal opportunities shall report, without delay, to the Federal Minister, when it
1. raises an objection against the incorrect composition of a collegial body to the arbitration board under para 8a,
2. raises an objection against the incorrect composition of the university council under para 8b,
72 of 205
3. a complaint about discrimination in connection with the election of the rector in accordance with Paragraph 8c or
3. lodges a complaint because of discrimination in connection with the election of the rector under para 8c or
4. an objection of the deficiency of the election proposal according to Paragraph 8d 4. raises an objection
against the inadequacy of an election proposal under
para 8d.
rises.
(8f) The Federal Minister has the appropriate form on the homepage of the Federal Ministry for
Education, science and research based on reports from university councils
Presentation of the implementation of the gender-appropriate composition of collegial bodies in accordance with § 20a
Publish universities.
(9) If the Working Group on Equal Treatment issues a complaint to the Arbitration Commission, the enforcement of
The decision of the university organ is inadmissible until the decision of the arbitration committee.
(10) An annual activity report of the working group must be submitted to the University Council and the Rectorate.
(11) The Rectorate has the Working Group on Equal Opportunities for the fulfillment of its tasks
Human and material resources as well as the necessary rooms according to the budgetary possibilities
To make available.
(8f) The Federal Minister shall publish a statement, based on the reports of the universities, on the implementation of
the gender-balanced composition of collegial bodies according to § 20a at all universities on the website of the
Federal Ministry of Education, Science and Research in an appropriate format.
(9) If the working group on equal opportunities lodges a complaint with the arbitration board, the entry into effect
of the university governing body’s decision shall be impermissible until the arbitration board has ruled on the matter.
(10) The working group shall submit annual reports on its activities to the university council and the
rectorate.
(11) The rectorate shall, contingent upon budgetary considerations, allocate the required personnel and equipment as
well as the necessary rooms to the working group on equal opportunities for the performance of its duties.
arbitration Commission
Arbitration board
Section 43. (1) An arbitration committee must be set up at each university. Her duties include:
Section 43. (1) An arbitration board shall be established at every university. Its duties shall include:
1. mediation in disputes by members of the university; 1. mediating in
disputes between university members;
2. the decision on complaints from the working group for equality issues
discrimination on the basis of sex or on the basis of ethnicity, religion or
Belief, age or sexual orientation by decision of a university organ;
3. Decision on defending the incorrect composition of the working group for
Equality issues within four weeks;
4. Decision on defending the deficiency of the election proposal of the working group for
Equal treatment issues within 14 days.
2. ruling on complaints by the working group on equal opportunities with regard to discrimination on the
basis of gender, ethnicity, religion or conviction, age, or sexual orientation through decisions of
university governing bodies;
3. deciding on objections against the incorrect composition by the working group on equal opportunities within
four weeks;
4. deciding on objections against the inadequacy of the election proposal by the working group on equal opportunities
within fourteen days.
73 of 205
(2) Matters that are subject to legal recourse and performance reviews
excluded from the review by the Arbitration Commission.
(3) The arbitration commission should fulfill its tasks as far as possible by agreement between the parties
work towards.
(4) All organs and members of the university are obliged to the members of the arbitration commission
Information, in particular also about personal data (Art. 4 No. 1 GDPR) and other information,
to give on the matter and to take part in contact discussions.
(5) The Arbitration Commission is involved in the matters pursuant to Paragraph 1 No. 2 within three months
To decide whether to discriminate by the decision of the university organ
Reason of gender, ethnicity, religion or belief,
age or sexual orientation. The complaint concerns the proposal of the search commission
or the proposal of the Senate to appoint the rector
to decide the arbitration commission within 14 days.
(6) If the arbitration commission affirms the existence of discrimination on the basis of the
Gender, based on ethnicity, religion or belief, age or age
sexual orientation, the university organ has a new personnel decision taking into account the
Legal opinion of the arbitration commission. Does the discrimination concern the proposal of the
The Finding Commission or the Senate to appoint the Rector is the
Proposal to be returned to the Finding Commission or the Senate The Finding Commission and the Senate
are obliged in this case to have the legal status that corresponds to the legal opinion of the arbitration commission
to manufacture immediately.
(7) The working group for equality issues and the university body concerned have the right to
lodge an appeal with the Federal Administrative Court against the decision concluding the proceedings.
(8) Employment contracts concluded by the Rector during pending proceedings before the
Arbitration commission or in spite of a negative decision of the arbitration commission are ineffective.
(9) The Arbitration Commission consists of six members who are not members of the family concerned
Must be university. One male and one each
(2) Matters which are the subject of legal proceedings, and performance evaluations shall be excluded from
investigation by the arbitration board.
(3) In the performance of its duties, the arbitration board shall try to reach an agreement between the parties to
disputes.
(4) All university bodies and members shall be obliged to furnish the arbitration board with information on matters
investigated by it, especially on personal data (Art 4 No 1 GDPR) and other information, and take part
in communication dialogues.
(5) The arbitration board shall issue an official notification on the matters under para 1 subpara 2 within three
months, whether the decision by the university governing body discriminates on the basis of gender,
ethnicity, religion or conviction, age, or sexual orientation. If the complaint concerns the shortlist drawn up
by the search committee or the shortlist drawn up by the senate for the election of the rector, the arbitration board
shall decide within fourteen days.
(6) If the arbitration board finds that discrimination on the basis of gender, ethnicity, religion or
conviction, age, or sexual orientation in cases under para 1 subpara 2 has occurred, the university governing
body shall be obliged to make a new personnel decision having regard to the legal opinion of the arbitration board. If
the discrimination concerns the shortlist submitted by the search committee or the senate for the election of the
rector, the shortlist shall be returned to the search committee or the senate. The search committee and the
senate are in this case obliged to, without delay, bring about the legal situation which accords with the legal opinion
of the arbitration board.
(7) The working group on equal opportunities and the university governing body concerned shall however have
the right to appeal to the Federal Administrative Court against the official notification concluding an arbitration
procedure.
(8) Employment contracts concluded by the rector during a pending arbitration procedure or in the face of a negative
ruling of the arbitration board shall be null and void.
(9) The arbitration board shall consist of six members, none of whom may be members of the university concerned. The
senate, university council and working
74 of 205
female members are from the Senate, the University Council and the Working Group on Equal Opportunities for one
Nominee term of office of two years. Two of the members must be legally qualified. from
The Senate, the University Council and the Working Group for Equal Opportunities are each a female and a female
to nominate a substitute male member.
(10) The members of the Arbitration Commission are not required to issue any instructions or to perform this function
Orders bound (Art. 81c B-VG).
(11) The arbitration commission decides by simple majority. In the event of a tie, the vote gives the
or the chairman's rash.
(12) An annual activity report from the Arbitration Commission must be sent to the University Council and the Rectorate.
group on equal opportunities shall each nominate one male and one female member of the commission for a term of office
of two years. Two of the members must have legal education. The senate, the university council, and the working group
on equal opportunities shall each nominate one woman and one man as substitute members.
(10) The members of the arbitration board shall not be bound by any instructions in the fulfillment of their tasks (Art
81c Federal Constitutional Law).
(11) The arbitration board shall reach its decisions by simple majority. In the case of a tie, the chairperson shall
have the casting vote.
(12) The arbitration board shall submit annual reports on its activities to the university council and the rectorate.
Application of the Federal Equal Treatment Act Application of the
Federal Equal Opportunities Act
§ 44. All members of the university and applicants for admission to a university
The B-GlBG is an employment relationship with the university or for admission as a student with the exception of the third and
fourth section of the first main part of the second part and §§ 12 and 12a with the proviso that the
University is regarded as a service and as a central office (Section 2 (1) and (2) B-GlBG) and it has the duty to perform
Compensation in accordance with §§ 17 to 19b B-GlBG. The right to make a proposal for the
The advancement plan for women (§ 11a Abs. 1 B-GlBG) is available to the working group for questions of equal treatment.
§ 44. The Federal Equal Opportunities Act shall apply to all members of a university as well as applicants
for employment thereat or for admission as a student, with the exception of Sub-Chapters 3 and 4 of Chapter 1 of
Part II and with the exception of Sections 12 and 12a, insofar as the university is deemed to be
an administrative unit and a central unit (§ 2 paras 1 and 2 of the Federal Equal Opportunities Act) and
is subject to the obligation to pay compensation according to
Sections 17 to 19b of the Federal Equal Opportunities Act. The working group on equal opportunities shall be entitled to
prepare a draft career advancement plan for women (§ 11a para 1 of the Federal Equal Opportunities Act).
Section 4
Chapter 4
method
Procedure
At sight
Supervision
§ 45. (1) The universities, the societies, foundations and foundations they have established according to § 10 paragraph 1
Associations as well as those companies whose business shares the university indirectly or directly increases
than 50% holds are subject to federal supervision. This includes compliance with laws and regulations
including the articles of association (legal supervision).
(2) The competent organs of the university have notified the Federal Minister by
Upon request, the University Council will immediately provide all information necessary for the performance of its or its tasks
issue and
§ 45. (1) The universities as well as the companies, foundations and associations they have founded under § 10 para 1,
and those companies of which the university holds a direct or indirect share of more than 50%, are subject to
supervision by the Federal Government. This shall comprise monitoring of compliance with the acts and decrees,
including the statute (legal supervision).
(2) The responsible university governing bodies shall, at the Federal Minister’s request, furnish him / her with any
information and documentation required for the performance of his / her tasks without delay, via the university council.
This can, if need be, also include personal data (Art 4 No 1 GDPR).
75 of 205
submit all necessary documents. At most, this can also include personal data (Art. 4
No. 1 GDPR).
(3) The Federal Minister has ordinances and orders by ordinance
Decisions of university organs annul if the regulation or decision in question contradicts
on applicable laws or regulations, including the articles of association. In the event of an injury to
Procedural regulations only have to be lifted if the institution has followed them to another
Result could have come.
(4) By decision, the Federal Minister has elections that are contrary to applicable laws or
Regulations including the statutes are to be repealed.
(5) From the formal initiation of a supervisory procedure by the Federal Minister
The Federal Minister is responsible for implementing the decisions on which this procedure is based until the conclusion of the
Prohibited. One during this period or after the regulatory waiver of the
relevant decision still issued from one according to § 68 Abs. 4 Z 4 General
Administrative Procedure Act 1991 - AVG, Federal Law Gazette No. 51/1991, errors which are threatened with nullity. lifts
the federal minister with a decision of a university body
Notification of, employment relationships based on the annulled decision end with the entry of the
Legal effect of the decision.
(6) In the case of paragraphs 3 and 4, the university organs are obliged to comply with the legal opinion of the Federal Minister
or to establish the legal status of the Federal Minister immediately.
(7) In the supervisory procedure, the university organs have party status and the right to oppose
to lodge a complaint before the Federal Administrative Court.
(3) The Federal Minister shall annul decrees of university governing bodies with decrees and decisions of university
governing bodies by official notification, if the respective decrees or decisions are in conflict with acts and decrees
in force including the statute. In the case of an infringement of procedural regulations, decisions may not be annulled
unless compliance with such regulations would have resulted in a different decision.
(4) The Federal Minister shall, by official notification, annul elections which are in conflict with acts and decrees,
including the statute.
(5) Upon the formal initiation of a supervisory procedure by the Federal Minister implementation of
the decisions which are the subject thereof is impermissible until the procedure has been concluded. On
official notification made during this period or subsequent to the annulment of the decision in question by the
supervisory authority shall risk nullity due to a procedural defect in the meaning of
§ 68 para 4 subpara 4 of the General Administrative Procedure Act 1991, F.L.G. No 51/1991. If the Federal Minister
annuls a decision taken by a university governing body by official notification, employment contracts which are
governed by the decision annulled shall end when the official notification enters into force.
(6) In the circumstances set out in paras 3 or 4 the university governing bodies shall, without delay, bring about the
legal situation which accords with the Federal Minister’s legal opinion.
(7) In case that supervisory procedures are initiated, the university governing bodies shall have the right to be
parties before and to appeal to the Federal Administrative Court against the official notification marking the
conclusion of the procedure.
Proceedings in administrative matters
Official Procedure
Section 46. (1) The university organs must apply the AVG in all official matters.
(2) Complaints in matters relating to studies must be submitted to the body that made the decision
has enacted. If the complaint is not inadmissible or late, the complaint has to be dealt with
entire act
Section 46. (1) University governing bodies shall apply the General Administrative Procedure Act.
(2) Appeals in matters relating to studies shall be submitted to the university governing body that has issued the
official notification. The university governing body shall forward the appeal together with all relevant
documents to the senate
76 of 205
to be submitted to the Senate immediately. The Senate can issue an opinion on the complaint. Lies a
such an expert opinion, the preliminary decision on the complaint must take this into account
Expert opinion. If the complaint is submitted to the Federal Administrative Court, it is the opinion of the Senate
to join. In deviation from Section 14 (1) VwGVG, the responsible body must make a decision within four months.
(3) In matters of study, the organs are also legally represented by the students
In accordance with sections 4 (1a) and 12 (2a) HSG 2014, entitled to bring in legal remedies.
(4) University organs to whom the right to appeal to the Federal Administrative Court pursuant to Art. 132 (5) B-VG
is granted the right to file an appeal against the findings of this court in accordance with Art. 133 B-VG.
(5) Applicants as well as students who
Have reached the age of 16 are eligible for trial in legal proceedings.
without delay, unless the appeal is inadmissible or was made too late. The senate shall have the right to prepare
a report on the appeal. If such a report has been prepared, the preliminary ruling on the appeal shall take
into account this report. If the appeal is submitted to the Federal Administrative Court, the report prepared by the
senate shall be enclosed. Notwithstanding § 14 para 1 of the Administrative Court Act, the competent university
governing body shall take a decision within four months.
(3) In study related matters the official student representatives shall be entitled to take legal action according to §
4 para 1a and § 12 para 2a HSG 2014.
(4) University bodies which, according to Art 132 para 5 Federal Constitutional Law, have been accorded the right
to raise a complaint before the Federal Administration Court shall have the right to raise final
complaints against the decision of this Court according to Art 133 Federal Constitutional Law.
(5) Applicants as well as students who are at least 16 years of age have the capacity to sue and be sued in
procedures under study law.
Delay in organs
Dilatoriness of Bodies
Section 47. (1) If an organ of a university that does not belong to the management bodies comes after it
The Rectorate, upon request of one or
to set a deadline of four weeks within one of the affected members of the university or ex officio
who has to make up for the offending organ the task to be performed. If this allows the deadline to pass, it is permitted
perform the fulfilling task of the rectorate (replacement). This does not apply in the area of ​​application
of Section 73 of the General Administrative Procedure Act 1991.
(2) If the Senate, the Rector within the meaning of Paragraph 1 is in default, the
University council at the request of a member of the university or an official affected by it
because of the measures according to paragraph 1.
(3) If the university council within the meaning of paragraph 2 or in a matter of
§ 21 (1) is in default, the Federal Minister has to make the replacement.
§ 47. (1) If a university body not forming part of the university management fails to fulfill a duty incumbent
upon it by virtue of this Act within a reasonable period, the rectorate may, on application of a university
member affected thereby or acting ex officio, grant an extension of four weeks, within which the body which is in delay
must fulfill such task (substitute performance). If this period expires without action being taken, the rectorate shall
itself perform the task in question. This shall not apply to the area of ​​application of Section 73 General Administrative
Procedure Act 1991.
(2) If the senate, rectorate or rector is in delay in the meaning of para 1, the university council shall, on
application of a university member affected thereby or acting ex officio, take action in accordance with para 1.
(3) If the university council is in delay under para 2 or in respect of a task according to § 21 para 1,
the Federal Minister shall him / herself make the substitute performance.
77 of 205
confidentiality
Duty of Secrecy
§ 48. The members of collegial bodies and other university organs are confidential
obliged (Art. 20 Para. 3 B-VG).
§ 48. Members of collegial bodies and other university bodies shall be subject to official secrecy (Art 20 para of the
3 Federal Constitutional Law).
liability
liability
§ 49. (1) The university can establish rights and obligations for itself. For liabilities that arise from this
the federal government is not liable. The rights and duties of custody for the proper
Maintenance, repair and prevention of damage result from the relevant legal provisions,
unless otherwise stipulated in the rental agreement. In particular, here §§ 1319 and 1319a of the
General Civil Code (ABGB), JGS No. 946/1811.
(2) For those of organs or employees of the university or of other persons in the
Commissioned by the university on the basis of this federal law in the exercise of sovereign tasks
The federal government is always liable for culpably caused damage in accordance with the provisions of the Official Liability Act, Federal Law Gazette No.
20/1949. In this case, the Confederation has the person or those who have it for the claim for compensation
considered liable to announce the dispute (§ 21 Code of Civil Procedure, RGBl. No. 113/1895). This or that can
Join the litigation as a secondary intervener (Section 17 of the Code of Civil Procedure). The university and
the person who caused the damage is not liable to the victim.
(3) If the federal government has compensated the victim in accordance with paragraph 2, he is entitled to:
In accordance with §§ 3, 5 and 6 para. 2 of the Official Liability Act by the person or those who
she is liable for the claim for reimbursement to request reimbursement. Are in this procedure
relieves the persons involved in the replacement from the duty of confidentiality.
(4) For those of organs or employees of the university or of others
People on behalf of the university are guilty of federal responsibility in the performance of governmental tasks
These organs are liable to the federal government for directly inflicted damage in accordance with the provisions of the Organ Liability Act, Federal Law Gazette.
No. 181/1967, with the proviso that the persons involved in the liability are bound to secrecy
are exempt.
§ 49. (1) Universities may acquire rights and enter into obligations. The Federal Government shall not be liable for
any liabilities arising therefrom. The rights and obligations with regard to the responsibility for the orderly
maintenance, repair and prevention of damage shall arise from the applicable legal provisions, unless
otherwise provided in the lease contract. In particular, sections 1319 and 1319a of the General Code of Civil
Law, JGS No 946/1811 shall be mentioned.
(2) The Federal Government shall be liable for any damage culpably inflicted upon any person whosoever by the
bodies or employees of a university or other persons acting on its behalf in the fulfillment of public tasks
under this Act, under the Public Bodies ’Liability Act, F.L.G. No 20/1949. In such cases, the Federal
Government shall give notice of claim against that / those person (s) it holds liable for the damage (§ 21 of the
Code of Civil Procedure, Imperial Legal Gazette No 113/1895). The aggrieved party may intervene in the
proceedings (§ 17 of the Code of Civil Procedure). The university and that person / those persons who have caused the
damage shall not be liable to the aggrieved party.
(3) In case that the Federal Government indemnifies the aggrieved party in accordance with para 2, it shall
be entitled according to §§ 3, 5 and 6 para 2 of the Liability of Public Bodies ’Act to claim damages from that
person / those persons it holds liable for the claim. In such proceedings the defendant (s) shall be released from the
duty of secrecy.
(4) University bodies or employees of a university shall be liable to the Federal Government for damage directly and
culpably inflicted on the Federal Government by themselves or university employees or other persons acting on
behalf of the university in the performance of public duties, under the Public Organs Liability Act,
F.L.G. No 181/1967; the defendants shall be released from their duty of secrecy.
78 of 205
legal representation
Legal representation
§ 50. The university as well as companies whose business shares the university indirectly or
directly holds more than 50%, are entitled to withdraw from the financial procurator according to the Prokuraturgesetz,
StGBl. No. 172/1945, to be legally advised and represented for a fee.
§ 50. Universities and companies in which they hold direct or indirect majority interests shall be entitled to
fee-paying legal advice and representation by the Finanzprokuratur under the Prokuratur Act, State Legal Gazette
No 172/1945.
Part II
Part II
study Regulations
Study Law
Section 1
Chapter 1
General provisions General
provisions
definitions
Definitions
Section 51. (1) In the implementation of the study regulations, the universities act within the framework of the sovereign administration.
(2) The following definitions apply within the scope of this Federal Law:
1. Recognized post-secondary educational institutions are the educational institutions, the studies
to the extent of at least six semesters in which admission is general
University entrance qualification within the meaning of this federal law or, in the case of artistic studies, proof of artistic
Suitability and which is based on the legislation of the state in which they are based as
Educational institutions are recognized within the meaning of this definition.
2. Ordinary studies are the diploma studies, the bachelor degree, the master degree, the doctoral degree
as well as the extension studies.
3. Diploma studies are the ordinary studies that are both scientific and
artistic vocational training and qualification for professional activities which the
Require application of scientific and artistic knowledge and methods, as well as theirs
Serve deepening and supplementation. These studies meet the requirements of Art. 11 lit. e of the directive
2005/36 / EG on the recognition of professional qualifications, OJ. L 255, 09/30/2005 p. 22, last changed
through Directive 2013/55 / ​​EU, OJ.
§ 51. (1) In the implementation of the study regulations, the universities shall act with public power.
(2) In the meaning of this Act the following definitions shall apply:
1. “Recognized post-secondary educational institutions” mean educational institutions which offers study
programs lasting for at least six semesters for which admission requires the general university entrance
qualification in terms of the present Federal Act and which is accredited as a post-secondary educational institution
according to the legal rules of the country in which it is domiciled.
2. “Degree programs” mean diploma, bachelor's, master's, and doctoral programs as well as extension
program.
3. “Diploma programs” mean degree programs which provide pre-vocational scientific or artistic vocational
education and qualify students for occupations requiring the application of scientific and artistic knowledge
and methods, as well as deepening and extending such knowledge. These programs fulfill the requirements of
Art 11 lit e of the directive 2005/36 / EC on the recognition of professional qualifications, OJ No L 255 of
30/09/2005 p. 22, last amended by directive 2013/55 / ​​EU, OJ No L 354 of
79 of 205
L 354, 28.12.2013 p. 132, as amended by OJ L 305, 24.10.2014 p. 115.
4. Bachelor's degree is the ordinary degree, that of scientific and artistic professional training
or vocational training and qualification for professional activities that serve the application
require scientific and artistic knowledge and methods. These studies meet that
Requirements of Art. 11 lit. d of Directive 2005/36 / EC. They are not divided into study sections.
5. Master's degrees are the ordinary degree programs that deepen and complement the scientific and
serve as artistic training or vocational training based on bachelor’s programs. This
Studies meet the requirements of Art. 11 lit. e of Directive 2005/36 / EC. You are not in study sections
divided.
5a. Enlargement studies are regular studies that serve the purpose of those acquired in a regular course
Competencies to expand additional competencies.
5b. a subject corresponds to a subject or a department at secondary schools.
5c. A specialization in secondary school teacher training (general education) is the
Orientation towards a different subject from a secondary school subject in the curricula
Subject to be described in which the student gains in-depth knowledge.
5d. corresponds to a coherent bundle of subjects in teacher training at secondary level (general education)
more than two overlapping subjects.
6. The introductory and orientation phase is the offer of courses from the
relevant diploma or bachelor’s degree, the information and the
Orientation of first-year students serves.
7. Bachelor theses are the independent written or to be prepared in the Bachelor course
artistic works to be written as part of courses.
8. Diploma and master's theses are the scientific papers in the diploma and master's programs, which the
Evidence of the ability to serve, scientific topics independently, in terms of content and methodologically justifiable
to edit.
28/12/2013 p. 132, as amended by the corrigendum in OJ No L 305 of 24/10/2014 p. 115th
4. “Bachelor's programs” mean degree programs which provide pre-vocational or vocational scientific or
artistic education and qualify students for occupations requiring the application of scientific and artistic knowledge
and methods. These programs fulfills the requirements of Art 11 lit d of the directive 2005/36 / EC. They are not divided
into stages.
5. “Master's programs” mean degree programs which serve to deepen and extend pre-vocational or vocational
scientific or artistic education, building on the basis provided by a bachelor's program. thesis
programs fulfills the requirements of Art 11 lit d of the directive 2005/36 / EC. They are not divided
into stages.
5a. “Extension programs” mean degree programs which serve the purpose of adding additional competences to those
acquired in a degree programs.
5b. A subject corresponds to a teaching subject or a discipline at secondary schools.
5c. A specialization in the teacher training programs for secondary schools (general education) is the focus on a
field - different than the secondary school subject -, to be further defined in the curricula, in which the student
shall gain in-depth knowledge.
5d. A combination of related subjects in the teacher training program for secondary schools (general
education) corresponds to more than two overlapping subjects.
6. “Study starting and orientation period” means the phase during which courses on subjects of particular
significance for a given diploma or bachelor's programs are offered to provide first-year students with
information and guidance.
7. “Bachelor’s papers” mean independently prepared papers forming part of bachelor’s programs which must be
written or fulfilled artistically in connection with courses.
8. “Diploma and master’s theses” mean academic theses forming part of diploma and master’s programs
which serve to demonstrate students ’ability to achieve adequate standards of content and methodology when
independently addressing scientific topics.
80 of 205
9. Artistic diploma and master theses are artistic works that serve to prove the ability,
to work independently and scientifically based artistically with regard to the study objective of the course.
10. Bachelor degrees are the academic degrees that are awarded after the completion of the Bachelor degree. she
read "Bachelor" with an addition to be specified in the curriculum, including an abbreviation
is to be determined. Bachelor's degrees for the teaching profession conclude with the academic degree "Bachelor of Education"
("BEd").
11. Master degrees are the academic degrees awarded after the completion of the master's degree. They are
"Master" with an addition to be specified in the curriculum, whereby an abbreviation must also be specified,
or "Diplom-Ingenieurin / Diplom-Ingenieur", abbreviated
"Dipl.-Ing." Or "DI"; for the completion of the human medical master’s degree, the master’s degree “Doctor
medicinae universae ”, abbreviated“ Dr. med. univ. ”, for the completion of the dental master’s degree
the master’s degree “Doctor medicinae dentalis”, abbreviated “Dr. med. dent. ", and for completing the
Masters degree in pharmacy can be the academic degree "Magistra pharmaciae" or
"Magister pharmaciae", abbreviated "Mag. pharm. ”. Master studies for the teaching profession
graduate with the academic degree “Master of Education (“ MEd ”).
12. Doctoral studies are the ordinary studies that develop the ability to become self-employed
scientific work as well as the education and promotion of young scientists on the basis
of diploma and master studies. They are not divided into study sections.
12a. Artistic doctoral studies are the ordinary studies that develop the skills
for independent artistic work as well as the training and promotion of artistic
Serve young people on the basis of artistic diploma and master's programs. You make one
artistic qualifications that go beyond an artistic diploma or master’s degree and strive
an artistically in-depth examination of artistic questions.
In addition to the development of the artistic dissertation according to Z 13a include artistic
9. “Artistic diploma and master degree submissions” mean works of art which serve to demonstrate students ’ability to
work independently towards the goal of their study, and to perform artistic work on a sound academic basis.
10. “Bachelor’s degrees” mean the academic degrees awarded on successful completion of a bachelor’s program.
The title is “Bachelor”, followed by a supplement designated by the curriculum, together with an abbreviation.
Bachelor's programs for teacher training end up with the academic degree “Bachelor of Education” (“BEd”).
11. “Master's degrees” mean the degrees awarded on successful completion of a master's program. Their denomination is
"Master ...", together with a supplement designated by the curriculum and a designated abbreviation or
“Graduate engineer”, abbreviated as “Dipl.-Ing.” or “DI”; for the successful completion of the
master's programs in human medicine the master's degree “Doctor medicinae universae”, abbreviated “Dr. med.
univ. ”, can be awarded for the successful completion of the master's programs in dental medicine
the master's degree “Doctor medicinae dentalis”, abbreviated “Dr. med. dent. ”, can be awarded, and for the
successful completion of the master's programs in pharmacology the master's degree “Magistra pharmaciae” or
“Magister pharmaciae”, abbreviated “Mag. pharm. ”, can be awarded. Master's programs for teacher training
end up with the academic degree “Master of Education” (“MEd”).
12. “Doctoral programs” mean degree programs which develop students ’ability to undertake independent scientific
work, and promote the training and career promotion of junior academic staff, building on the basis provided
by diploma and master's programs. They are not divided into stages.
12a. “Artistic doctoral programs” mean degree programs which develop students ’ability to undertake
independent artistic work and further the training of junior artistic staff, building on the basis provided by
diploma and master's programs. They provide an artistic qualification beyond the artistic diploma and master's
programs and are aimed at the in-depth study of artistic questions. In addition to the preparation of the artistic
doctoral thesis according to (13a), artistic doctoral programs shall include accompanying courses with
an artistic, scientific-artistic and scientific focus. Artistic doctoral programs are not divided into stages.
81 of 205
Courses accompanying artistic courses, artistic, scientific-artistic and
scientific focus. Artistic doctoral studies are not divided into study sections.
13. Dissertations are the scientific papers that are different from the diploma and master theses
serve as evidence of the ability to deal independently with scientific questions.
13a. Artistic dissertations include testing of artistic methods and
Techniques the development of an artistic, original, concrete research project that leads to a
independent and autonomously developed artistic work.
14. Doctoral degrees are the academic degrees that are awarded after completion of the doctoral studies. They are
"Doctor" or "Doctor", abbreviated "Dr.", with an addition to be specified in the curriculum, or
"Doctor of Philosophy", abbreviated to "PhD".
14a. Applicants are those who are studying at the university concerned
Apply for admission to a specific course.
14b. New students are those who apply for a degree after the
Completion of an admission or selection process can actually be admitted to study.
14c. Students are those according to the provisions of this federal law by the rectorate for studying
persons admitted to the university.
14d. Study places for new students are those study places that are offered by the
Universities across Austria or from a university for new students per academic year and
Field of study or per academic year and study.
14e. Non-traditional applicants include: Applicants with
Disability, working persons, persons with care obligations, persons with delayed
Beginning of studies, people with an alternative university entrance as well as people retired or retired.
14f. Supervision is a measure derived from the ratio of students to teaching staff
for the reasonable use of scientific and artistic staff through teaching. The
13. “Doctoral theses” mean academic theses which, unlike diploma and master’s theses, serve to
demonstrate students ’ability to master scientific topics independently.
13a. Drawing on artistic methods and techniques, artistic doctoral theses shall include the development of an
artistic, original, concrete research project that results in an independently and autonomously produced
artistic creation.
14. “Doctoral degrees” mean the degrees awarded on successful completion of a doctoral program. Their
denomination is "Doctor", abbreviated as "Dr.", followed by a supplement designated by the curriculum, or "Doctor
of Philosophy ”, abbreviated as“ PhD ”.
14a. “Applicants” mean those persons who apply for admission to a particular study program at a university.
14b. “First-year students” mean those applicants who have been admitted to a program after, where applicable,
successfully completing an admission or selection procedure.
14c. “Students” mean persons admitted by the rectorate to study at a university according to the provisions of this
act.
14d. “Study places for first-year students” mean those study places that shall be offered by all universities in
Austria or by one university, respectively, for first-year students in each academic year and field of
education or study programs, respectively.
14e. “Non-traditional applicants” refers to: applicants with disabilities, working persons, persons with care
responsibilities, persons who have delayed the beginning of their studies, persons who have chosen an alternative route
to university, and retired persons.
14f. The “reference value for the student-teacher ratio” is a scale which is derived from figures on the reasonable use
of scientific and artistic staff for teaching and is determined by decree according to § 71d para 1.
82 of 205
The guideline value is defined in the regulation in accordance with § 71d (1).
14g. The field of study basically corresponds to the "detailed field" criterion of the ISCED Fields of Education
and Training 2013 by UNESCO. Fields of study in the sense of capacity-oriented, student-related
University funding are subject-specific assignments of studies according to the ISCED Fields of Education and Training 1999.
15. Ordinary students are the students who are admitted to the regular studies.
16. General university entrance qualification is the level of education that gives a person the ability and the right
mediates, if any additional study-specific requirements are met
to be admitted to a regular university course.
17. Special university entrance qualification is the fulfillment of additional study-specific ones
Requirements for admission to a certain regular degree.
18. Supplementary exams are the exams for attaining general or special university entrance qualifications or for the
Proof of knowledge of the German language.
19. Admission examinations are the examinations which, taking into account the educational opportunities, the proof of
artistic aptitude for artistic studies and for teacher training in these subjects or for proof
serve the sporting suitability for sports science studies and for the teacher training studies in these subjects.
20. Extraordinary studies are the university courses and attendance of individual courses
scientific subjects and studies to establish equivalence in accordance with Section 90 (4).
21. University courses serve for further education. The establishment of
University courses to prepare for an artistic bachelor's or diploma course are permitted.
22. Extraordinary students are the students admitted to the extraordinary studies
are.
23. Master degrees in university courses are those internationally used master degrees that
for the graduates
14g. “Field of education” basically corresponds to the UNESCO ISCED Fields of Education and Training 2013
criterion “detailed field”. Fields of education in the context of the capacity-oriented, student-based funding of
universities mean the bundling of programs according to the ISCED Fields of Education and Training 1999.
15. “Degree students” mean students admitted to degree programs.
16. “General university entrance qualification” means a qualification providing evidence that a person has reached
a level of educational attainment conferring the ability and the right to be admitted to a degree program at a
university, subject to the fulfillment of any additional subject-specific requirements.
17. “Special university entrance qualification” means a qualification fulfilling additional, subject-specific
requirements for admission to a given degree program.
18. “Supplementary examinations” mean examinations for obtaining the general or the special university entrance
qualification, or examinations required to demonstrate proficiency in the German language or physical-motor aptitude.
19. “Admission examinations” mean examinations which, taking the sitter’s previous educational opportunities
into account, serve to demonstrate artistic aptitude for art and the teacher training programs in these subjects,
or sportive aptitude for studies in sports sciences and the teacher training programs in these subjects.
20. “Non-degree programs” mean certificate university programs for further education and individual
courses in scientific subjects as well as studies for establishing the equivalency in the meaning of § 90 para 4.
21. “Certificate university programs for further education” mean courses providing further and continuing
education. The establishment of certificate university programs for further education to prepare
students for bachelor's or diploma programs in the fine and applied arts is permissible.
22. “Non-degree seeking students” mean students admitted to non-degree programs.
23. “Master degrees in continuing education” mean internationally used degrees awarded to students who
successfully complete certificate university
83 of 205
of those university courses are determined, their admission requirements, scope
and requirements with access conditions, scope and requirements corresponding
foreign master’s courses are comparable.
24. Curriculum is the regulation with which the qualification profile, the content and structure of a degree and
the examination regulations are to be laid down. More detailed provisions are to be made in the statutes.
25. Examination regulations are the part of the curriculum that defines the types of exams
the examination method and further provisions for the examination procedure.
26. Common study programs are studies that are based on agreements between one
or more universities, universities of teacher education, maintainers of technical college
Degree programs, private universities or foreign recognized post-secondary educational institutions in
in the form of a joint, double or multiple degree program.
27. Studies set up together are studies that are based on agreements between one
or several Austrian universities, universities of teacher education, maintainers of
Universities of applied sciences or private universities are carried out, with an identical curriculum
is to be adopted.
28. Nostrification is the recognition of a foreign degree as
Completion of a regular domestic degree.
29. Qualification profile is that part of the curriculum that describes which scientific, artistic
and professional qualifications by completing the relevant degree
purchase.
31. Plagiarism exists in any case when texts, content or ideas are adopted and as their own
be issued. This includes in particular the appropriation and use of text passages,
Theories, hypotheses, knowledge or data through direct, paraphrased or translated
Acceptance without appropriate identification and citation of the source and the author.
32. In any case, there is a pretense of scientific or artistic achievement if someone is unauthorized
Tools used or yourself
programs for further education, the admission requirements, scope and standards of which are comparable
with those of similar master's programs abroad.
24. “Curriculum” means the decree which sets out the qualification profile, contents and structure of a
programs, and the examination regulations. The detailed arrangements shall be established by the statute.
25. “Examination regulations” mean that part of the curriculum which sets out the nature and method of the
examinations, and detailed provisions governing examination procedures.
26. “Joint study programs” mean study programs which are offered jointly on the basis of agreements between one or
several universities, university colleges of teacher education, providers of university of applied sciences
programs, private universities or foreign recognized post-secondary educational institutions in the form of a
joint, double or multiple programs.
27. “Jointly offered study programs” mean study programs which are offered jointly on the basis
of agreements between one or several universities, university colleges of teacher education, providers of
university of applied sciences programs or private universities, in that an identical curriculum shall be enacted.
28. "Nostrification" means the recognition of a foreign degree as a domestic one.
29. A qualification profile is that part of the curriculum that describes which scientific and professional
qualifications the students acquire in the course of the degree program.
31. An act of plagiarism is committed in any case, when text, content, or ideas are used and presented as one's
own. This encompasses in particular the appropriation and use of text, theories, hypotheses, findings or
data by directly quoting, paraphrasing or translating them without appropriate acknowledgment and reference to
the source and the original author.
32. Academic or artistic dishonesty has been unquestionably committed when unauthorized aids have been used,
unauthorized use has been made of
84 of 205
when writing a written work or taking an exam or when creating an artistic one
Work is operated without permission by another person or when data and results are invented or falsified.
another person in writing a scientific thesis, taking an examination or preparing an artistic submission, or
data and results have been fabricated or falsified.
Classification of the academic year
Structure of the Academic Year
Section 52. (1) The academic year begins on October 1 and ends on September 30 of the following year. It consists of the
Winter semester and the summer semester, each including the lecture-free period. The Senate has
more detailed provisions on the beginning and end of the semester and the lecture-free period
To take time.
(2) At the medical universities or at the universities where a medical faculty is established,
the Senate can specify the start and end of the clinical practical year as part of the course of study
Human medicine (section 35a), none during the duration of the clinical-practical year
course-free time is possible.
(3) At the medical universities, the Senate can provide more detailed provisions on the start
and end of the dental-clinical internship as part of the study of dentistry (§ 35b)
enacted, none during the duration of the dental-clinical internship
course-free time is possible.
§ 52. (1) The academic year shall commence on 1 October and end on 30 September of the following year. It
consists of the winter semester, the summer semester, each including the recess period. The senate shall enact detailed
regulations on the commencement and end of semesters and the periods during which courses are not held.
(2) At the medical universities or the universities at which a faculty of medicine has been established, the senate
shall have the right to enact more detailed provisions regarding the beginning and the end of the clinical
internship year as part of the program in human medicine (§ 35a), yet no period of recess is permissible in the
course of the clinical internship year.
(3) At the medical universities the senate shall have the right to enact more detailed provisions
regarding the beginning and the end of the dental-clinical internship as part of the program in dentistry (§
35b), yet no period of recess is permissible in the course of the dental-clinical internship.
Storage of university-specific data storage
of University-Specific Data
Section 53. The following exam dates in accordance with Section 3 (3) 9 of the Education Documentation Act
must be kept in a suitable form for at least 80 years:
1. the designation of exams or the topic of the scientific or artistic work,
§ 53. The following examination data according to § 3 para 3 subpara 9 of the Education Documentation Act shall be
preserved in a suitable form for at least 80 years.
1. the titles of examinations or the topics of scientific theses or artistic submissions,
2. the ECTS credit points awarded, 2. the number of
ECTS credits awarded,
3. the assessment,
3. the grade,
4. the names of the examiners or assessors,
4. the names of the examiners or the assessors,
5. the date of the examination or assessment and 5. the date of the
examination or the results, as well as
6. the name and matriculation number of the student. 6. the name and the
matriculation number of the student.
85 of 205
Section 2
Chapter 2
Study Study
program
Neat studies
Degree programs
Section 54. (1) The universities are entitled to undertake diploma, bachelor, master, extension and doctoral studies
to set up. The studies belong to one of the following groups:
§ 54. (1) Universities shall be entitled to offer diploma, bachelor’s, master’s and doctoral programs as well
as extension programs. In that, the study programs shall be assigned to one of the following groups:
1. Humanities and cultural studies; 1. Studies
in Arts and Humanities;
2. engineering studies; Second
Studies in Engineering Sciences;
3. Artistic studies;
3. Art studies;
4. Veterinary studies; 4th
Studies in Veterinary Medicine;
5. Scientific studies; 5th
Studies in Natural Science;
6. Legal studies; 6th
Law studies;
7. Social and economic studies; 7. Studies in
Social and Economic Sciences;
8. Theological studies;
8. Theological studies;
9. Medical studies;
9. Medical studies;
10. Teacher training programs;
10. Teacher training studies;
11. Interdisciplinary studies.
11. Interdisciplinary studies.
(2) New courses to be set up may only be bachelor, master, extension or doctoral studies
be set up. The scope of the studies, with the exception of doctoral studies, is within the meaning of the European system
Credit transfer of credits (European Credit Transfer System - ECTS, 253/2000 / EG, Official Journal No. L
28 dated February 3, 2000) in ECTS credits. With these credit points
determine the relative proportion of the workload associated with the individual coursework, whereby the
Workload per year has to amount to 1,500 real hours and has allocated 60 credits to this workload
become.
(3) The workload for Bachelor studies has 180 ECTS credits and for
Master’s programs must be at least 120 ECTS credits. The workload for one
Bachelor's degrees can be exceptional if this is mandatory to achieve employability
is required and this duration of study is internationally comparable, amount to up to 240 ECTS credit points.
On employability is the submission of an internationally recognized scientific
criteria
(2) New programs may only be instituted as bachelor's, master's or doctoral programs or extension programs.
The extent of programs, with the exception of doctoral programs, shall be defined in accordance with the
European Credit Transfer System (ECTS, Decision No 253/2000 / EC of the European Parliament and of the
Council, Official Journal No L 28, 3 February 2000) and shall be expressed in ECTS credits. With these credits the
share of the workload of the students related to the individual studies shall be determined in relation to the entire
programs, with an amount of 1,500 hours for one year of studies and 60 credits being assigned to this workload.
(3) The workload associated with bachelor's programs shall amount to 180 ECTS credits, and that
associated with master's programs to at least 120 ECTS credits. The workload associated with a bachelor's
programs may, in exceptional cases, amount to up to 240 ECTS credits, if this is vital for guaranteeing employability
and if the duration of the studies is comparable to that in other countries. As regards employability,
an expert opinion based on internationally recognized scientific criteria shall be presented. In the studies of
human and dental
86 of 205
expert opinion required. In human medicine and dental studies
The workload for the Bachelor and Master degree can total 360 ECTS credits
be. The professional qualification for the profession of doctor and dentist,
for other health professions and for the profession of pharmacist
exclusively according to the respective professional regulations, especially according to the directive 2005/36 / EG. The
Workload for master's programs must amount to at least 60 ECTS credit points if this is in accordance with Section 64 (3)
Undergraduate bachelor’s degree was 240 ECTS credits. For the bachelor’s degree for the
Teaching the workload is 240 ECTS credits and there is no opinion on employability
create. Master's programs for secondary school teaching (general education) and for teaching
Secondary level (general education) for graduates of a teacher training course for primary level teaching
must have at least 90 ECTS credits. Master's programs for secondary school teaching (general education)
120 ECTS credit points must be included in just one subject. The in the School Organization Act, BGBl.
No. 242/1962, mentioned tasks of the types of school are to be considered accordingly.
(4) The duration of doctoral studies is at least three years. The degree may be awarded as a “Doctor of
Philosophy ”doctoral studies and awarded the academic degree“ Doctor of Philosophy ”, abbreviated to“ PhD ”
become.
(5) In secondary school teacher training (general education) a specialization can be used instead of a teaching subject
to get voted. In any case, inclusive pedagogy is to be offered as a specialization.
(6) Master’s courses for the teaching post of secondary education (general education) in only one subject may only be carried out as stipulated
of the need for graduates can be set up for a limited period in this subject.
(7) Studies may also be set up as joint studies (Section 54e) or as joint study programs (Section 54d)
Tobe offered.
(8) If the participating educational institutions decide to undertake a joint study program or a
The participating educational institutions must take precautionary measures to no longer carry out jointly established studies
meet that students completing their degree within a reasonable time, the
in any case, the duration of the study plus two semesters is possible.
medicine, the workload associated with the bachelor's programs and the master's program may amount to a
total of 360 ECTS credits. The professional authorization of physicians and dentists, of other medical
professions, and of pharmacists shall solely be governed by the respective vocational regulations, in
particular directive 2005/36 / EC. The workload associated with master's programs shall amount to at least 60 ECTS
credits, provided that the bachelor's program completed beforehand according to § 64 para 3 total to 240 ECTS
credits. The workload associated with the bachelor's program for teacher training shall amount to 240 ECTS credits,
and no expert opinion on employability shall be needed. The workload associated with master's programs for
teacher training for secondary schools (general education) as well as for teacher training for secondary
schools (general education) for graduates of a teacher training program for primary shall amount to at
at least 90 ECTS credits. The workload associated with master's programs for teaching at secondary schools
(general education) in only one subject shall amount to 120 ECTS credits. The tasks for the types of schools named
in the School Organization Act, F.L.G. No 242/1962, shall be taken into account adequately.
(4) The duration of doctoral programs is at least three years. The programs may be designated as a “Doctor of
Philosophy ”programs, and the academic degree of“ Doctor of Philosophy ”, abbreviated as“ PhD ”, awarded for it.
(5) In teacher training programs for secondary schools (general education) it is possible to select a specialization
instead of a subject. Inclusive education shall in any case be offered as a specialization.
(6) Master's programs for teacher training for secondary schools (general education) in only one subject may
only be offered temporarily with regard to the need of graduates in this subject.
(7) Study programs may be run as jointly offered study programs (§ 54e) or as joint study programs (§ 54d).
(8) If the participating educational institutions decide to discontinue with the joint study program or a as jointly
offered study programs, the participating educational institutions shall make arrangements, so that students of the
respective programs have the possibility to complete their studies within a reasonable period, which shall at least
comprise the duration of the studies plus two semesters.
87 of 205
(9) Offers of bachelor and master studies to become a teacher for elementary schools,
Special schools, polytechnic schools, secondary schools, new middle schools or for the area of ​​vocational training
can only be established in the form of one with one (or more) universities of teacher education
Offered and managed.
(9) Bachelor's and master's programs that provide teacher training for elementary schools, special needs
schools, polytechnical schools, secondary schools, “new middle schools” or for teaching in the area of ​​vocational
training may only be offered as joint programs together with one (or several) university colleges of teacher
education.
extension studies
Extension programs
Section 54a. (1) Admission to one and the notification of the continuation of an extension course sets the admission
for a degree or a degree that has already been completed, the expansion of which it serves
ahead. If the admission to the regular course of study, the expansion of which it serves, expires on the basis of Section 68 (1) no.
2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 8 or para. 2, the admission to the extension course also expires at the same time.
The completion of the extension course means the completion of the regular course, its
Extension it serves advance. Further details are to be regulated in the curriculum.
(2) The workload for an extension course must amount to at least 30 ECTS credits. to
A certificate is issued to document the completion of an extension course. With the completion of a
There is no right to be awarded an academic degree in postgraduate studies.
(3) The establishment of extension studies to expand a doctoral program is not permitted.
Section 54a. (1) The admission to and registration for the continuation of an extension program requires the admission to
or completion of a degree program to which it shall serve as an extension. If the admission to the degree program
to which it shall serve as an extension expires on the basis of § 68 para 1 subparas 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 8 or para 2, the
admission to the extension program also shall expire at the same time. The completion of the extension
programs requires the completion of a degree programs to which it shall serve as an extension. Further details
shall be regulated in the curriculum.
(2) The workload associated with an extension program shall amount to at least 30 ECTS credits. For the purpose of
documentation of the completion of an extension program, a certificate shall be issued. The completion of an
extension programs does not entitle the student to be awarded an academic degree.
(3) The establishment of extension programs which shall serve the extension of doctoral programs is not
permissible.
Extension Programs for Extension of Teacher Training Programs Extension Programs extending a
Teacher training programs
Section 54b. (1) Extension studies for the extension of a teaching degree serve the purpose of adding a teaching degree
expand one or more subjects, specializations or coherent bundles of subjects. The
Workload on the workload for the teaching subject, the specialization or the coherent bundle of subjects
orientate.
(2) The admission and the notification of the continuation of an extension course for
Extension of a bachelor's degree for the teaching position requires admission to a degree or one that has already been completed
an at least eight semester teacher training course.
(3) Admission and notification of the continuation of an extension course for
The extension of a master's degree for the teaching post requires the completion of an extension course
Extension of a bachelor's degree for the teaching profession according to paragraph 2 the admission or already
Section 54b. (1) Extension programs extending a teacher training programs shall serve the purpose of adding one or more
subjects, specializations or combinations of related subjects to a teacher training program. The workload shall be
aligned to the workload for the subject, the specializations or the combination of related subjects.
(2) The admission to and registration for the continuation of an extension program extending a
bachelor's programs for teacher training requires the admission to or completion of at least an eight-semester
teacher training programs.
(3) In addition to the admission to an extension program extending a bachelor's program for teacher
training according to para 2, the admission to and registration for the continuation of an extension program
extending a master's program for teacher training requires the admission to or the completion of a
88 of 205
completed a master’s degree for the teaching profession or a diploma for the
Teaching post at a university whose expansion it serves. There is no master's thesis to be written.
(4) For extension studies to expand a teaching degree, deviating from sections 54a (1) and 58
Paragraph 1 not to issue separate curricula, provided the content and requirements in the subject,
the curriculum underlying the specialization or the coherent group of subjects
are.
Extension studies for graduates of six semester teacher training programs
Section 54c. (1) Graduates of six-semester Bachelor's degrees for teaching as pedagogical
Universities must complete an extension course before they are admitted to the master’s degree for teaching.
This comprises 60 to 90 ECTS credit points, which are included in the curriculum for the Bachelor's degree for the
Teaching qualifications or in a separate curriculum. In the secondary level
(General education), the same subjects are to be selected as in the six-semester bachelor's program.
(2) For extension studies for graduates of six-semester Bachelor programs
at universities of teacher education, in deviation from sections 54a (1) and 58 (1), there are no separate ones
Curricula, provided the content and requirements in the underlying curriculum of the bachelor’s degree
the teaching position are marked.
(3) Graduates of a six-semester teaching degree can do this
Teacher training course deviating from Paragraph 1 by one or more subjects, specializations or coherent
Expand subject bundle in accordance with Section 54b (2).
master's programs for teacher training or the completion of a diploma programs for teacher training at a university
to which it shall serve as an extension. It is not required to prepare a master's thesis.
(4) Notwithstanding §§ 54a para 1 and 58 para 1, it is not necessary to enact a separate curriculum for extension
programs extending a teacher training programs if the contents and requirements are marked in the
curriculum on which the subject, the specialization or the combination of related subjects is based.
Extension Programs for Graduates of Six-Semester Teacher Training Programs
Section 54c. (1) Prior to their admission to a master's programs for teacher training, graduates of six-semester bachelor's
programs for teacher training at university colleges of teacher education shall complete an extension programs
amounting to 60 to 90 ECTS credits which shall be specified in the curriculum for the bachelor's program for teacher
training or in a separate curriculum. For secondary school teaching (general education) the same subjects shall be
chosen as in the six-semester bachelor's programs.
(2) Notwithstanding Sections 54a para 1 and 58 para 1, it is not necessary to enact a separate curriculum for extension
programs for graduates of a six-semester bachelor's programs at a university college of teacher education if
the contents and requirements are marked in the curriculum on which the bachelor's program for teacher training is
based.
(3) Notwithstanding para 1, graduates of a six-semester teacher training program may extend this
teacher training programs by adding one or more subjects, specializations or combinations of related
subjects according to § 54b para 2.
Joint study programs
Joint study programs
Section 54d. (1) In the case of joint study programs, the educational institutions involved have agreements on
the implementation, in particular by determining the achievements that the students concerned make to the participants
Educational institutions have to close.
(2) In the event of an agreement in accordance with paragraph 1, the Senate within the meaning of § 25 paragraph 1 line 10 has a reasonable period
to issue a corresponding curriculum.
Section 54d. (1) In the case of joint study programs, the educational institutions concerned shall conclude agreements
specifying the execution, in particular on the performance which the students shall be committed to at the educational
institutions concerned.
(2) Upon the existence of an agreement according to para 1, the senate shall enact a curriculum in the meaning of § 25
para 1 subpara 10 in due time.
89 of 205
Jointly set up studies
Offered study programs
Section 54e. (1) For jointly established studies, the Austrian post-secondary participants involved
Educational institutions have an agreement in particular about the implementation as well as the
Close work and resource allocation.
(2) In the responsible bodies of the Austrian post-secondary educational institutions involved
The curriculum to be issued in the same way is the assignment of the subjects to the respective educational institution
to make it clear.
(3) In the by the rectorates of the participating universities and public teacher training colleges
enacting regulations or by the responsible bodies of recognized private educationalists
Universities, institutions for the implementation of universities of applied sciences and private universities
Similar agreements that are published are regulations regarding the responsibilities for the execution of the
stipulate study law provisions. Furthermore, it must be determined which study law
Statutes of which participating educational institutions apply.
(4) Admission to a jointly established course of study is only permitted at one of the participating educational institutions
at the choice of the student. The rectorates of the participating universities and
public universities of teacher education can be issued by ordinances or
the responsible bodies of recognized private universities of teacher education, institutions
to carry out university of applied sciences courses and private universities can through
Publishing agreements of the same name determine the educational institution that grants admission
has to perform. With the admission, the student is also relatives or relatives of all on
jointly established study institutions involved.
(5) The admitting educational institution has to carry out the continuation reports that the study
relevant confirmations, certificates and evidence as well as the final certificates
issue and award the intended academic degree or academic title
as well as the annex to the diploma.
(6) In the case of participation by universities of applied sciences or private universities in a jointly established one
Study find the study law
Section 54e. (1) In the case of jointly offered study programs, the participating Austrian post-secondary
educational institutions shall conclude agreements, in particular on the implementation as well as the
distribution of the tasks and the resources.
(2) The curriculum to be enacted identically by the competent bodies of the participating Austrian post-secondary
educational institutions shall indicate the division of subjects among the educational institutions.
(3) The decrees to be enacted identically by the rectorates of the participating universities and public university
colleges of teacher education or the agreements to be published identically by the competent bodies of recognized
private university colleges of teacher education, institutions offering university of applied sciences
programs, and private universities, respectively, shall contain provisions on the competences for the implementation
of the provisions of study law. Furthermore, it shall be stated which provisions of study law in the statutes of which
participating educational institution shall apply.
(4) Admission to a jointly offered study program may be granted only at one of the participating educational
institutions to be chosen by the student. The rectorates of the participating universities and public university
colleges of teacher education may, by decrees to be enacted identically, or the competent bodies of
recognized private university colleges of teacher education, institutions offering university of applied
sciences programs, and private universities may, by agreements to be published identically, indicate the
educational institution which shall implement the admission. By the admission, the student shall become a member of
all educational institutions participating in the jointly offered study program.
(5) The institution which has admitted the student shall implement the registration for the continuation of
studies, issue the confirmations, certifications and pieces of evidence regarding the studies and the final
certificates, award the prescribed academic degree or the prescribed academic designation, respectively, as well as
issue the diploma supplement.
(6) In the case of participation of universities of applied sciences or private universities in a jointly
offered study programs, the study law provisions of this
90 of 205
Provisions of this Part II application. Against decisions is a complaint to the
Federal Administrative Court permitted.
(7) Becomes a course of study to acquire a teaching post in the area of ​​primary or secondary education
(Vocational training) set up together with a teacher training college are the relevant provisions
of the University Act 2005 - HG, Federal Law Gazette I No. 30/2006.
(8) If a course of study is set up together with a teacher training college, the rectorates of the
participating educational institutions in the event that not all applicants for reasons of space
Applicants can be admitted through equivalent regulations to the capacities
Corresponding number of first-year students and for all those who apply in the same way
Set admission criteria.
Part II shall apply. Appeals to the Federal Administrative Court against such decisions shall be
permissible.
(7) If a teacher training program for primary school teaching and for secondary school teaching
(vocational training) is offered jointly with a university college of teacher education, the respective provisions of
the Teacher Education Act 2005 - HG, F. L. G. I No 30/2006, shall apply.
(8) If a program is offered jointly with a university college of teacher education, the rectorates of the
participating educational institutions may, in the case that not all applicants can be admitted for reasons of study
places, by decrees to be enacted identically, determine a number of first-year students which corresponds to the
capacities available as well as admission criteria which shall apply to all applicants in the same way.
Individual study Individually
Designed degree programs
Section 55. (1) Subjects from various diploma, bachelor or master programs may be combined into an individual bachelor
or master’s degree. The application for admission to an individual course of study is at that university
to bring in the focus of the planned study.
§ 55. (1) Subjects forming part of different diploma, bachelor’s or master’s programs may be combined
in individual bachelor’s or master’s programs. Applications for admission to an individual programs
shall be made to the university at which will be the main focus of the planned studies.
(2) The application must contain in any case: (2) Search
applications shall, at the least, contain:
1. the name of the course; 1.
the designation of the programs;
2. a curriculum including qualification profile; 2. a
curriculum including the qualification profile;
3. the scope in ECTS credits; 3. the number of
ECTS credits conferred; and
4. If the study is to be carried out at several universities, assign the subjects to those involved
Universities.
(3) The application must be approved by the body responsible for organizing the studies, if
the requested study is equivalent to a relevant course of study. The time is in the approval
of admission to individual studies.
(4) Graduates of individual bachelor’s degree programs are responsible for study law matters
responsible body of the university at which the focus of the study is located, the academic
Degree
"Bachelor", abbreviated, "BA", graduates of individual diploma courses is the academic degree
"Magistra" or "Magister", abbreviated to award "Mag." In each case, graduates more individually
Master’s degree is the academic degree “Master”, abbreviated to “MA”. Predominate in an individual
Diploma or master’s degree
4. if the program of study is to be undertaken at more than one university, the universities at which given subjects
are to be studied.
(3) Applications shall, by official notification, be approved by the governing bodies responsible for the programs if
the programs applied for is of equivalent standing to a programs relevant to such subjects. Such approval shall
include the date of admission to individual programs.
(4) Persons who have successfully completed individual bachelor's programs shall be granted the academic degree of
"Bachelor", abbreviated as "BA", by the responsible governing body at the university at which the main focus of their
studies lay. Persons who have successfully completed individual diploma programs shall be awarded the academic degree
of “Magistra” or “Magister”, abbreviated as “Mag.”. Persons who have successfully completed individual master's
programs shall be awarded the title of “Master”, abbreviated as “MA”. If subjects related to engineering sciences
predominate in an individual diploma or master's programs, the graduates
91 of 205
engineering studies, the graduates have the academic degree "Diplom-Ingenieurin"
or "Diplom-Ingenieur", abbreviated, to award "Dipl.-Ing." or "DI".
in question shall be awarded the title of “Diplom-Ingenieurin” or “Diplom-Ingenieur”, abbreviated as
"Dipl.-Ing." or “DI”.
University courses Certificate University
Programs for Further Education
Section 56. (1) Universities are entitled to set up university courses.
(2) University courses can also be joint study programs (Section 54d) or joint
established studies (§ 54e) and offered during the lecture-free period and for
economic and organizational support in cooperation with non-university
Legal entities are carried out.
(3) Participants have a course fee for attending university courses
to be paid. This is taking into account the actual cost of the university course
to be determined by the Rectorate. Ordinary students who receive study grants are on application
to grant a reduction in the course fee taking into account their performance.
(4) Participation in university courses of further education for teachers who in the
public education mandate is carried out for the participants
free of course fees.
(5) In the curriculum of a university course, a maximum duration of study can be provided, which is at least
envisaged study time plus two semesters.
Section 56. (1) Universities shall be entitled to establish certificate university programs for further
education.
(2) Certificate university programs for further education may be run as jointly offered study programs (§
54e) or as joint study programs (§ 54d), and may also be conducted during the recess periods and, in order to provide
financial and organizational support for them, in co-operation with other legal entities.
(3) Students attending certificate university programs for further education shall pay course fees. These shall be
set by the rectorate at levels reflecting actual course costs. Degree programs students in receipt of student
grants shall, on application, be accorded reductions in the course fees having regard to their financial
circumstances.
(4) Teachers attending certificate university programs for continuing and further education offered within
the educational mission under public law shall be free of course fees.
(5) The curriculum of a certificate university program for further education may determine a maximum duration of
studies, which shall comprise at least the requested duration of studies plus two semesters.
preparatory courses
Preparatory courses
Section 57. The universities in accordance with Section 6 (1) lines 16 to 21 are entitled to preparatory courses for
Preparing to set up an artistic bachelor's or diploma course. For
Preparatory courses are not subject to a course fee or a tuition fee.
§ 57. The universities named in § 6 para 1 subparas 16 to 21 shall be entitled to establish certificate university
programs for further education to prepare students for artistic bachelor or diploma programs. For preparatory
courses neither course fees nor tuition fees shall be levied.
curricula
curricula
Section 58. (1) At universities there are curricula for the individual studies in accordance with Sections 54b (4) and 54c (2)
to enact.
(2) The curricula must contain a qualification profile (section 51 (2) no.29).
Section 58. (1) At the universities curricula shall be enacted for the single study programs within the limits
of Sections 54b para 4 and 54c para 2.
(2) The curricula shall contain a qualification profile (§ 51 para 2 subpara 29).
92 of 205
(3) The curricula of teacher training programs are competence-oriented in accordance with the annex of the
University Quality Assurance Act - HS-QSG, Federal Law Gazette I No. 74/2011.
(4) In the curricula of bachelor studies for the teaching profession there may be subject-specific criteria for the
Determine the professional suitability. In the curricula of artistic studies and of
sports science studies as well as for teacher training in these subjects is to be determined in which way in
As part of the review of the technical suitability, admission tests are carried out in accordance with Section 51 (2) No. 19 and Section 75.
(5) Curricula and their changes are before the decision is made to the Rectorate, curricula theological studies
also the responsible church authorities and curricula for teacher training studies also the
To send the Quality Assurance Council for pedagogical education for comments.
(6) Curricula of regular studies and their changes occur when published in the newsletter
before July 1 with October 1 of the same year in force; if published after June 30th, they begin with 1.
October of next year in force. If studies are abandoned, curricula will be published in the
Bulletin expired before July 1 at the end of September 30 of the same year; at publication
after June 30, curricula expire on September 30 of the next year.
(7) In the curriculum, as a prerequisite for registration for courses, for their
Understanding special previous knowledge is required, proving this previous knowledge through the positive assessment
one or more exams or in another appropriate form. These stipulations also apply
for students who are interested in the course in question when using the
Register for courses or individual studies.
(8) The curriculum includes courses for courses with a limited number of participants
Determine the number of possible participants and the procedure for allocating places. It is
to ensure that the students who are put back on registration do not have an extension of the
Study time grows. If necessary, there are also parallel courses, possibly also during the
lecture-free time.
(3) The curricula for teacher training programs shall be designed in a competence-oriented way within
the limits of the annexe to the Act on Quality Assurance in Higher Education - HS-QSG, F.L.G. No 74/2011.
(4) In the curricula for teacher training bachelor’s programs subject-specific criteria for ascertaining the
subject-related capacity shall be defined. In the curricula for artistic subjects and for sports science as well as for
teacher training programs in these subjects shall be laid down in which kind within ascertaining the subject-related
capacity admission examinations under § 51 para 2 subpara 19 and § 75 shall take place.
(5) Curricula and changes shall shall be submitted to the rectorate for its opinion prior to
decision-making, curricula of theological programs shall also be submitted to the competent ecclesiastical
institutions, and curricula for training programs for teaching at schools shall also be submitted to the Quality
Assurance Council for Teacher Training.
(6) Curricula and changes shall shall enter into force on 1 October of the same year, if published in the university
gazette prior to 1 July; if published after 30 June, they shall enter into force on 1 October of the following year. In
the case of expiry of study programs, curricula shall expire with 30 September of the same year, if published in the
university gazette prior to 1 July; if published after 30 June, they shall expire with 30 September of the following
year.
(7) For courses requiring special types of prior knowledge, the curriculum may require evidence of such knowledge in
the form of one or more examinations passed or another expedient form as a condition for registration. These conditions
shall also apply to students registering for the courses in question in connection with the use of the range of courses
or within an individual study programs.
(8) In the case of courses which can only be attended by a limited number of students, the curriculum shall state the
maximum number of persons who can be accepted and the procedure for awarding places, whereby care shall
be taken to ensure that the studies of students whose applications do not receive priority are not prolonged as a
result. If necessary, parallel courses shall be offered, and these may also be held during the recess period.
93 of 205
(9) Curricula of Bachelor and Master studies are to be designed in such a way that the provision of study achievements
is also possible at post-secondary educational institutions abroad. It is important to ensure that
this is possible without losing study time.
(10) The curricula have the objectives of Article 24 of the United Nations Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities
note.
(11) For students with a disability within the meaning of Section 3 of the Federal Disability Equality Act, Federal Law Gazette I
No. 82/2005, are the requirements of the curricula - if necessary, taking into account § 59 Paragraph 1 No. 12
requested different examination methods - by notification of the body responsible for study law
modify, whereby the educational goal of the chosen course must be achievable.
(9) The curricula of bachelor's and master's programs shall be designed in a way that studies at foreign recognized
post-secondary educational institutions are possible, whereby care shall be taken to ensure that this is possible
without loss of study time.
(10) In the curricula regard shall be given to the objectives stipulated in Art 24 of the UN Convention on the Rights
of persons with disabilities.
(11) For students with disabilities in the meaning of § 3 of the Federal Act on the Equalization of Persons
with Disabilities, F.L.G. I No 82/2005, the requirements stipulated in the curricula - if need be
with regard to examinations according to alternative methods pursuant to § 59 para 1 subpara 12 applied for - shall
be modified by official notification of the body responsible for study law, making the educational goal of
the chosen programs attainable.
Section 3
Chapter 3
student
Students
Rights and duties of the students
Rights and Duties of Students
Section 59. (1) Students are entitled to freedom of learning in accordance with the statutory provisions.
In particular, it includes the right
1. both at the university where they were admitted to study and at other universities
Obtain approval for other studies;
2. to choose from courses in accordance with the range of courses and the requirements of the curriculum;
3. in addition to a regular degree at the university of admission or in accordance with Section 63 (9)
other universities or in jointly established studies with universities of teacher education at these
Use courses for which the students meet the registration requirements specified in the curricula
fulfill;
4. the relevant teaching and research institutions and the libraries at all
To use educational institutions of which they are members in accordance with the regulations for use;
5. as a regular student of a diploma or master's degree, the topic and the supervisor
Supervisor of her diploma or master thesis or the topic of her artistic diploma or
Section 59. (1) Within the limits of the law, students are entitled to freedom of study.
This shall, in particular, include the right,
1. to be accepted for other programs both at the university to which they have been admitted and at other
universities;
2. within the limits of the range of courses and the provisions of the curriculum, to choose between courses;
3. beyond a degree program at the university which has admitted them or, in accordance with § 63 para 9, at
other universities or, in programs offered jointly with university colleges of teacher education, at those, to
take advantage of range of courses for which they fulfill the registration requirements set out in the
curricula;
4. to make use of the teaching and research facilities relevant to their subject, and the libraries at all educational
institutions from which they are members, in accordance with the regulations pertaining to;
5. if they are diploma or master's program students, to propose or select from a number of suggestions the
supervisor and the topic of their diploma
94 of 205
Propose a master's thesis in accordance with the university regulations or choose from a number of proposals;
6. as a regular student of a doctoral program, the topic of their dissertation according to the
propose university regulations or choose from a number of proposals;
7. to write scientific or artistic work in a foreign language if the supervisor
Supervisor agrees;
8. to take exams as regular students in accordance with the university regulations;
9. to be awarded academic degrees after completing the curriculum requirements;
10. as extraordinary students at the university courses concerned
participate and take the exams prescribed therein;
11. As extraordinary students who only attend courses
are admitted to attend courses for which they take the
Curricula set registration requirements, as well as according to the university
Regulations to take exams;
12. a different examination method, if the student can prove that he or she has a disability
making the examination in the prescribed method impossible, and the content and requirements of the
Testing is not affected by a different method;
13. requests for the person of the examiner. These requests are where possible
to consider. The second repetition of an exam or the repetition of one in the curriculum
marked internship within the framework of pedagogical-practical studies is the application for a specific
Examiner or a specific examiner from the university admission to the course in which the exam is to be taken,
in any case, if this person is authorized to hold the examination. at
jointly established studies is the second repetition of an exam or the
Repetition of an internship marked in the curriculum as part of the pedagogical-practical studies
the application for a specific examiner for the participants
To meet educational institutions in any case.
or master’s thesis or that of their artistic diploma or master’s submission, subject to the university regulations;
6. if they are doctoral students, to propose or select from a number of suggestions the topic of their
doctoral thesis, subject to the university regulations.
7. to prepare academic or artistic theses in a foreign language, subject to the agreement of their supervisor;
8. if they are degree students, to take examinations in accordance with the university regulations;
9. having met the requirements prescribed by the curriculum, to be awarded a degree;
10. if they are non-degree seeking students, to attend the relevant certificate university programs for
further education and take the examinations prescribed therefore;
11. if they are non-degree seeking students, admitted only for the attendance of individual courses, to attend courses
for which they meet the registration requirements specified by the curricula, and to take examinations, subject to the
university regulations;
12. to be examined according to an alternative method if they suffer from a disability which makes it
impossible for them to take an examination in the prescribed manner and the other method does not limit the
content and standards of the examination;
13. to make requests regarding the identity of the examiners. Such applications shall be acceded to wherever possible.
In the case of a second resit, or the resit of an internship in the framework of the pedagogic-practical studies,
indicated by the curriculum, to automatic acceptance of a request for a specific examiner at the university
to which they have been admitted and where the examination is to be sat, provided that the examiner is entitled to take
the examination. In jointly offered programs, in the case of a second resit, or the resit of an internship in the
framework of the pedagogic-practical studies, indicated by the curriculum, the request for a specific examiner at the
educational institutions concerned has to be accepted in any case.
95 of 205
(2) The students have in particular (2)
Students have a duty in particular:
1. Immediately notify the name of the university at which admission to study is made
give;
2. the continuation of studies at the university at which admission to a course exists, each
Report semesters during the general admission period or the grace period;
3. deregister from the course in good time in the event of foreseeable inactivity;
1. to inform the university which has admitted them of changes of name and address without delay;
2. to notify the university which has admitted them of the continuation of their studies each semester, for the
duration of the general admission period or any extension;
3. to deregister from their programs in a timely manner in case that it is apparent that they are
unlikely to continue their studies;
4. Register and deregister for the exams on time and 4. to register for
and deregister from examinations within the appointed
periods; and
5. On the occasion of the award of the academic degree, one copy of your scientific or artistic one
Work or a documentation of her artistic work to the university library and one copy each
the dissertation or a documentation of the artistic dissertation to the Austrian
Deliver the National Library.
(3) The working students and the students with childcare obligations or
other similar care obligations, which therefore do not study full-time, but only a part of them
Can devote time to study, are entitled to report at what times of the day they have a special one
Have a need for courses and exams. The universities have this special need because of the
Consideration of registration results when designing your courses and exams, if possible. Already
on the occasion of admission to a course of study, the applicant is entitled to this
Report need.
(4) According to the budgetary possibilities, the students should have sufficient additional courses
or courses are offered in the same semester or at the latest in the next semester, if the
Students are threatened with an extension of the study period, the cause of which alone or predominantly
University is to be attributed, especially in connection with insufficient courses offered by the
University. An extension of the study time is attributable to the university, especially if this is due to
Provision made when registering for a course.
5. To deliver a copy of their academic thesis or artistic submission or a related written component thereof to the
university library and a copy of their doctoral thesis or a related written component of their artistic doctoral
thesis to the Austrian National Library upon the award of their degree.
(3) Working students and students who are unable to study full time due to child care or similar care commitments and
can thus only devote part of their time to their studies shall be entitled to notify the university of the times at
which they have special needs in respect of courses and examinations. Wherever possible, universities shall take into
account such special needs in their course and examination timetable enabling, on the basis of the information supplied to
them by such students. Applicants shall be entitled to notify such needs when applying for admission.
(4) The students shall be offered, contingent on budgetary considerations, sufficient courses in the same
or the following semester at the latest, if the prolongation of a student's duration of studies appears to be
imminent, for which the university is solely or mainly responsible, in particular because the university has offered
too few courses. The university shall be responsible for a prolonged period of study in particular, if the prolongation
is caused, because the student was not given a place in a course s / he wanted to register for.
96 of 205
(5) The right to act as a representative of students in collegial bodies
are based on the provisions of the HSG 2014.
(5) The right to act as a representative of students in collegial bodies is determined by the provisions
of HSG 2014.
Admission to Studies
Admission to Studies
Section 60. (1) The Rectorate has people who meet the admission requirements on the basis of their application
to be admitted to the respective course of study.
(1a) Notices can be issued for studies for which the suitability must be demonstrated in accordance with § 63 Paragraph 1 Numbers 4 and 5 and Paragraph 1a
conditional admission if the admission process is still in progress at the time of admission
is not completed.
(1b) Pre-study and study-related advice are on the occasion of admission
to hold orientation events for a diploma or bachelor's degree and
To provide orientation information, within the framework
Section 60. (1) The rectorate shall, on application by persons fulfilling the requirements for admission
to a program of study, admit such persons to such studies.
(1a) For programs for which proof of aptitude shall be provided under § 63 para 1 subparas 4 and 5, and para 1a,
official notifications of the conditional admission can be issued, provided that at the date of admission the
procedure for the proof of aptitude has not been completed yet.
(1b) On admission to diploma or bachelor's programs, orientation tutorials shall be held and orientation information
be offered as study-preparatory and study- accompanying guidance, as part of which
1. the students in a suitable form about 1. the
students shall receive, in a suitable format, information on
a) the essential provisions of university law and the law on funding grants,
a) the main provisions of university law and student grants legislation,
b) student participation in the organs of the university, b) the student
representation on the governing bodies of the university,
c) the legal basis for the advancement of women, c) the legal
basis of arrangements for the advancement of women,
d) the legal protection against discrimination, d) the
statutory protection against discrimination,
e) the curriculum,
e) the curriculum,
f) the qualification profile of the graduates, f) the qualification
profiles of graduates,
g) the study entry and orientation phase, g) the
orientation period,
h) the recommended course offer in the first two semesters, h) the recommended
courses for the first two semesters,
i) the compatibility of studies and work, i) the
compatibility of studies with work,
j) the number of students studying, the average length of study, the
Study success statistics and employment statistics,
j) the number of students enrolled in the program, the average duration of studies, the pass rates, the employment
statistics,
k) study-related stays abroad, k)
study-related stays abroad,
l) the student representative institutions, in particular the Austrian university students
Student body, the respective student body and
l) the institutions for representation fo students, i.e. the Austrian Students 'Union and the respective Students'
Union, and
m) the student ombudsman m) the
Austrian Student Ombudsman,
97 of 205
are to be informed, and
and
2. to give an introduction to good scientific practice. 2. an introduction to
good scientific practice shall be provided.
It is permissible to attend the orientation events or the
Orientation information also in cooperation with other legal entities, especially with Austrian
University students to organize or make available.
(1c) Beginner tutorials are to be set up for course-related advice,
which help the students to cope with the performance, organizational and social requirements
should support the first academic year and can be visited by the students. It is
permitted, these beginner tutorials also in cooperation with other legal entities,
in particular to be organized with the Austrian student body.
(2) To the extent that foreign-language certificates are submitted to assess whether the admission requirements have been met
are the application by sworn and legally certified interpreters
To connect interpreters with translations.
(3) The Rectorate is entitled to look at the obligation to submit individual documents if
it is made credible that their provision within a reasonable period of time is impossible or disproportionate
is very difficult and the documents submitted are sufficient for a decision.
(3a) There are doubts about the authenticity of the documents with which the fulfillment of the admission requirements
is proven, or its correctness of content or if it is not sufficient for a decision
the Rectorate review the documents or knowledge or through those ordered by the Rectorate
Have experts carried out. For this, the Rectorate can deposit a maximum of 500 euros
which the applicant is to be reimbursed if the
Verification of the authenticity and correctness of the documents has shown and this or this admitted to study
has been.
(4) Upon admission, the applicant is considered an ordinary or extraordinary
Students or full-time or associate students or their relatives
University.
It shall be permissible to hold the orientation tutorials and to offer the orientation information together with
other legal entities, particularly the Austrian Students ’Union.
(1c) Provision shall be made for tutorials that offer first-year students on-going support in meeting the academic,
organizational and social challenges presented by their first year of study. It is permissible to organize these
tutorials for students who begin their studies in conjunction with other legal entities, particularly the Austrian
Students’ Union.
(2) If supporting documents in foreign languages ​​are required to determine whether the admission
requirements are met, the application shall be fitted with translations which have be done by generally
sworn and jurisdictionally certified translators.
(3) The rectorate shall be entitled to waive the obligation to submit some documents if it is satisfied
that it would be impossible or excessively difficult to furnish them within a reasonable period, and that the
supporting documentation submitted is a sufficient basis for a decision. The representation of foreign study
applicants by persons who are not admitted to a professional representation of parties in Austria or not empowered for
representations by law, is not allowed. Applications which are not in line with these requirements shall be rejected.
(3a) If there are any doubts about the authenticity of the documents furnishing proof of the fulfillment of the
admission requirements, or the correctness of their contents, or if they are not sufficient to make a decision,
the rectorate may carry out or call suitable persons for an evaluation of the documents or a test of the applicant's
knowledge. For this purpose, the rectorate may collect a deposit of a maximum of 500 € which shall be refunded to the
applicant in case the evaluation has revealed the authenticity and correctness of the documents and he or she has been
admitted to a study program.
(4) Upon admission the applicant shall become a member of the university in question, as a degree or non-degree seeking
college student. This shall be evidenced by the issue of a student’s pass, which may take the form of a
photographic identity
98 of 205
This is to be certified by issuing a student ID card that is designed as a photo ID card
can. The ID has at least the name, date of birth and matriculation number of the student and
to include the period of validity. The student ID card can be stored on a storage medium
other functionalities.
(5) An applicant who has not yet attended a university, teacher training college,
Was authorized to carry out university of applied sciences courses or a private university
Assign a matriculation number to the university on the occasion of the first admission. This is for
to retain all further student admissions. The closer ones
Provisions on the formation and allocation of matriculation numbers are set out in an ordinance by the Federal Minister
or the Federal Minister of Education, Science and Research.
(6) Universities in accordance with section 6 (1) 1 to 15 have foreign applicants
Applicants who are entitled to entry without a visa or who have a valid entry
Residence permits to deliver the letter of admission directly. Langen on
Austrian professional representative authorities apply to other foreign applicants
The professional representative authorities can apply for admission to study at the responsible university
Completeness and conclusiveness of the application as well as to ensure that admission to study and the
First residence permits can be delivered at the same time. Here is the applicant
Giving the opportunity to make additions and clarifications at his or her own expense. The representation
foreign applicants by persons who are not professional representation in
Austria admitted or not authorized to represent by law is not permitted.
Applications that do not meet these requirements must be rejected.
document. The pass shall, as a minimum, bear the student’s name, date of birth and matriculation number, as well as the
expiry date. The pass may be fitted with other functionalities by a storage medium.
(5) On initial admission, an applicant who has not yet been admitted to a university, a university college
of teacher education, an institution for the execution of university of applied sciences degree programs, or a
private university shall be assigned a matriculation number by the university. These shall be retained by the students
concerned for all further admissions. The Federal Minister of Education, Science and Research shall by decree enact
detailed regulations on the generation and assignment of matriculation numbers.
(6) The universities named in § 6 para 1 subparas 1 to 15 shall deliver admission confirmations directly to foreign
applicants entitled to visa-free entry to Austria or in possession of valid residence permits. If applications from
other foreign applicants for admission to programs of study are received by Austrian official
representations for forwarding to the responsible universities, the official representations may ensure
that the applications are complete and the details therein consistent, and take steps to ensure that the
admission confirmations and initial residential permits are delivered at the same time. Applicants shall
be given an opportunity to clarify or add to the information contained in applications at their own expense.
admission deadlines
Admission Periods
Section 61. (1) After hearing the Senate, the Rectorate must determine the general admission period for each semester.
This is the period in which the persons referred to in paragraph 3 submit and apply for admission
Students also have to pay the tuition fee. The general admission period is for the winter semester
to be at least eight weeks and ends on
September 5, for the summer semester to be at least four weeks and ends on February 5. Admission to
Doctoral programs can also take place outside of the
Section 61. (1) After consulting the senate, the rectorate shall establish the general admission period for each
semester. This is the period during which the persons referred to in para 3 shall apply for admission and
students shall also pay their tuition fees. The general admission period shall last at least eight weeks for
the winter semester and shall end on September 5, and shall last at least four weeks for the summer semester and
shall end on 5 February. Admission to doctoral programs may be granted outside of the general admission period and
the extension period. A
99 of 205
general admission period and the grace period. For admissions to studies, for the special
Admission or admission procedures are provided, different general admission periods can be set
become. Different regulations can be stipulated in the statutes, as well as admission to master's programs
provide outside the general admission period and the grace period if the admission is based on a
Bachelor’s degree takes place at the respective university or, in the case of jointly established courses, at one
of the participating educational institutions has been completed.
(2) At the end of the general admission period, the grace period begins in the winter semester on November 30, in
Summer semester ends on April 30th. Within the grace period, approval and notification of the continuation of the
Studies permitted, for students in accordance with Section 91 (1) if the increased tuition fee is paid
becomes. Admission to a diploma or bachelor's degree may only be made within the grace period
Exceptions are made. Exceptional cases are in particular:
1. Failure to pass an admission or admission procedure or the study entry and orientation phase in
a different degree, provided the result for the winter semester only after August 31, for the summer semester
only after January 31;
2. The general university entrance qualification for the winter semester only after August 31, for the summer semester
only after January 31;
3. in the case of civilian servants, presence servants and training service providers and when a voluntary social service is provided
Year, provided the service was performed or a convocation existed by August 31 or January 31 and the service
was not started later or was canceled or interrupted before the grace period ended;
4. Individuals who can demonstrate that they are within the entire general admission period
were prevented from meeting the deadline by an unforeseen or inevitable event, and none
At fault or only a minor degree of oversight occurs;
5. People who have been shown to be prevented from doing so due to employment or internships within
to apply for the entire general admission period;
6. People who are demonstrably prevented from doing so due to a stay abroad for imperative reasons
were to submit an application within the entire general admission period.
different general admission period may be stipulated for the admission to those degree programs that are
subject to a special admission procedure. The statutes may lay down other arrangements that permit admission to
master’s programs outside of the general admission period and the special admission period, if the
admission is granted based on the completion of a bachelor’s program at the same university or, in jointly
offered degree programs at one of the educational institutions concerned.
(2) Upon expiry of the general admission period, the extension period shall commence; it shall expire on 30
November in the winter semester, and on April 30 in the summer semester. Admission and registration for the
continuation of studies is permissible in the extension period; for students pursuant to § 91 para 1 only, if the
increased tuition fees are paid. Admission to a diploma or bachelor’s programs within the special admission period
shall only be granted in exceptional cases. Exceptional cases include in particular:
1. Failure to pass an admission procedure or successfully complete an orientation period in another degree
programs, provided that the results for the winter semester are available only after 31 August and for the
summer semester after 31 January;
2. Obtaining the general university entrance qualification for the winter semester after August 31 and for the
summer semester after 31 January;
3. Persons completing their compulsory community service, military service, training service or a year of voluntary
work in the social sector, provided that they completed their service or received their conscription order and did not
begin their service or, prior to the end of the special admission period, discontinued or took a leave from their
service by August 31 or January 31;
4. Persons who establish that unforeseeable and unpreventable circumstances during the entire general admission period
precluded them from observing the deadline and that this was beyond their control or only due to a minor oversight on
their part;
5. Persons who submit evidence that employment or internships precluded them from submitting an application
within the entire general admission period;
6. Persons who submit evidence that a stay abroad due to unavoidable circumstances precluded them from
submitting an application within the entire general admission period.
Further reasons can be specified in the statutes. Additional exceptions
may be laid down in the statutes.
100 of 205
(3) The general admission period applies to: (3) The
general admission period shall be applicable to:
1. Austrian citizens; 1.
Austrian citizens;
2. Nationals of an EU or EEA country; 2nd nationals of
a EU or EEA country;
3. other foreign nationals and stateless persons, one limited to a maximum of two semesters
Admission to study in Austria either on the basis of transnational EU, state or university
Mobility programs, including joint study programs, or after completing foreign ones
Studies in one of the first diploma exams of the chosen diploma course or in a
Strive for a corresponding Bachelor's degree;
3. other foreign nationals and stateless persons seeking admission for studies in Austria for a maximum of two
semesters either under transnational EU, state or university mobility programs including joint
diploma programs or on successful completion of studies abroad equivalent to a pass in the first diploma examination
in the diploma programs selected or a bachelor degree;
4. Groups of people based on the Ordinance on Groups of People; 4. groups of persons
designated by decree of the Federal Minister on Groups
of persons;
5. All applicants at universities in accordance with
Section 6 (1) lines 16 to 21.
(4) For all other foreign nationals and stateless persons, the university can take part in the
Statutes set a different special admission period.
(5) The rectorate is taking into account the duration and the implementation period
authorized for admission to university courses and for admission to regular studies within the framework
EU, state or university transnational mobility programs, including shared
Study programs to make a different regulation for the general admission period.
5. all applicants at one of the universities named in § 6 para 1 subparas 16 to 21.
(4) For all other foreign nationals and stateless persons, the university may lay down a divergent special admission
period in the statutes.
(5) The rectorate shall be entitled to make other arrangements for the general admission period for certificate
university programs for further education and degree programs under transnational EU, state or university
mobility programs including joint diploma programs, having regard to the duration thereof.
Registration for the continuation of the course Registration for
the Continuation of Studies
Section 62. (1) Students are obliged to within the general admission period or the grace period
every semester of the university where admission to the course exists, the continuation of the course
Report.
(2) The registration of the continuation of the course is ineffective as long as the student fees including any
Special contributions in accordance with the provisions of the HSG 2014 and any tuition fees have not been received.
(3) The effect of registering the continuation of studies for one semester extends until the end of the
Grace period for the immediately following semester, provided that the admission to study has not yet expired.
Section 62. (1) Students are obliged to register for the continuation of their studies within the general admission
period or extension period of each semester at the university where admission has been granted.
(2) Registrations for the continuation of studies shall be invalid if any students ’fees and any extraordinary
contributions pursuant to the provisions of the HSG 2014 and any tuition fees payable have not been received.
(3) A registration for the continuation of studies for a semester shall remain valid until the end of the
extension period in the succeeding semester unless admission to the program of study in question has lapsed.
101 of 205
(4) The university has student confirmations of the continuation of studies
issue. In any case, these must include the name, date of birth, matriculation number and social security number of the or
of the student as well as the student status, study and semester.
(5) The notification of the continuation of the course must be noted in the student ID card (Section 60 (4)).
(4) Universities shall issue students with confirmations of registration for the continuation of studies. These must,
as a minimum, bear the student’s name, date of birth, matriculation number and social security number, as well as
his / her student status, the program of study and the semester.
(5) The registration for the continuation of studies shall be evidenced in the student’s pass (§ 60 para 4).
Admission to regular studies
Admission to Degree Programs
Section 63. (1) Admission to a regular course of study requires: Section 63. (1) Admission to
degree programs is conditional on:
1. general university entrance qualification, 1.
the possession of a general university entrance qualification;
2. the special university entrance qualification for the chosen course, 2. the possession of
a special university entrance qualification required for the
study programs selected;
3. the knowledge of German necessary for the successful course of study or, if the study in
English language is held, the English language; for admission to doctoral studies for the
Successful course of study necessary knowledge of the language in which the study is held,
4. the artistic suitability for the studies at the universities according to § 6 para. 1 nos. 16 to 21,
3. knowledge of the German language or, if the program is held in English, the English language required for the
successful continuation of studies; for the admission to a doctoral program, the knowledge of the language in which
the studies are held required for the successful continuation of studies;
4. artistic aptitude, in the case of studies at the universities named in § 6 para 1 subparas 16 to 21;
5. sporting suitability for sports science studies and 5. sportive aptitude,
in the case of degree programs in sports science; and
6. for admission to a bachelor's or diploma course, in accordance with the existence of an ordinance from the rectorate
for individual or all bachelor or diploma studies, no special admission regulations for their admission
there is evidence that the applicant is a procedure for
Passed the aptitude test. Within the scope of this procedure, measures within the meaning of Section 13 (2) 1 lit. g to
meet to get admission to the study of non-traditional applicants
and applicants from groups that are underrepresented in access to higher education
promote. Before the regulation is enacted, the Senate is given the opportunity to comment within six weeks
give.
(1a) Admission to a teacher training course or a course of study for professional activities
In contrast to Paragraph 1, elementary education institutions require:
6. proof that the applicant has passed through an aptitude test procedure, in the case of admission to a bachelor's or
diploma programs in accordance with a decree to be issued by the rectorate for some or all bachelor's or diploma
programs which have no special admission regulations. Within the framework of this procedure, measures
in the meaning of § 13 para 2 subpara 1 lit g must be taken to especially promote the admission of non-
traditional applicants to study programs as well as applicants from underrepresented groups in access
to higher education. Prior to the enactment of the decree, the senate shall have the opportunity to give
its opinion within six weeks.
(1a) Notwithstanding para 1, admission to a teacher training program or a program for teaching at elementary
educational institutions is conditional on:
102 of 205
1. general university entrance qualification, 1.
the possession of a general university entrance qualification;
2. the special university entrance qualification for the chosen course, 2. the possession of
a special university entrance qualification required for the
study programs selected;
3. the knowledge of the German language necessary for the exercise of the respective profession and
3. knowledge of the German language required for the practice of the respective profession; and
4. the suitability for studying and the respective professional activity. 4. the aptitude for the
studies and the respective profession.
(2) People who are already on another course of study for which admission is being sought
domestic university or college of education were admitted with the application for admission
Submit certificate of departure from this university or teacher training college.
(3) If the general and special university entrance qualifications are proven, the following are to be admitted indefinitely:
(2) Persons applying to study a subject for which they have already been admitted by another Austrian
university or university college of teacher education must submit their leaving certificate of this university or
university college of teacher education together with the application.
(3) The following shall be admitted for an indefinite period on presentation of proof of possession of a general and a
special university entrance qualification:
1. Austrian citizens; 1.
Austrian citizens;
2. Nationals of an EU or EEA country; 2nd nationals of
a EU or EEA country;
3. other foreign nationals and stateless persons, if they are reasonable in the course in question
Study conditions (para. 4) exist;
3. other foreign nationals or stateless persons, provided that the conditions for study of the subject concerned
are acceptable in the countries concerned (para 4);
4. Groups of people based on the Ordinance on Groups of People. 4. groups of persons
designated by decree of the Federal Minister on Groups
of persons.
(4) The Senate is entitled, based on the ratio between teachers and students in a course of study
Study conditions determined by the further admission of foreign nationals and
Stateless persons would be unacceptable in accordance with Paragraph 3 No. 3. In this case, the Senate has to determine how many of these people
can be admitted every semester without unacceptable study conditions, and according to which
Criteria that are limited in number. It is allowed to be a preferred one
To decide on the admission of applicants from developing countries. This
Definitions are to be announced in the university newsletter.
(5) If proof of general and special university entrance qualifications are not taken into account, any decisions
to be admitted for a limited period in accordance with paragraph 4:
1.People who participate in university mobility programs, including joint study programs,
participate for the duration of the approved program participation;
(4) The senate shall be entitled, on the basis of the student-teacher ratio, to determine the point at
which study conditions in a program of study would become unacceptable if additional foreign nationals
or stateless persons in the meaning of para 3 subpara 3 were admitted. In such cases, determine the senate shall
how many such persons may be admitted per semester without giving rise to unacceptable study conditions,
and establish criteria for any limits to admission numbers. It is permissible to accord preferential
treatment to applicants from developing countries. Such enactments shall be published in the university gazette.
(5) The following shall be granted temporary admission upon furnishing proof of possession of a general and a special
university entrance qualification, regardless of any enactments under para 4:
1. persons participating in university mobility programs including joint diploma programs, for the duration
of authorized participation therein;
103 of 205
2. People who only want to use distance learning courses based on cooperation agreements for
at most two semesters;
3. foreign nationals and stateless persons in accordance with Paragraph 3 No. 3, who after completing foreign studies in one
corresponding to the first diploma examination of the chosen diploma course or a bachelor's degree
Strive for admission to study in Austria for a maximum of two semesters.
2. persons wishing only to make use of distance learning course offerings based on co-operation agreements,
for a maximum of two semesters;
3. foreign nationals and stateless persons in the meaning of para 3 subpara 3 seeking admission to study programs in
Austria on successful completion of studies abroad equivalent to the first diploma examination of the diploma program
selected or a bachelor’s degree, for a maximum of two semesters.
An extension of the respective time limit is not permitted. Extension of these
limited terms is impermissible.
(6) The temporary admission according to Paragraph 5 Z 1 and 2 presupposes that a cooperation contract between the involved
Educational institutions exist that set the conditions for collaboration, student exchange and the
Implementation regulates in more detail. With the nomination by the
Partner education institutions are considered general and special university entrance qualifications
demonstrated.
(7) After the expiry of the admission due to the negative assessment at the last permissible repetition of one
Examination is the new admission to the university or, in the case of jointly established studies, to the
participating educational institutions for those studies where the completion of the same exam is mandatory
is not permitted. In the case of a teacher training course at secondary level (general education) is one of them
in deviation, a new admission to study only for those subjects
or specializations where the same examination is not mandatory
is. If admission to a teacher training program expires on the basis of Section 68 Paragraph 1 No. 7, this is a new one
Admission to a teacher training program at the university or, in the case of jointly set up studies, to those involved
Educational institutions not allowed. If the admission expires during a course of study on the basis of Section 68 Paragraph 1 No. 8, this is a
renewed admission to study at the same university or in the case of jointly established studies at the same
participating educational institutions at the earliest in the third semester after the admission expires
allowed.
(8) Simultaneous admission to the same degree at more than one university or educational institution
University in Austria is not permitted. Further admissions for the same degree at other universities or
Pedagogical universities suffer and are subject to an error that is threatened by nullity within the meaning of Section 68 (4) (4) AVG
to be declared void by the Rectorate. The secondary school teacher training course (general education)
the same degree if a subject or specialization is identical.
(6) Temporary admission under para 5 subparas 1 and 2 shall be conditional on the existence of a co-operation
agreement between the universities concerned governing the detailed arrangements for co-operation,
student exchange and program implementation. Nomination by the partner educational institution shall be deemed
equivalent to proof of possession of a general and a special university entrance qualification.
(7) Upon expiry of an admission due to failure of the last permissible repetition of an examination, renewed
admission to the university or, in the case of jointly offered study programs, to the universities involved
shall be excluded for those study programs which require the completion of the same examination. In
derogation thereof, a renewed admission to the teacher training program for secondary schools (general
education) is permitted only for those subjects or specializations which do not require the successful
completion of the same examination. If the admission to a teacher training program expires on the basis of § 68
para 1 subpara 7, renewed admission to a teacher training program at the university or, in case of jointly offered
programs, at all educational institutions involved shall be excluded. If the admission to a study program expires
on the basis of § 68 para 1 subpara 8, renewed admission to a study program at the same university or, in case of
jointly offered programs, at all educational institutions involved is possible not earlier than in the third semester
following the expiry of the admission.
(8) Simultaneous admission to the same studies at more than one university or university college of teacher
education in Austria is impermissible. Additional admissions to the same studies at other universities or
university colleges of teacher education risk nullity due to a defect in the meaning of § 68 para 4 subpara 4 General
Administrative Procedure Act and shall be declared null and void by the rectorate, acting ex officio. In teacher
training programs for secondary schools (general education) the same study shall be assumed if a subject or a
specialization is identical.
104 of 205
(9) Taking exams for studying at another Austrian university or
Pedagogical university as that or the admission is only permitted if
1. the curriculum or the curriculum of a jointly with another university or college of education
established degree provides for this or
2. the body responsible for study law matters taking the exam at the other
University or college of education approved in advance because of taking the relevant exam
the university or in the case of jointly established studies at the participating universities and educational institutions
Universities is not possible.
(10) People whose first language is not the language in which the study is held have the for
Proof of successful knowledge of this language in order to successfully complete Knowing the
Language is particularly evidenced by a matriculation certificate based on the instruction in that language.
The Rectorate can determine further evidence of the required language skills by ordinance.
(10a) If proof of knowledge of the German language cannot be provided, the rectorate has to take one
Prescribe a supplementary examination that must be taken before admission. In the artistic studies that is
Supplementary examination not to be taken before admission if there is a different regulation in accordance with paragraph 11 in the curriculum
has been established.
(10b) The supplementary examination for the proof of knowledge of the German language is within the framework of the
Attend a university course set up for this purpose. The prescription of this
Supplementary examination requires knowledge of the German language at the time of application for the study at least in the
Extent of level A2 of the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages ​​(GeR) of the Council of Europe. As
Proof of this knowledge of the German language applies to generally recognized language diplomas,
which are to be determined by ordinance of the rectorate. The language diploma must show that the owner
or the holder of knowledge of the German language at least at level A2 of the Common European
Reference frame for languages. The language diploma must not be older than two years at the time of submission.
This regulation does not apply to artistic studies if, by regulation of the rectorate, the implementation of the
(9) Taking examinations for a program of study at a university or university college of teacher education other than
that to which a student has been admitted is only permissible if:
1. the home curriculum, or the curriculum of a program of study offered jointly with another university or
university college of teacher education makes provisions therefore; or
2. the officer responsible for study matters approves sitting of the examination at the other university or university
college of teacher education because it cannot be taken at the university or, in the case of jointly offered degree
programs, the universities university colleges of teacher education in question.
(10) Persons whose first language is not the language in which the study program is held shall provide
proof of their knowledge of the language as required for the successful continuation of studies, in particular by
submitting a secondary school leaving certificate obtained as a result of tuition received in the required
language. The rectorate may, by decree, determine further documentary evidence for the required language proficiency.
(10a) In case that proof of knowledge of the German language cannot be furnished, the rectorate shall
prescribe a supplementary examination to be taken prior to admission. In artistic study programs the supplementary
examination does not have to be taken prior to admission if other arrangements according to para 11 have been laid down
in the curriculum.
(10b) The supplementary examination providing proof of the knowledge of the German language shall be part of a
certificate university programs set up for this purpose. This supplementary examination prescribed by the curriculum
requires an A2 level in the German language according to the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages
(CEFRL) of the Council of Europe at the time of submission of the application for the study program.
Generally recognized language diplomas, to be specified by decree by the rectorate, shall be regarded as proof of the
knowledge of the German language. The language diploma must clearly certify the holder's knowledge of the German
language at least at an A2 language level according to the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages. The
language diploma must not be older than two years at the time of submission. This regulation shall not apply to
artistic study programs if the rectorate has, by
105 of 205
Supplementary exam for proof of knowledge of the German language has been set in a different form
is.
(11) In the artistic studies the curriculum can stipulate that the filing of the
Proof of the supplementary examination at the latest before the registration of the continuation of the study for the third semester
is.
decree, specified another form for the supplementary examination as a proof for the knowledge of the German language.
(11) The curricula of artistic study programs may require proof that supplementary examinations have
been taken prior to registration for the continuation of studies in the third semester, at the latest.
Special provision for admission to master's and doctoral programs Special Provision relating to the
Admission to Master's and Doctoral
program
Section 63a. (1) In the curricula for master's programs, qualitative admission requirements can be met
be prescribed in connection with the required knowledge of those subjects on which the
builds up the respective master’s degree.
(2) It must be ensured that the completion of a bachelor's degree at the respective university is in any case without
further requirements for admission to at least one relevant master's degree at the university or at
jointly established studies at one of the participating educational institutions. This also applies to
Master's programs in accordance with Paragraph 8.
(3) Admission to a master’s degree for secondary school teaching (general education) differs from §
63 Para. 1a the completion of a bachelor's degree for secondary school teaching (general education) according to point
2.1 of the annex to the HS-QSG or equivalent foreign studies. When admitted to a
Master’s degrees for secondary school teaching (general education) can also include subjects or
Specializations can be chosen in the form of supplementary studies to complement the bachelor's degree
Have been trained as a teacher.
(4) Admission to a master's program for secondary school teaching (general education) for graduates
Graduates of six semester teacher training courses, in deviation from § 63 para
Advanced studies according to § 54c in advance.
(5) Admission to a master's program for secondary school teaching (general education) for graduates
Graduates of a teaching degree for the teaching level of primary level, in deviation from § 63 para
Bachelor and master studies for the teaching level primary in accordance with point 1. of the annex to the HS-QSG.
Section 63a. (1) The curricula for master's programs may prescribe qualitative admission requirements which must
be related to the required knowledge of those subjects on which the respective master's program is based.
(2) In any case, it must be ensured that the completion of a bachelor's program at the respective
university entitles the student, without further requirements, to be admitted to at least one
subject-related master's programs at the university or, in jointly offered programs, at one of the educational
institutions involved. This shall also apply to master's programs according to para 8.
(3) Notwithstanding § 63 para 1a, admission to a master's program for teaching at secondary schools
(general education) requires the completion of a bachelor's program for teaching at secondary
schools (general education) according to item 2.1 of the Appendix to the Act on Quality Assurance in Higher
Education or of an equivalent foreign study program. Upon admission to a master's program for
teaching at secondary schools (general education), it is possible to choose subjects or specializations which
have been completed in addition to the bachelor's program for teacher training in the form of
extension programs.
(4) Notwithstanding § 63 para 1a, admission to a master's program for teaching at secondary schools
(general education) for graduates of six-semester programs for teacher training requires the completion of an
extension programs according to § 54c.
(5) Notwithstanding § 63 para 1a, admission to a master's program for teaching at secondary schools (general
education) for graduates of a program for teaching at primary schools requires the completion of the bachelor's and
master's program for teaching at primary schools according to item 1 of the Appendix to the Act on Quality Assurance
in higher education.
106 of 205
(6) Admission to a master's program for secondary school teaching (general education) in just one
In addition to the prerequisites according to § 63 Para
relevant professional practice of at least 3,000 hours in advance.
(7) Qualifying conditions may be stipulated in the curriculum for admission to a doctoral program
become.
(8) The Rectorate is entitled to take part in master's and doctoral studies that are exclusively in one
Foreign languages ​​are offered to determine a number of new students and access
either through an admission procedure before admission or through a selection procedure after admission
regulate. Before the rectorate determines the admission or selection process
Give the Senate the opportunity to comment within six weeks. The determination by the rectorate
must be submitted by April 30 at the latest in order to take effect from the following academic year.
(6) In addition to the requirements stipulated in § 63 para 1a, admission to a master's program for teaching at
secondary schools (general education) for only one subject requires the proof of subject-relevant professional
experience amounting to at least 3000 hours.
(7) The curriculum may stipulate qualitative requirements for the admission to a doctoral program.
(8) For master's and doctoral programs which are offered exclusively in a foreign language, the rectorate shall be
entitled to determine a number of first-year students and to limit admission either by means of an admission procedure
prior to admission or by a selecting procedure after admission. Before the rectorate determines the
admission or selection procedure, the senate shall have the opportunity to give its opinion within six
weeks. The rectorate's decision shall be taken by April 30 at the latest in order to become effective in the following
academic year.
(9) Section 71b (7) applies with the exception of item 4. (9) § 71b para 7,
with the exception of subpara 4, shall apply.
General university entrance qualification General
University Entrance Qualification
Section 64. (1) The general university entrance qualification must be proven by one of the following certificates:
1. an Austrian school leaving certificate (including a certificate of the
Berufsreifeprüfung) or an Austrian high school diploma or a certificate according to school law
Regulations nostrified school leaving certificate,
2. another Austrian certificate confirming that you are entitled to study for a particular one
Study group at a university, teacher training college or university of applied sciences;
3. a foreign certificate which is one of these Austrian certificates on the basis of an international law
Agreement or on the basis of the decision of the rectorate is equivalent in individual cases;
4. a certificate of completion of at least three years of study at a recognized domestic or
foreign post-secondary educational institution;
5. in the artistic studies, confirmation of the positively assessed admission test;
Section 64. (1) Possession of the general university entrance qualification shall be certified by the following
documents:
1. Austrian secondary-school leaving certificate (including a certificate of the TVE Diploma Examination), or an
Austrian secondary-school leaving and diploma certificate, or a secondary-school leaving certificate which has been
nostrified according to the provisions of school law;
2. any other Austrian certificate testifying the right to study a certain group of studies at a university, a
university college of teacher education, or a university of applied sciences;
3. a foreign certificate which in the individual case is equivalent to one of these Austrian certificates on the basis
of an agreement under international law, or a decision taken by the rectorate on a case-by-case basis;
4. a document certifying the completion of studies of at least three years at a recognized domestic or foreign
post-secondary educational institution;
5. in the case of art studies, confirmation that the applicant has successfully passed the admission examination;
107 of 205
6. an “IB Diploma” acquired in accordance with the provisions of the “International Baccalaureate Organization”;
7. a European Baccalaureate certificate in accordance with Art. 5 Para. 2 of the Agreement on the Statute of the European
Schools, Federal Law Gazette III No. 173/2005.
(2) Is the equivalence of foreign certificates in terms of content and requirements of a
Austrian matriculation examination is not given, the rectorate must prescribe the supplementary examinations, the
required for equivalence with a domestic matriculation exam and before admission
are to be discarded.
(3) The general university entrance qualification for admission to a master's degree is technically questionable
upcoming bachelor's degree or a subject-related university of applied sciences bachelor’s degree or one
other equivalent studies at a recognized domestic or foreign post-secondary
Evidence of educational institution. If the equivalence is basically given and only some
In the absence of additions to full equivalence, the rectorate is entitled to determine the
To combine equivalency with the edition of exams that have to be taken during the respective master's program.
The Rectorate can determine which of these examinations is a prerequisite for taking the curriculum of the
Master’s exams are scheduled.
(4) With the exception of para. 5, the general university entrance qualification for admission to doctoral studies is by the
Completion of a subject-related diploma or master's degree, one subject-related
upcoming university of applied sciences diploma course or university of applied sciences master’s course according to § 6 paragraph 4 of the
Fachhochschul-Studiengesetz, or another equivalent study at a recognized domestic
or foreign post-secondary educational institution. If equivalence is fundamentally
is given and only individual additions to the full equivalence are missing, that is
Rectorate authorized to combine the determination of equivalence with the requirement of examinations that
must be taken during the respective doctoral program. The Rectorate can determine which of these examinations
The prerequisites for taking the examinations specified in the curriculum of the doctoral program are.
(5) The general university entrance qualification for admission to a doctoral program can also
by completing a bachelor’s degree
6. an IB Diploma awarded according to the stipulations of the International Baccalaureate Organization;
7. a European school-leaving certificate according to Art 5 para 2 of the Convention defining the Statute
of the European Schools, F.L.G. III No 173/2005.
(2) In case the foreign certificates are not equivalent as to contents and requirements of an Austrian
secondary-school leaving examination, the rectorate shall prescribe supplementary examinations that are
necessary to establish an equivalence with the domestic secondary-school leaving examination and which shall
be passed prior to admission.
(3) The general university entrance qualification for admission to master's programs shall be deemed to be
established by proof of successful completion of a relevant bachelor's program, university of applied
sciences bachelor's programs, or other equivalent programs at a recognized domestic or foreign post-secondary
educational institution. In case that equivalence has been established basically and only certain
supplementary qualifications are required for full equivalence, the rectorate shall be entitled to tie the
determination of equivalence to examinations sat during the respective master's programs. The rectorate shall be
entitled to lay down which of these examinations are prerequisites for sitting examinations which are
foreseen in the curriculum of the master's programs.
(4) The general university entrance qualification for admission to doctoral programs shall be, exempt
from para 5, deemed to be established by proof of successful completion of a relevant diploma or master's
programs, university of applied sciences diploma or master's programs under § 6 para 4 of the University of Applied
Sciences Studies Act, or other equivalent programs at a recognized domestic or foreign postsecondary
educational institution. In case that equivalence has been established basically and only certain supplementary
qualifications are required for full equivalence, the rectorate shall be entitled to tie the determination of
equivalence to examinations sat during the respective doctoral program. The rectorate shall be entitled to lay down
which of these examinations are prerequisites for sitting examinations which are foreseen in the curriculum of
the doctoral programs.
(5) The general university entrance qualification for admission to doctoral programs may also be
established by proof of the completion of a bachelor's
108 of 205
be proven if the bachelor's degree is within the intended study time and with a special
Successful study was completed. The Rectorate has to issue more detailed regulations.
programs, if the bachelor's programs has been completed within the prescribed duration of studies and with great
success. The rectorate shall enact more detailed regulations.
University Entrance
Qualification examination
Section 64a. (1) Persons without a matriculation examination are obtained in accordance with a regulation of the rectorate
Completion of the university entrance qualification for general university entrance qualifications for bachelor's programs and
Diploma studies from a study group.
(2) According to an ordinance of the rectorate, the university entrance examination can be carried out for the following
Study group groups are filed:
Section 64a. (1) Persons who do not possess an Austrian secondary-school leaving certificate shall obtain, in accordance
with a decree by the rectorate, the general university entrance qualification for bachelor's
programs and diploma programs of a group of studies, after having passed the university entrance
qualification examination.
(2) The university entrance qualification examination may, according to a decree of the rectorate, be sat for
one of the following groups of studies:
1. Humanities and cultural studies; 1. Studies
in Arts and Humanities;
2. engineering studies; Second
Studies in Engineering Sciences;
3. Artistic studies;
3. Art studies;
4. Natural science studies; 4th
Studies in Natural Science;
5. Legal studies; 5th
Law studies;
6. Social and economic studies; 6. Studies in
Social and Economic Sciences;
7. Theological studies;
7. Theological studies;
8. Medical and veterinary studies; 8. Medical and
Veterinary studies;
9. teacher training programs;
9. Teacher training studies;
10. Studies in general educational occupational fields. 10. Studies in
general educational professional fields.
(3) Persons who have been admitted to studies by one of the
Aim to study study groups at a university, have reached the age of 20 and have one
Successful professional or extra-occupational activities clearly exceeding compulsory school attendance
Proof of previous education for the desired degree.
(4) The application for admission to the university entrance exam must be submitted in writing to the rectorate
To bring in a university at which a course of study in the desired study group is established. The
Application must contain:
1. the name, date of birth, address and - if available - the matriculation number;
(3) Persons who seek admission to studies of one of the groups of studies at a university, are at least 20 years of
age, and can submit proof of the completion of professional or non-professional prior education that
clearly goes beyond compulsory education for the studies aimed for, shall be admitted to the university entrance
qualification examination.
(4) The application for admittance to the university entrance qualification examination shall be submitted in
writing to the rectorate of the university at which studies in the group of studies aimed for are offered. The
application shall contain:
1. Name, date of birth, address and - where available - matriculation number;
109 of 205
2. Proof of the nationality of an EU or EEA state or proof of the nationality of one
Group of people according to the group of people regulation;
2. proof of citizenship of a EU or EEA country, or proof of belonging to a group of persons according to the Decree on
Groups of persons;
3. the desired degree;
3. the studies aimed for;
4. proof of previous education (para. 3); 4. proof
of prior education;
5. the elective or the elective. 5. the
elective or electives.
(5) The university entrance exam consists of the following five exams: (5) The university
entrance qualification examination shall comprise five
examinations:
1. a written paper on a general topic; 1. a written
paper on a general topic;
2. Two or three exams aimed at previous knowledge or skills for the intended
Study group are required (compulsory subjects) and
3. one or two exams of the candidate's choice from the
Area of ​​the targeted course group (elective or elective).
(6) With the written work on a general topic in accordance with Paragraph 5 No. 1, the examination candidate has to
Exam candidate to demonstrate that he or she is on a given topic in flawless and flippant language
and can express them in writing with a clear line of thought.
(7) The examination requirements and methods for examinations in accordance with para. 5 nos. 1 and 2 have been based on the content of the 12th or
13th school level and are to be laid down in the decree of the rectorate.
(8) For the examination or examinations according to Paragraph 5 No. 3 (elective or elective subjects) are
Examination requirements and methods to be determined by the rectorate. On the
The preparatory character of the university entrance qualification examination should be taken into consideration.
(9) positively assessed examinations that an examination candidate takes
an educational institution based on the legislation of the state in which it is based
, has been recognized as an educational institution, are to be recognized by the rectorate on request, insofar as they
prescribed tests are equivalent in terms of content and scope. The rectorate may have a maximum of four
Acknowledge exams. At least one exam is available at the university or in jointly established studies
one of the participating educational institutions.
2. two or three examinations that are required with regard to prior knowledge or skills for the group of studies aimed
for (compulsory subjects); and
3. one or two examinations to be chosen by the candidate from the area of ​​the group of studies aimed for (elective or
electives).
(6) The written paper on a general topic under para 5 subpara 1, shall serve to prove that the candidate is able to
express herself / himself correctly, eloquently and clearly in writing on a given topic.
(7) The standards and methods for examinations under para 5 subparas 1 and 2 shall be aligned with the teaching
contents of the 12th or 13th level of education and shall be laid down in the rectorate's decree.
(8) For the examination or examinations under para 5 subpara 3 (elective or electives), the standards and
methods shall be determined by the rectorate. The preparatory nature of the university entrance qualification
examination shall be taken into account.
(9) Passed examinations which a candidate for the university entrance qualification examination has
taken at an educational institution that is recognized as an educational institution based on the legal provisions of
the country in which it is located shall, on application, be recognized by the rectorate if they are equivalent to the
prescribed examinations in terms of content and scope. The rectorate may recognize a maximum of four
examinations. At least one examination shall be taken at the respective university or, in jointly offered degree
programs, at one of the educational institutions concerned.
110 of 205
(10) Exam candidates who have passed a master's certificate or a proficiency test in accordance with the
Trade Code, BGBl. No. 194/1994, or the Agricultural and Forestry Vocational Training Act, BGBl.
No. 298/1990, have successfully passed the passing of the university entrance examination
in the elective subject or the optional subjects according to Paragraph 5 No. 3 on request.
(11) The Rectorate has at least one examiner for exams taken at a university
To order auditors.
(12) The examination candidates are entitled to take negatively assessed exams twice
to repeat. The last permissible repetition must be carried out in commission form. To
Negative assessment of the last permissible repetition expires the admission to
University entrance qualification examination for this study group. A new admission to
A university entrance qualification examination for this study group at the university in question is excluded.
In the case of jointly established teacher training courses, a new admission to the university entrance examination is required for
the study group teaching teacher training at all participating educational institutions
locked out.
(13) The assessment of an examination in accordance with Paragraph 5 has "passed" or
To be "failed". The overall assessment has to be "passed" if no examination with
"Failed" was assessed; in the other cases it should be defined as "failed". The regulations
Section 59 (1) 12 and Sections 73 and 79 apply mutatis mutandis.
(14) A certificate of completion of each examination must be issued. The Rectorate has
A certificate of eligibility to study is available for each
Issue study group. This certificate of admission applies to every university,
Pedagogical university and university of applied sciences, at which a course of study of the respective study group is set up.
(15) Successful completion of the university entrance qualification entitles to admission to all studies of those
Study group for which the university entrance qualification was acquired.
(16) The determination of the number of examinations in accordance with paragraph 5 lines 2 and 3 and the determination of compulsory subjects
in accordance with Paragraph 5 No. 2 for the respective course group by ordinance of the rectorate.
(10) Candidates for the university entrance qualification examination who have successfully passed a master craftsman's
certificate in a skilled trade or a qualifying examination under the Trade Regulation Act, F.L. G No 194/1994, or the
Vocational Training Act for Agriculture and Forestry, F.L.G. No 298/1990 shall, on application, be
exempt from taking the university entrance qualification examination in the elective or the electives under para 5
subpara 3.
(11) The rectorate shall appoint at least one examiner for examinations taken at a university.
(12) The candidates shall be entitled to repeat failed examinations two times. The final repetition permitted shall be
held before a board. After failing the final repetition permitted, the admission to the university
entrance qualification examination for the respective group of studies shall expire. A further admission to the
university entrance qualification examination for the respective group of studies at the university concerned shall be
excluded. In the case of jointly offered teacher training programs, a further admission to the university
entrance qualification examination for the group of studies “teacher training programs” shall be excluded
at all educational institutions concerned.
(13) An examination shall be graded as “successfully completed” or “unsuccessfully completed”.
The overall grading shall read “successfully completed” if no examination has been graded as
“Unsuccessfully completed”; in all other cases it shall read “unsuccessfully completed”. The provisions of § 59 para 1
subpara 12 and §§ 73 to 79 shall apply by analogy
(14) A certificate shall be issued for each passed examination. The rectorate shall issue a university entrance
qualification certificate for the respective group of studies upon presentation of all certificates. This university
entrance qualification certificate shall be valid for all universities, university colleges of teacher education, or
universities of applied sciences offering studies in the respective group of studies.
(15) The successful completion of the university entrance qualification examination entitles a person
to be admitted to all studies within the group of studies, for which the university entrance qualification has been
Obtained.
(16) The number of examinations under para 5 subparas 2 and 3 as well as the compulsory subjects under para 5 subpara 2
for the respective group of studies shall be determined by the rectorate by decree.
111 of 205
Special university entrance qualification Special
University Entrance Qualification
§ 65. (1) In addition to the general university entrance qualification, those in the
University Authorization Ordinance - UBVO 1998, Federal Law Gazette II No. 44/1998 in the currently applicable version
Prove additional examinations for the matriculation examination for the studies specified therein or take them as supplementary examinations
(special university entrance qualification).
(2) Applicants with a nationality other than one
EU or EEA states and applicants who Austria does not have due to a
international treaty has to grant the same rights for professional access as
Austrian citizens also have the fulfillment of the study-specific
Proof of admission, including the right to be admitted directly to the degree program, can be found in
Issuing state of the certificate, with which the general university entrance qualification is proven, exist. The proof
a place to study is not required. Is the intended study in Austria in the issuing state of
If the certificate has not been set up, the study-specific admission requirements are in relation to a
in the issuing state of the certificate, which is technically closest to the intended degree in Austria
to complete related studies.
(3) The Federal Minister of Education, Science and Research has an ordinance
Specify groups of people whose school-leaving certificate is due to their special personal close relationships
Austria or its activity on behalf of the Republic of Austria to determine the existence of the
special university entrance qualification is considered to be issued in Austria (Ordinance on Groups of Persons). This
Groups of people do not have to provide evidence in accordance with paragraph 2.
Suitability for teacher training and professional studies at elementary education institutions
Section 65a. (1) In admission procedures for teacher training or professional studies
Elementary education institutions are responsible for the vocational training and activity of
Educators required performance-related, personal, professional and educational
To review competencies. The determination of the professional suitability is based on those anchored in the curriculum
to orientate subject-specific criteria.
(2) The determination of suitability must take scientific criteria into account. About
the job-specific requirements and
Section 65. (1) In addition to possession of a general university entrance qualification, proof must be furnished on passing
the supplementary examinations for certain study programs provided for in the University Entrance Qualification
Decree - UBVO 1998, Federal Law Gazette II No. 44/1998, as amended, otherwise they shall be taken as
additional examinations (special university entrance qualification).
(2) Beyond this, applicants who are not nationals of an EU or EEA country, as well as applicants to whom Austria is not
obliged under other international treaties to accord the same rights to access to employment as Austrian citizens,
shall furnish proof of fulfillment of any subject-specific admission requirements, including those for the right to
direct admission to the studies in question in the country of issue of the certificate evidencing the general
university entrance qualification. Proof that the applicant has got a study place shall not be required. If the studies
applied for in Austria do not exist in the country of issue of the certificate, the subject-specific admission
requirements must be fulfilled with regard to the studies in the country of issue which are most closely related to
those applied for in Austria.
(3) The Federal Minister of Education, Science and Research shall designate, by decree, groups of persons whose
secondary-school leaving certificates shall, on grounds of their close personal relationships with Austria or
activities on behalf of Austria, be deemed to have been issued in Austria for purposes of ascertaining the special
university entrance qualification (Decree on Groups of Persons). These groups of persons are exempted from the
proof according to para 2.
Aptitude for Teacher Training Programs and Study Programs for Teaching at Elementary Educational Institutions
Section 65a. (1) The admission procedure for teacher training programs or study programs for teaching at elementary
educational institutions shall check the performance-based, personal, professional and pedagogical competences
required for the professional training for and activity as teachers. Ascertaining the subject-related capacity shall
be aligned with the subject-specific criteria laid down in the curriculum.
(2) It shall also take into consideration scientific criteria. The website shall provide information on
the professional requirements as well as self-assessment
112 of 205
Self-exploration tools are available on the website. Information to determine the
Suitability is available at the latest four weeks before the start of registration on the website
but no later than six months before the start of the academic year.
(3) It is necessary to refrain from demonstrating those suitability criteria that are met if the essential requirements are met
for the desired profession due to a disability within the meaning of the Federal Disability Equality Act,
BGBl. I No. 82/2005, cannot be fulfilled. If necessary, are part of the aptitude assessment procedure
to provide suitable compensatory measures, in particular (language) assistance.
(4) It is possible for applicants with a first language other than German if required
appropriate precautions in the organizational process and in the performance of the proficiency test without change
of the requirement level.
(5) The more detailed provisions on the admission procedure, including the determination of suitability, are through
Rectorate regulation to be established. For jointly established studies, the Rectorate of the
to issue equivalent regulations to participating educational institutions.
Tools. Information on the ascertaining process of the capacity shall be provided on the website not later than four
weeks prior to the beginning of the registration, but at least six months prior to the beginning of the academic year.
(3) In the case of fulfillment of the most important requirements for the desired profession, it shall be refrained from
requiring proof of those eligibility criteria which cannot be fulfilled on the grounds of a disability in the meaning
of the Federal Act on the Equalization of Persons with Disabilities, F.L.G. I No 82/2005. If required, appropriate
compensatory measures, in particular (language) assistance, shall be provided within the framework of the
aptitude test procedure.
(4) Suitable arrangements shall be made in the organizational process and the implementation of the aptitude test
for applicants whose first language is not German, without, however, changing the requirement level.
(5) The rectorate shall, by decree, establish detailed regulations for the admission procedure, including the
ascertaining process of the capacity. In the case of jointly offered study programs, the rectorates of the
educational institutions involved shall enact identical decrees.
Legal protection in admission procedures Legal Protection in
respect of admission procedures
Section 65b. (1) The applicant is able to inspect the assessment documents and the
Grant evaluation logs of admission procedures if he or she does so within three months
Announcement of the result is required. The assessment documents also include those in the relevant procedure
asked questions. As part of the inspection, it must be ensured that individual feedback on the
Assessment can be given. The student is entitled to the assessment documents
multiply. From the right of inspection and reproduction are questions regarding the personal
Eligibility excluded. The right to reproduce also includes multiple choice questions, including the
respective answer options excluded.
Section 65b. (1) Applicants shall be permitted to have inspection of the assessment documents and the evaluation records of
admission procedures, provided that they make such requests within three months of the announcement of the
result. The assessment documents shall also include the questions asked during the respective procedure. Within the
framework of inspection, it shall be ensured that also individual information on the assessment can be given.
The student shall be entitled to make photocopies of the assessment documents. Questions regarding the personal
aptitude shall be excluded from the right to make photocopies. Furthermore, multiple-choice questions
including their answers shall be excluded from the right to make photocopies.
(2) Admission procedures for studies can be repeated indefinitely. (2) Admission procedures
to study programs may be repeated without
limitation.
Introductory and orientation phase Study
Starting and Orientation Period
Section 66. (1) The study entry and orientation phase is part of all diploma and bachelor's programs, provided that
not at a university according to § 6
§ 66. (1) The orientation period, which is part of all diploma degree and bachelor's programs, unless
they are established at a university under § 6 para 1
113 of 205
Paragraph 1 lines 16 to 21 are set up, but at least in the case of jointly established teacher training courses,
that they give the student an overview of the essential content of each degree
and its further course conveyed and a factual basis for the personal decision
Assessment of her or his choice of degree. The study entry and orientation phase
takes place in the first semester of the course and consists of several courses with a total of at least 8
and a maximum of 20 ECTS credit points. Attention is paid to the needs of working students
to take. For studies in human medicine, dentistry, psychology and veterinary medicine, the ordinance of the
the respective rectorate does not have a study entry and orientation phase.
(2) Section 59 and Sections 72 to 79 also apply to the study entry and orientation phase. Within
At the beginning of the study and orientation phase, at least two exams must be scheduled, for each one
At least two exam dates must be scheduled for the semester, one exam date also during the
lecture-free time can be held. The positive success in all courses and
Examinations in the study entry and orientation phase entitle the holder to take further courses
and exams as well as for writing the bachelor's or diploma thesis provided in the curriculum.
(3) In the curriculum it can be stipulated that prior to the complete completion of the study entry
and orientation phase of further courses of up to 22
ECTS credits may be taken.
(4) Admission to the program expires if the student works for him or her within the framework of the
The entry and orientation phase of the prescribed test is negative even with the last repetition
was judged. Deviating from Section 63 (7), the new admission to this course can only be made for the
third semester after the admission expires. The new approval can be made twice
be requested. After each new admission, the student has to pay the entire number
Exam repetitions are available in the introductory and orientation phase in accordance with Section 77.
(5) The introductory and orientation phase serves as an orientation about the main course content and not
as a quantitative access restriction.
subparas 16 to 21, but in any case for jointly offered teacher training programs, shall be designed in such a manner
that it provides students with an overview of the most important contents of the study programs and its
continuation and that it forms a relevant basis for their own evaluation of their choice of studies.
The orientation period shall be part of the first semester of the studies and shall consist of several courses,
amounting to a total of at least 8 and no more than 20 ECTS credits. The needs of working students shall be taken into
account. For studies in human medicine, dental medicine, psychology and veterinary medicine, an orientation
period is not mandatory, if the rectorate decides so by decree.
(2) § 59 and §§ 72 to 79 shall apply also to the orientation period. The orientation period shall
include at least two examinations, for which at least two examination dates shall be offered in each semester,
one of which may also take place in the recess period. The successful completion of all courses and examinations of the
orientation period shall entitle students to take other courses and examinations as well as to write the
bachelor's papers and diploma theses prescribed in the curriculum.
(3) The curriculum may permit that more advanced courses of up to 22 ECTS credits may be taken prior to the successful
completion of the orientation period.
(4) The admission to a degree program shall expire, if a student fails the last permissible repetition of an
examination prescribed for the orientation period. A new admission to the respective programs, notwithstanding § 63
para 7, can be applied for not earlier than in the third semester after expiry of the admission. A new
admission can be applied for twice. After each renewed admission, the student shall again be entitled to the total
number of re-sits in the orientation period under § 77.
(5) The goal of the orientation period is the orientation to the most important contents of the studies and not a
quantitative admission restriction.
114 of 205
leave of Absence
Academic Leave
§ 67. (1) Students are on application for one or more semesters because of § 67. (1) Students shall, upon
application, be permitted by official notification
to take a leave of absence because of
1. Performance of a presence, training or community service or 1. compulsory military
service, training service, or community service, or
2. Disease that has been shown to prevent progress in the study or 2. longer periods of
sickness which verifiable impedes the progress of studies,
or
3. pregnancy or
3. pregnancy, or
4. Childcare duties or other similar care duties or
4. care of children or similar kinds of care, or
5. the performance of a voluntary social year 5. a
voluntary year of social service,
to leave on leave. Further reasons can be specified in the statutes.
(2) Leave of absence must be applied for at the latest at the beginning of the respective semester. In the event of the unforeseen
and the inevitable occurrence of a legal reason for a leave of absence can only last until the end of the
Extension of the respective semester can be requested.
(3) The leave of absence is effective for all studies of the educational institution to which this was requested and for
jointly established studies for all studies of the participating educational institutions. During the leave of absence
admission to the course remains open. Attending courses, taking exams
as well as the submission and assessment of scientific and artistic works is not permitted.
for two or more semesters. Additional exceptions may be laid down in the statutes.
(2) Academic leave shall be applied for at the beginning of the respective semester at the latest. In the
event of the unforeseen and unavoidable occurrence of a statutory reason for academic leave, it may be applied
for by the end of the extension period of the respective semester at the latest.
(3) The academic leave shall be effective for all study programs at the educational institution at which
it was applied for and in the case of jointly offered study programs for all study programs at the educational
institutions involved. The admission to the study program shall remain valid for the duration of the academic
leave. Attendance of courses, taking examinations, and the submission and assessment of scientific theses or artistic
submissions shall not be permissible.
Expiry of admission to ordinary studies Expiry of
Admission to Degree Programs
Section 68. (1) Admission to a course of study expires when the student
Section 68. (1) Admission to a program of study shall expire if a student:
1. withdraws from your studies or 1.
deregisters from the program; or
2. fails to report the continuation of studies or 2. fails to register
for the continuation of studies; or
3. Negative in the case of an examination prescribed for her or his studies even with the last permitted repetition
was assessed, whereby the number of admissible repetitions after the examination starts on the respective
University and in the case of jointly established studies after the participants have taken the exams
Educational institutions in all studies or
3. fails the last permissible repetition of an examination prescribed for his / her degree program, whereby the
permissible number of repetitions shall be calculated on the basis of the examinations taken at the respective
university or, in jointly offered degree programs, on the basis of the examinations taken at the educational
institutions concerned, in all degree programs; or
115 of 205
4. the right to direct admission to this course or to continue studying in
Issuing state of the document, with which the general university entrance qualification was proven, because it or
he has not passed an examination required for this in time, or
5. in the case of temporary admission, has completed the partial study to a limited extent or
6. the study through the positive assessment at the last prescribed examination
has completed or
7. in the case of a teacher training course in the internships marked in the curriculum within the framework of the
pedagogical-practical studies at the last permitted repetition was assessed negatively, with a reference from
the practical school is to be equated with a negative assessment, or
8. due to an act or acts that endanger or seriously endanger others
Represents or represent university members or third parties within the scope of the course of study, by decision of the rectorate
is excluded from the course of study, whereby further details are to be regulated in the statutes.
(2) At the universities in accordance with § 6 Paragraph 1 Numbers 16 to 21, the statutes can stipulate that admission to
Study ends if more than three semesters of the respective course offer from the
central artistic subject is not attended.
(3) The expiry of the admission in the cases of para. 1 nos. 3, 4 and 7 and para. 2 is the person concerned
Communicate to students in writing. The Rectorate has one at the request of the student
To issue a notice of assessment.
4. has lost the right to direct admission to the respective program of studies or continuation of studies in the
country of issue of the certificate providing proof of general university entrance qualification because he / she has
failed to take an examination required therefore within the appointed period; or
5. in the case of temporary admission, has completed the respective program component in the
appointed period; or
6. has completed his / her studies by passing the last prescribed examination; or
7. receives a negative assessment for the last permissible repetition of an internship within the
framework of the pedagogic-practical studies prescribed in the curriculum of a teacher training program; the
receipt of a reprimand from the partner school shall also be considered as a negative assessment; or
8. is excluded by official notification by the rectorate owing to an act or acts presenting a lasting or serious threat
to other university members or to third parties within the framework of their studies. Further details shall
be regulated in the statute.
(2) The statutes of the universities named in § 6 para 1 subparas 16 to 21 may provide for an admission to expire if a
student has failed to attend the courses relating to the major artistic subject for a total of more than three
semesters over the entire duration of his / her studies.
(3) The expiry of the admission in the cases of para 1 subparas 3, 4 and 7, and para 2 shall be notified to the student
in writing. Upon application by the student, the rectorate shall issue a notification of assessment.
leaving certificate
Leaving Certificate
§ 69. If the student ends a course of study without successfully completing the course, see above
a certificate of departure must be issued on request. This has all the exams to which the student in
has started this course of study, and state their assessments With regard to the positively assessed
Examinations are only to be stated as positive. To support the international mobility of the
Students are allowed to connect a foreign language translation, the name of the university and
of the issuing body are not to be translated.
§ 69. A leaving certificate shall be issued on application of a student terminating his / her studies without completing
it successfully. The leaving certificate shall list all examinations taken by the student during his / her studies,
and the assessments awarded. With regard to the examinations passed, only the positive assessments shall be stated.
In the interest of international student mobility a translation may be appended, with the name of the
university and of the issuing body not having to be translated.
116 of 205
Admission to extraordinary studies Admission to
Non-degree programs
Section 70. (1) Admission to the extraordinary studies requires proof of any in the curriculum
preconditions required for a university course.
(2) Admission to the preparatory courses is at the latest until the age of 20
possible. In addition, the universities are entitled in accordance with Section 6 (1) 16 to 21
Curriculum for a preparatory course one admission age until completion of the
25th year of life if this is necessary due to the content of the course.
Section 70. (1) Admission to non-degree programs is conditional on proof that the applicant fulfils any requirements
laid down in the curriculum of the certificate university program for further education concerned.
(2) Eligibility for admission to preparatory continuing education courses shall cease on the applicant’s 21st
birthday. The universities named in § 6 para 1 subparas 16 to 21 shall be entitled to provide for admission to
preparatory continuing education courses up to the applicant’s 26th birthday if this is necessitated by the course
contents.
(3) After the expiry of the admission due to the negative assessment at the last permissible repetition of one
Exam is the new admission for this university course excluded.
(3) Upon expiry of an admission due to failure of the last permissible repetition of an examination renewed admission
to the certificate university program for further education concerned shall be excluded.
Expiry of admission to extraordinary studies Expiry of
Admission to non-degree programs
§ 71. (1) Admission expires if the student § 71. (1) Admission
shall expire if a student:
1. withdraws from your studies, 1.
deregisters from the program;
2. fails to report the continuation of studies, 2. fails to
register for the continuation of studies;
3. in the case of an examination prescribed for her or his studies at the last permitted repetition
was judged negatively or
4. In the case of jointly established university courses in accordance with Section 39 (1) HG, admission to a regular course of study
loses (Section 61 (1) 4 HG),
5. The university course through the positive assessment at the last prescribed examination
has completed,
6. exceeds the maximum duration of study specified in the curriculum of a university course
or
7. is excluded from extraordinary studies for the reason stated in § 68 Para. 1 No. 8.
(2) The expiry of the admission is in the cases of paragraph 1 nos. 3, 4 and 6 of the student concerned
to be communicated in writing. The Rectorate has to issue an assessment notice on application.
3. fails the last permissible repetition of an examination prescribed for his / her programs of study;
4. in the case of jointly offered university programs for further education under § 39 para 1 HG has lost the
right to admission to the degree program (§ 61 para 1 subpara 4 HG;
5. has completed the certificate university program for further education by passing the last prescribed examination;
6. exceeds the maximum duration of a certificate university program for further education, or
7. is excluded from the non-degree program for the reason stated in § 68 para 1 subpara 8.
(2) The expiry of the admission in the cases of para 1 subparas 3, 4 and 6 shall be notified to the student in
writing. Upon application, the rectorate shall issue a notification of assessment.
117 of 205
3a. section
Chapter 3a
Access regulations in the context of capacity-oriented, student-related university funding
Admission Regulations in the Context of the Future Capacity-Oriented, Student-Based Funding of Universities Rights and
Duties of Students
aims
Objectives
Section 71a. In the course of implementing a capacity-oriented, student-related
University funding should include the number of active studies and the number of
completed studies at universities.
Section 71a. As part of the implementation of a capacity-oriented, student-based funding of universities, the
proportion of students who actively take examinations as well as the number of degrees awarded at universities shall be
Increased.
Admission to particularly popular Bachelor and Diploma programs Admission to Very Popular
Bachelor and Diploma Programs
Section 71b. (1) In the fields of study or studies that are particularly popular throughout Austria, the
Austria-wide minimum number of study places for new students per
The academic year and field of study or study are defined as follows:
Section 71b. (1) For the very popular fields of education or degree programs throughout Austria, the following
number of study places shall be offered for first-year students for each academic year and field of education or
degree programs:
Field of study / study Minimum number of Field of
education / study programs Total number
Architecture and urban planning * 2,020
Architecture and town planning * 2,020
Biology and biochemistry ** 3,700
Biology and biochemistry ** 3,700
Educational Science 1,460
Educational science 1,460
Foreign languages ​​3,020
Foreign languages ​​3,020
Computer science 2,800
Computer science 2,800
Management and Administration / Economy and Administration, general / Economics
10,630 Management and administration / business and administration, general / economic sciences
10.630
Pharmacy 1,370
Pharmacology 1,370
Journalism and Communication Science 1,530 Media and
communication studies 1,530
Law
4,300 Law
4,300
* Exceptions are the studies at the University of Applied Arts Vienna and the University of Art
and industrial design Linz and at the Academy of Fine Arts Vienna.
** Exceptions are studies for which access regulations according to § 124b in the version of the Federal Law BGBl. I
No. 21/2015 have passed and exist in accordance with Section 71c.
(2) The distribution of the number of study places specified in Paragraph 1 among the individual universities is within the scope
performance agreements.
* exempt are degree programs at the University of Applied Art Vienna, the University of Art and Design Linz, and the
Academy of Fine Art Vienna.
** exempt are degree programs for which admission regulations have been in place according to § 124b, as amended by
F. L. G. I No 21/2015, or are already in place according to § 71c.
(2) The distribution of the number of study places under para 1 among the universities shall be determined
as part of the performance agreements.
118 of 205
(3) If a university has standardized data-based evidence, it can
University in the distribution of the number of study places for new students for
a field of study or study according to paragraphs 1 and 2 the infrastructure-related capacities or physical
Places, the demand on the job market, research strength and the previous figures of the actual
New students are taken into account. By considering
University-specific factors may total the minimum number of offers to be offered throughout Austria in accordance with Paragraph 1
be increased or decreased by up to 20%.
(4) In the fields of study or studies covered by Paragraph 1, the rectorate of each university at which the relevant
Degree is entitled to admission to this degree by regulation either
through an admission procedure before admission or through the selection of students up to one semester at the longest
to regulate after admission, with elements of an admission process in the sense of a multi-level design also with
Elements of a selection process can be connected. Before setting the admission or
Selection process by the Rectorate gives the Senate the opportunity to comment within
to give six weeks. The decision by the rectorate has to be made by April 30th at the latest
the following academic year.
(5) In the jointly set up studies included in paragraph 1 according to
Section 51 (2) no.27 are the rectorates of the participating universities and public teacher training colleges
authorized to do so by ordinances of the same order or the responsible bodies of
recognized private universities of teacher education, institutions for the implementation of
Universities of applied sciences and private universities are authorized to publish the same
Agreements for admission to this degree either through an admission process prior to admission or
through the selection of students up to a maximum of one semester after admission, with elements of one
Admission process in the sense of a multi-stage design, also with elements of a selection process
can be connected. Before determining or agreeing the admission or
Selection process by the rectorate or the responsible bodies of recognized private
Pedagogical universities, institutions for the implementation of technical college courses and
Private universities is the Senate or the responsible bodies of recognized private pedagogues
Universities, institutions for the implementation of technical college courses
(3) If a university has standardized data-based records, the infrastructure-related capacities or physical places, the
demand on the labor market, research performance as well as previous figures on the actual number of first-year
students can be taken into consideration for the distribution of the number of study places for first-year students for
a field of education or study program according to paras 1 and 2 at this university. By taking into consideration
university-specific factors, the minimum number of study places to be offered throughout Austria according to para 1
may be increased or reduced by up to a total of 20%.
(4) For the fields of education or degree programs under para 1, the rectorate of each university at which the
respective degree program is offered shall have the right to limit admission to this degree program by decree
either by means of an admission procedure prior to admission or by selecting students no later than one semester after
admission, in that elements of an admission procedure may, in the sense of a multi-level design, be combined with
elements of a selection procedure. Before the rectorate determines the admission or selection procedure, the senate
shall have the opportunity to give its opinion within six weeks. The rectorate's decision shall be taken by April 30 at
the latest in order to become effective in the following academic year.
(5) For the jointly offered study programs according to § 51 para 2 subpara 27 mentioned under para
1, the rectorates of the universities and public university colleges of teacher education involved shall
have the right to limit admission to this study program by decrees to be enacted identically, or the
competent bodies of recognized private university colleges of teacher education, institutions offering
university of applied sciences study programs, and private universities, respectively, by agreements to be published
identically. Admission may be limited either by means of an admission procedure prior to admission or by
selecting students no later than one semester after admission, in that elements of an admission procedure may, in the
sense of a multi-level design, be combined with elements of a selection procedure. Before the rectorate determines, or
the competent bodies of recognized private university colleges of teacher education, institutions offering
university of applied sciences study programs, and private universities agree on the admission or selection
procedure, the senate or the competent bodies of recognized private university colleges of teacher education,
institutions offering university of applied sciences study programs, and private universities,
respectively, shall have the opportunity to give an opinion within six weeks. The
119 of 205
and give private universities the opportunity to comment within six weeks. The definition
by the rectorate or the responsible bodies of recognized private universities of teacher education,
Institutions for the implementation of university of applied sciences and private universities have until April 30th at the latest
in order to take effect from the following academic year.
(6) Within the framework of the admission or selection process in accordance with paragraphs 4 and 5, the Rectorate shall within one
to provide for a mandatory registration of applicants. The
Procedure may only be carried out if the number of registered
Applicants for the number of students stipulated in the performance agreement in accordance with paragraphs 2 and 3
Study places for new students per course. The number remains
of the registered applicants under the in the performance agreement in accordance with paragraphs 2 and 3
fixed number of study places for new students
- Beginners per course of study, these are registered applicants if the general is available
In any case, admit requirements according to § 63. In addition, the university has until reaching the per degree
admitted number of applicants for a corresponding
Studies are already registered at another university.
(7) The admission or selection process in accordance with paragraphs 4 and 5 must be organized by the university in such a way that in particular
the following requirements apply:
1. Review of the one that corresponds to the training requirements of the respective course
performance-related criteria;
2. Ensuring that the admission or selection process does not result in any gender discrimination
as well as social background;
3. Timely and free provision of the examination material on the homepage of the university (at
Admission procedure before admission no later than four months before the examination date, for selection procedures after the
Admission at the beginning of the relevant semester at the latest) and
4. a multi-level design of the admission or selection process. Any oral components can only
be part of the admission or selection process and must not be part of the admission or selection process
occur. Furthermore, the oral
decision of the rectorate, or the competent bodies of recognized private university colleges of teacher education,
institutions offering university of applied sciences study programs, and private universities, respectively,
shall be taken by April 30 at the latest in order to become effective in the following academic year.
(6) As part of the admission or selection procedure under paras 4 and 5, the rectorate shall require a mandatory
registration of all applicants within a period stipulated. The procedure shall only take place, if the number of
registered applicants exceeds the number of places for first-year students for a degree program stipulated
in the performance agreement under paras 2 and 3. If the number of registered applicants does not exceed
the number of places for first-year students for a degree program stipulated in the performance agreement under paras
2 and 3, these registered applicants shall be admitted, if they meet the general requirements under § 63. Furthermore,
the university shall also admit applicants who are already registered for a corresponding degree program at
another university, until the number laid down for a degree program has been reached.
(7) The university shall design the admission or selection procedure under paras 4 and 5 in a manner that
particularly the following criteria are met:
1. Testing performance-based criteria relevant to the educational requirements of the respective degree programs;
2. Ensuring that the admission or selection procedure does not discriminate against any persons on the basis
of gender or social origin;
3. making the examinable material accessible on the university's website in good time and free of charge (for
admission procedures prior to admission no later than four months before the examination date, for selection
procedures after admission no later than the beginning of the respective semester); and
4. designing admission or selection procedures that consist of multiple stages. Oral examinations, if applicable, may
only be a part of the admission and selection procedure and shall not take place at the beginning of the
admission or selection procedure. Furthermore, oral examinations shall not
120 of 205
Components are not the only criterion for passing the admission or selection process.
Section 41 B-GlBG applies to the implementation of the admission or selection process. Provided in the selection process
Examinations are provided, the provisions of this Federal Act apply to the repetitions. Also the
Repetition of positive assessments is permitted. Examination dates are generally once a semester
offer. Section 58 (8) does not apply.
(8) Governs a rectorate of a university or a public teacher training college or
regulate the responsible bodies of recognized private universities of teacher education, institutions for
Conducting university of applied sciences and private universities in accordance with paragraphs 4 and 5
a study by regulation or agreement either through an admission procedure before admission or
through the selection of the students up to one semester after admission at the latest, if possible
Dates for registration and implementation of the procedure, the requirements and the course of the
Procedure and the test material relevant to the successful completion of the procedure with the others
Universities, universities of teacher education, facilities for carrying out
Coordinate universities of applied sciences and private universities at which this course is set up.
(9) If an applicant does not study after completing the admission process
admitted, her or him is her or his request from the rectorate
issue. The applicant has the right to object to this decision before the
Federal Administrative Court to lodge an appeal. Section 46 (2) second to fourth sentences are not applicable.
Additional provisions for admission to the studies affected by the German Numerus Clausus
Section 71c. (1) The Rectorate can be used in the Bachelor, Master, Diploma and Doctoral programs by the German
Nationwide Numerus Clausus studies in medicine, psychology, veterinary medicine and dentistry are affected by access
either through an admission procedure before admission or through the selection of students up to two
Restrict semesters after admission, whereby elements of an admission process in the sense of a
multi-stage design can also be combined with elements of a selection process. Before this
The determination must give the Senate the opportunity to comment within a period of six weeks
must be reimbursed. The
be the sole criterion for successfully completing the admission or selection procedure.
Section 41 of the Federal Equal Opportunities Act (B-GlBG) shall apply to the implementation of the
admission or selection procedure. If the selection procedure is to include examinations, re-sits shall be subject
to the provisions of this act. Examinations that have been passed may be repeated. Generally, examination dates
shall be offered once per semester. Section 58 para 8 shall not apply.
(8) If the rectorate of a university or a public university college of teacher education has, or the
competent bodies of recognized private university colleges of teacher education, institutions offering
university of applied sciences study programs, and private universities, respectively, have regulated
admission to a study program according to paras 4 and 5 by decree or agreement, either by an admission procedure
prior to admission, or by selecting students no later than one semester after admission, the registration dates and the
dates for the procedure, the requirements for and the procedure as such, as well as the examinable material
relevant for its successful completion shall, wherever possible, be coordinated with the other universities, university
colleges of teacher education, institutions offering university of applied sciences study programs, and private
universities offering the same study programs.
(9) If an applicant is not admitted to the study program after completion of the admission procedure, the
rectorate shall, upon request, issue an official notification in this regard. The applicant shall be entitled
to appeal to the Federal Administrative Court against this official notification. Section 46 para 2, second to fourth
sentence, shall not apply.
Supplementary Provisions Relating to the Admission to Degree Programs Subject to the German Numerus Clausus
Section 71c. (1) The rectorate may limit admission to bachelor's and master's as well as diploma and doctoral programs
that are subject to German nation-wide numerous-clausus restrictions in medicine, psychology, veterinary
medicine and dental medicine by means of either an admission procedure prior to admission or a selection up to two
semesters after admission at the latest, in that elements of an admission procedure may, in the sense of a multi-level
design, be combined with elements of a selection procedure. Prior to such a decision, the senate shall have the
opportunity to give its opinion within a period of six weeks. The rectorate shall submit its decision,
together with any opinion expressed by the senate, for approval
121 of 205
The Rectorate has the approval of the University Council for approval, including any opinion from the Senate
required. If the University Council does not make a decision within four weeks of submission, the determination is considered to be
approved.
(2) In the studies of human and dental medicine, psychology and veterinary medicine, in the sense of a
the following number of study places for new students
- Beginners are made available in increasing numbers per study year and study across Austria:
to the university council. In case that the university council fails to reach a decision within four weeks of
submission, the decision shall be deemed to have been approved.
(2) For the degree programs in human and dental medicine, psychology, and veterinary medicine, the following
number of study places for first-year students shall be offered gradually for each academic year and degree
programs nationally with a view to a demand-oriented growth in study places:
Total studies
Study programs Total number
Human and dentistry up to 2,000 human and
dental medicine Up to 2,000 psychology
1,300 psychology
1,300 veterinary medicine
up to 250 veterinary medicine
Up to 250
(3) In the studies pursuant to Paragraph 2, the performance agreement of those universities at which the
relevant studies are offered, a determination of the number of study places for new students
and beginners in terms of a needs-based study place development and under
Consideration of previous student numbers. In the study of human medicine, the protection of the
to ensure protection interests regulated in paragraph 5.
(3) For the degree programs under para 2, the performance agreements of those universities offering the respective
programs shall stipulate the number of study places for students beginning their studies with a view to a
demand-oriented growth in study places and taking into account the past number of students. In the degree programs
for human medicine and dental medicine, it shall be ensured that the interests under para 5 are also protected.
(4) Section 71b (7) with the exception of Z 4 and (9) shall apply. (4) Section 71b para 7, with the
exception of subpara 4, and para 9 shall apply.
(5) In the human medicine course, the right to education and access to higher education is held by the owners
and holders of secondary school-leaving certificates issued in Austria due to increased influx of owners
Maturity certificates not issued in Austria are severely restricted and public health
including maintaining a balanced, accessible and high-quality medical
Supply to the population is impaired. Without prejudice to the admission procedure in accordance with Paragraph 1, the
95% of the total study places for the homogeneity of the education system in the study of human medicine
New students to EU citizens and them with regard to the
Subject to equal access to study programs. 75% of the total study places for new students
and beginners are available to holders of secondary school leaving certificates issued in Austria.
(6) The Rectorate is entitled, in other medical and veterinary studies, to
Admission to these studies by regulation either through an admission process prior to admission or
through the selection of students up to one semester after admission at the latest
(5) For the programs in human medicine, the right to education and to access to higher education of persons with
Austrian secondary-school leaving certificates has been substantially curtailed due to the increased influx of persons
with foreign secondary-school leaving certificates, and public health including the maintenance of comprehensive and
high-quality medical care accessible to the entire population, is affected. Regardless of the admission procedure under
para 1, a total of 95% of all places for first-year students in the program in human medicine shall be reserved for
EU citizens and those persons who are accorded the same rights to access to higher education in order to safeguard
the homogeneity of the education system. 75% of all places for first-year students are reserved for students with
Austrian secondary school leaving certificates.
(6) For the other medical and veterinary programs, the rectorate shall have the right to limit admission to these
programs by decree by means of either an admission procedure prior to admission or the selection of students
up to one semester after admission at the latest, in that elements of an admission procedure
122 of 205
regulate, whereby elements of an admission process in the sense of a multi-level design also with elements of a
Selection process can be connected. Section 71b (7) with the exception of numbers 4 and 9 shall apply.
(7) If examinations are provided in the selection process, the provisions apply to the repetitions
of this federal law. Repetition of positively assessed examinations is also permitted. examination dates
are generally to be offered once a semester. Section 58 (8) does not apply.
Admission to bachelor and diploma courses that are particularly in high demand at a university
Section 71d. (1) The Federal Minister is authorized ex officio or at the request of the person concerned
University or universities by ordinance in study fields or studies at a university
There is a particularly high demand for a number of study places for new students
to lay down and authorize the Rectorate to either admit to this degree by ordinance
an admission procedure before admission or through the selection of students up to one semester after the
Admission to regulate, with elements of an admission process in the sense of a multi-level design also with
Elements of a selection process can be connected. Before determining the admission
or selection process by the Rectorate gives the Senate the opportunity to comment within
of six weeks to give. The decision by the rectorate has to be made by April 30th at the latest
to take effect in the following academic year.
(2) In the jointly covered by the regulation according to paragraph 1
Studies according to
Section 51 (2) no.27 are the rectorates of the participating universities and public teacher training colleges
authorized to do so by ordinances of the same order or the responsible bodies of
recognized private universities of teacher education, institutions for the implementation of
Universities of applied sciences and private universities are authorized to publish the same
Agreements for admission to this degree either through an admission process prior to admission or
through the selection of students up to a maximum of one semester after admission, with elements of one
Admission process in the sense of a multi-stage design, also with elements of a selection process
can be connected. Before determining or agreeing the admission or
Selection process by the rectorate or the responsible organs of
may, in the sense of a multi-level design, be combined with elements of a selection procedure. Section 71b para 7, with the
exception of subpara 4, and para 9 shall apply.
(7) If the selection procedure is to include examinations, re-sits shall be subject to the provisions of this Act.
Examinations that have been passed may be repeated. Examination dates shall be offered once per semester. Section 58 para 8
shall not apply.
Admission to Very Popular Bachelor's and Diploma Programs at a University
Section 71d. (1) The Federal Minister shall, acting ex officio or on application of the university or universities affected,
be entitled to, by decree, determine a number of study places for first-year students in very popular fields
of education or study programs at a university and may empower the rectorate to regulate admission to this study
programs by decree, either by means of an admission procedure prior to admission or by selecting students no later
than one semester after admission, in that elements of an admission procedure may, in the sense of a multi-level
design, be combined with elements of a selection procedure. Before the rectorate determines the admission or selection
procedure, the senate shall have the opportunity to give its opinion within six weeks. The rectorate's decision shall
be taken by April 30 at the latest in order to become effective in the following academic year.
(2) For the jointly offered study programs according to § 51 para 2 subpara 27 mentioned under para
1, the rectorates of the universities and public university colleges of teacher education involved or the
competent bodies of recognized private university colleges of teacher education, institutions offering
university of applied sciences study programs, and private universities, respectively, shall have
the right to limit admission to this study program by decrees to be enacted identically or by
agreements to be published identically, respectively. Admission may be limited either by means of an admission
procedure prior to admission or by selecting students no later than one semester after admission, in that elements of
an admission procedure may, in the sense of a multi-level design, be combined with elements of a selection procedure.
Before the rectorate determines, or the competent bodies of recognized private university colleges of teacher
education, institutions offering university of applied sciences study programs, and private universities agree on,
the admission or selection procedure, the senate or the
123 of 205
recognized private universities of teacher education, institutions for the implementation of
Universities of Applied Sciences and private universities are recognized by the Senate or the responsible bodies
private universities of teacher education, institutions for the implementation of technical college courses and
To give private universities the opportunity to comment within six weeks. The determination by
the rectorate or the responsible bodies of recognized private universities of teacher education, institutions
for the implementation of university of applied sciences and private universities has to take place by April 30th at the latest
to take effect from the following academic year.
(3) A field of study or study is particularly in demand if either
1. the average supervision ratio of the last five years of study in the relevant field of study or
Studied at this university 1.75 times the supervision level of the relevant field of study or study
and in this field of study or study on average over the past five years
More than 500 bachelor, master and diploma studies active in Austria were taken or
2. the number of new students in the relevant field of study or study within two
Academic years increases by more than 50% and the absolute number of 200 new students
- Beginners is exceeded, and at the same time the number of active Bachelor and
Diploma studies in the relevant field of study or study within two academic years increases by more than 25%
and exceeding the absolute number of 500 bachelor and diploma courses active in exams.
(4) The university has to prove the requirements according to paragraph 3 on the basis of harmonized data
provide. In the course of this proof it must be demonstrated, among other things, that the university has in recent years
Resources shifted to the relevant field of study or study or any organizational measures
has set. When determining critical supervisory relationships or capacities in a field of study or study
the Federal Minister has the option, within the framework of the performance agreement or one
Addendum to the performance agreement university or location-related solutions for suitable
To obtain study place numbers.
(5) The number of minimum study places to be offered for beginners
per field of study or study is through the
competent bodies of recognized private university colleges of teacher education, institutions offering
university of applied sciences study programs, and private universities, respectively, shall have the opportunity to
give an opinion within six weeks. The decision of the rectorate, or the competent bodies of recognized private
university colleges of teacher education, institutions offering university of applied sciences study programs, and
private universities, respectively, shall be taken by April 30 at the latest in order to become effective in the
following academic year.
(3) A field of education or study program, respectively, is very popular if either
1. the average student-teacher ratio of the past five academic years in the respective field of education or
study programs at this university exceeds the reference value for the respective field of education or study programs
by 1.75 times, and, on average over the past five academic years, more than
500 students actively taking examinations were enrolled in bachelor's, master's and diploma programs
throughout Austria, or
2. the number of first-year students in the respective field of education or study program increases by more than 50%
within a period of two academic years and exceeds the absolute number of 200 first-year students, and, at the same
time, the number of students actively taking examinations in bachelor's and diploma programs in the respective
field of education or study program increases by more than 25% within a period of two academic years and
exceeds the absolute number of 500 students actively taking examinations in bachelor's and diploma programs.
(4) The university shall provide proof of the needs according to para 3 based on harmonized data. In the course of
providing proof, the university shall, i.a., describe the shifting of resources during the last years towards
the respective field of education or study programs as well as any organizational measures it has taken. If the
student-teacher ratios or capacities in a field of education or study programs are found to be critical, the
Federal Minister shall have the option, within the framework of the performance agreement or a supplementary
agreement, to effect university- or location-specific solutions for providing adequate numbers of study places.
(5) The minimum number of study places for first-year students to be offered per field of education or study programs
shall be determined by decree according
124 of 205
Ordinance according to Paragraph 1 based on the indicators "Number of new students
- Beginners in bachelor and diploma studies (excluding incoming students) ”(indicator 1),“ Number of active exams
Bachelor and diploma studies in the first year of study ”(indicator 2) and“ Number of degrees
in Bachelor and Diploma Studies ”(Indicator 3), whereby Indicator 1 with a share of 25%, the
Indicator 2 with a share of 50% and indicator 3 with a share of 25% must be weighted.
(6) The definition of the supervision standard in accordance with Paragraph 3 No. 1, the definition, data basis and calculation of the
Supervision ratio according to Paragraph 3 No. 1 in Bachelor, Master and Diploma studies as well as the number of
examination-active bachelor's, master's and diploma studies in accordance with paragraph 3 lines 1 and 2 as well as the definition,
The data basis and the calculation of the indicators in accordance with paragraph 5 is provided in the regulation in accordance with paragraph 1.
to para 1 based on the indicators “Number of first-year students in bachelor's and diploma programs (excluding
incoming students) ”(indicator 1),“ Number of students actively taking examinations in bachelor's and diploma
programs in the first year of studies ”(indicator 2) as well as“ Number of graduates in bachelor's and diploma
programs ”(indicator 3). In that, indicator 1 shall account for a share of 25%, indicator 2 for 50% and indicator 3
for 25%.
(6) The decree according to para 1 shall comprise the determination of the reference value for the
teacher-student ratios according to para 3 subpara 1, the definition, data basis, and calculation of the
student-teacher ratio according to para 3 subpara 1 in bachelor's, master's and diploma programs, as well as the
number of students actively taking examinations in bachelor's, master's and diploma programs
according to para 3 subparas 1 and 2, and furthermore the definition, data basis and calculation of the indicators
according to para 5.
(7) Section 71b paragraphs 3, 6, 7 and 9 apply. (7) Section 71b
paras 3, 6, 7 and 9 shall apply.
Section 4
Chapter 4
Assessment of academic success and certificates Determination of Academic Success
and certificates
Assessment and assessment of academic success Determination of Academic
Success and Academic Assessment
§ 72. (1) The success of the study is determined by the examinations and the assessment of the scientific
Master thesis or dissertation) or the artistic work (artistic diploma, master thesis or
Dissertation).
(2) The positive success of exams and scientific and artistic work is part of
"Very good" (1), "good" (2), "satisfactory" (3) or
"Sufficient" (4), the negative success can be assessed with "not sufficient" (5). Interim assessments are
inadmissible. If this form of assessment is impossible or inappropriate, the positive one
Assessment "participated with success", the negative assessment "participated without success".
(3) Examinations that consist of several subjects or parts are only to be assessed positively if each subject or
every part was assessed positively.
(4) The internship within the framework of the pedagogical-practical studies is assessed by
the course leader at the
Basis of the written
§ 72. (1) Academic success shall be determined by examinations and the assessment of the academic thesis
(diploma, master’s or doctoral thesis) or artistic submission (artistic diploma or master's submission or artistic
doctoral thesis).
(2) Passes of examinations and positive assessments of academic theses and artistic submissions shall be graded as
“Excellent” (1), “good” (2), “satisfactory” (3) or “sufficient” (4); fails shall be graded as
“Insufficient” (5). Intermediate assessments are impermissible. If this form of assessment is
impossible or inexpedient the form of words for a pass shall be “successfully completed” and that for a fail shall be
"Unsuccessfully completed".
(3) Passes for examinations consisting of a number of subjects or parts shall only be awarded if each subject or part
has been passed.
(4) The teachers of courses shall be responsible for the assessment of the internships in the framework of
the pedagogic-practical studies on the basis of the written performance description of the practice instructor. If the
written performance
125 of 205
Performance description of the practice teacher. Performs the written
Performance description likely to result in a negative assessment, the student has the right to
to submit a written opinion.
description is likely to lead to a negative assessment, the student shall have the opportunity to express
an opinion in writing.
Cancellation of judgments
Annulations of assessments
§ 73. (1) The body responsible for study law matters has the assessment void by decision
to explain if
1. registration for this exam was made difficult during an exam or
2. in the case of an examination or a scientific or artistic work, the assessment, in particular by
the use of unauthorized aids has been made.
(2) The test, the evaluation of which has been declared invalid, is based on the total number of repetitions
to be counted.
(3) Exams that are taken outside the scope of a continuation report
and assessments of scientific and artistic work outside the
The scope of a continuation report are absolutely void. An offset against the
The total number of repetitions does not take place.
§ 73. (1) The assessment shall be annulled by an official notification of the officer responsible for study
matters if
1. in the case of an examination, the latter was registered for under false pretences;
2. in the case of an examination, academic thesis and artistic submission, the assessment was obtained by fraudulent
means, in particular by the use of unauthorized aids.
(2) An examination, the result of which is annulled, shall count towards the number of repetitions.
(3) The results of examinations taken outside the registered continuation period for studies, and the assessments of
academic theses and artistic submissions awarded outside the registered continuation period shall be null and
void. Such results or assessments shall not count towards the number of repetitions.
Testimonies
Certificates
Section 74. (1) The assessment of exams and scientific and artistic work is
to be certified by a certificate. General certificates are permitted.
(2) The certificates are to be determined by the Senate and must in any case contain the following information:
§ 74. (1) The results of examinations and assessments of academic theses and artistic submissions shall be evidenced by
certificates. Consolidated certificates may be issued.
(2) The certificates awarded shall be determined by the senate, and shall, as a minimum, contain the following
information:
1. the issuing university and the title of the certificate; 1. the awarding
university and the designation of the certificate;
2. the matriculation number;
2. the matriculation number;
3. the family name and first names; 3. the
surname and first names;
4. the date of birth;
4. the date of birth;
5. the name of the course; 5th
the designation of the programs;
6. the name of the examination or the subject and the assessment made as well as the ECTS credit points;
7. the topic of the scientific or artistic work and the assessment as well as the ECTS credit points;
6. the designation of the examination or the subject, the assessment and the ECTS credits;
7. the topic of the academic theses and artistic submissions, the assessment and the ECTS credits;
126 of 205
8. the name of the examiner, the date of the exam and the assessment;
8. the name of the examiner, the date of the examination and the result (s) awarded;
9. the name of the exhibitor. 9. the name of
the issuer.
(3) The examiner has certificates of examinations in front of individual examiners
The assessor is responsible for assessing scientific and artistic work,
The chairperson of the
Examination board, certificates of degrees have that for the study law
Issue competent body.
(4) The certificates are to be sent immediately, but at the latest within four weeks after the delivery of the to
issuing assessing performance. To support international student mobility
the connection of a foreign language translation is permitted, the name of the university and the issuing institution
Organs are not translatable.
(5) The issuing of certificates by means of automated data processing is permitted. If
If there is no hand-made production, certification is only required for final certificates.
(6) The university has one or a foreign student from the second academic year on request
to provide the student with proof of academic success, provided that he or she
previous examinations, examinations with a positive assessment of at least 16 ECTS credit points
or has completed 8 semester hours per week.
(7) Successfully completed studies in accordance with Section 58 (11) are included in the final certificate
to be marked by a reference to the requirements modified with the notification.
(3) Certificates of examinations held before one examiner shall be issued by the latter, those of assessments of
academic theses and artistic submissions by the assessor, and those of examinations held before senates by the
chairperson of the examination senate. Graduation certificates shall be issued by the officer responsible for study
matters.
(4) Certificates shall be issued without delay, and within four weeks of performance of the work assessed at
the latest. In the interest of international student mobility a translation may be appended, with the name of the
university and of the issuing body not having to be translated.
(5) The issue of certificates by means of electronic data processing is permissible. In the absence of a
handwritten signature, attestation is only necessary in the case of graduation certificates.
(6) Universities shall, on application of a foreign student, issue him / her a certificate of successful
course completion from the second year of study onwards, if he / she has passed examinations equivalent to at least 16
ECTS credits or 8 semester hours.
(7) Successfully completed study programs according to § 58 para 11 shall be specified in the graduation certificate
by a reference to the requirements modified by official notification.
4a. section
Chapter 4a
Admission and supplementary exams, courses and exams
Admission and Supplementary Examinations, Courses and Examinations
Admission and Supplementary Exams Admission and
Supplementary examinations
Section 75. (1) The body responsible for study law matters has technically suitable examiners
or to use examiners for the admission and supplementary exams
determine and
§ 75. (1) The officer responsible for study matters shall appoint academically qualified examiners for the
admission and supplementary examinations; these persons shall determine the method of examination, and
determine whether the examination is to be heard by a single examiner or an examination board.
127 of 205
to determine whether this is to be taken as an individual examination or as a committee examination.
(2) Becomes a university course in preparation for a supplementary exam
established, its positive completion counts as a supplementary examination.
(2) If a university further education course is held to prepare students for a supplementary examination,
its successful completion shall be deemed equivalent to such examination.
(3) Admission tests can be repeated indefinitely. (3) Admission
examinations may be repeated without limitation.
Courses and exams
Courses and examinations
§ 76. (1) A list of courses is to be given at least once a year
publish what information about the title, the type, the time and the place of the holding
Includes courses.
(2) The heads of the lectures have the students in before each semester
suitably about the goals, the contents and the methods of their courses as well as about the contents that
Methods, the assessment criteria and the assessment standards of the
Inform course exams.
(3) Courses can include distance learning elements and
electronic learning environments are offered. Suitable learning materials must be provided. The
Before the start of the course, students are informed about the concept of the course and the content,
the methods and the assessment criteria and the assessment standards of the
Inform course exams.
(4) For examinations that are carried out in the form of a single examination process
Examination dates must be scheduled for the beginning, the middle and the end of each semester.
§ 76. (1) An index of courses, providing details of the designation, type, time and place of the courses to be held in
each semester, shall be published at least once per academic year.
(2) The teachers of courses shall, at the start of each semester, inform students appropriately of the objectives,
contents and methods of their courses, and of the contents, methods and criteria of course assessment and
examinations.
(3) Courses offered may include distance learning elements as well as e-learning environments. Suitable teaching
materials shall be provided for this purpose. Prior to the start of the courses, the students shall be informed about
the concept of the course as well as about the contents, methods, and the qualitative and quantitative assessment
criteria of the course examinations.
(4) For examinations which are executed in a single phase, examination dates shall always be set at the start, middle
or end of each semester.
Repetition of exams
Repetition of examinations
Section 77. (1) Students are entitled to take examinations with a positive assessment up to twelve months after taking the exam,
however, at the longest until the end of the relevant study section or until the completion of
to repeat the course in question once. The positively assessed examination becomes the
Retake void. This also applies to the internships in the curriculum of teacher training studies in the
Framework of pedagogical-practical studies. At the universities in accordance with section 6 (1) lines 16 to 21, two may
positively assessed course examinations from the central artistic subject during the
the entire duration of the study can be repeated once.
Section 77. (1) Students shall be entitled to repeat passed examinations up to twelve months after taking them, but not later
than the end of the respective stage of the study program or the program as a whole. The result of the passed
examination shall become null and void when the resit is taken. This shall also apply to internships in the framework
of the pedagogic-practical studies, indicated by the curriculum of teacher training programs. At the universities
named in § 6 para 1 subparas 16 to 21 a maximum of two passed course examinations in the major artistic subject may be
repeated once throughout the entire duration of studies.
128 of 205
(2) Students are entitled to retake exams three times. On the number of
admissible exams are all exams for the same exam at the same university and at
jointly set up studies at all participating educational institutions. In the statute is
Determine whether and how many further exam repetitions are permitted.
(3) The third repetition of an examination is to be held by a committee if the examination is in the form of a single one
Examination process is carried out. At the request of the student, this also applies to the second
Repetition.
(4) Students are entitled to internships marked in the curriculum as part of the
Repeat pedagogical-practical studies once with a negative assessment. Repeated negative
To avoid special hardship cases, a second repetition can be provided if the
negative assessment of the repetition on special, not by the student or the
Students are in debt.
(5) The setting of deadlines and the obligation to take course examinations as
Prerequisites for retaking exams are not permitted.
(2) Students shall be entitled to repeat failed examinations three times. All examinations taken in the same
subject at the same university and, in jointly offered programs, at all educational institutions concerned,
shall count towards the permissible number of resits. The statute shall state whether further resits are
permitted, and if so how many may be taken.
(3) The third repetition of an examination must be held before an examination board, if the examination takes the form
of a single procedure. On application of the student the same shall apply to the second repetition.
(4) In the case of receiving a negative assessment, students shall be entitled to repeat internships in the framework
of the pedagogic-practical studies indicated by the curriculum once. To avoid cases that would lead to particular
hardship, a second repetition may be permitted if the repeated negative assessment can be attributed to special
circumstances for which the student is not responsible.
(5) Setting of deadlines for repetitions of examinations and making them conditional on taking course
examinations is impermissible.
Recognition of exams
Recognition of examinations
Section 78. (1) Upon application by the ordinary student, exams are assessed as positive, provided that they pass the
the examinations prescribed in the curriculum are equivalent, from for study law matters
to approve the responsible body if it
1. at a recognized domestic or foreign post-secondary educational institution,
2. in studies at a recognized domestic educational institution, the access to which is general university entrance qualification
requires
3. at a vocational high school in those required for future employment
subjects,
4. at a higher institute for teacher and educator training in the necessary for future professional activity
subjects,
5. in general higher education schools with special attention to the arts
or athletic training in artistic and artistic-scientific as well as athletic and
sporty-scientific subjects, or
§ 78. (1) On application of the degree student concerned, examinations passed by students shall be recognized by the
officer responsible for study matters by official notification, provided that they are equivalent to those prescribed
by the curriculum, if taken
1. at a recognized domestic or foreign post-secondary educational institution;
2. in studies at a recognized domestic educational institutions for which an admission requirement is the
general university entrance qualification;
3. at a higher vocational schools, in those subjects which are required for a future professional activity;
4. at a school for the training of teachers and non-teaching supervisory staff, in those subjects which are required
for a future professional activity;
5. at academic secondary schools with a particular emphasis on music or sports education, in artistic and
artistic-scientific subjects as well as in sportive and sportive-scientific subjects; or
129 of 205
6. at Austrian conservatoires with public law 6. at Austrian public
conservatories.
were filed. Those at a domestic post-secondary educational institution or at a recognized
Post-secondary educational institution of an EU or EEA state for a subject passed exams are for
the same subject in the further study of the same course at another domestic university in any case
to be recognized if the ECTS credit points are the same or differ only slightly. Such recognitions
can generally be specified in the curriculum.
(2) The recognition of examinations contrary to the provisions of
§ 63 paragraphs 8 and 9 have been taken at another university or teacher training college is excluded.
(3) Scientific activity in companies or research institutions
outside of the university and outside of the involved in the case of jointly established studies
Educational institutions that can provide academic vocational training are in accordance with Art
the research activities and research projects of the institution concerned and the type and scope of the
Participation or activity of the student according to the equivalence at the request of the
or recognized by the ordinary student as an exam.
(4) The artistic activity at institutions outside the university and at jointly established
Studies outside the educational institutions involved, which is an artistic
Being able to provide vocational training depends on the type of artistic activity and the type and scope
the participation or activity of the student in accordance with the equivalence at the request of the
recognized by the ordinary student as an exam.
(5) For teacher training and instrumental (vocal), religious and business education studies
are relevant occupational activities with educational elements in accordance with the equivalence on request
of the regular student on appropriate practice-oriented courses
to be officially recognized as an examination.
(6) At the request of ordinary students who want to carry out part of their studies abroad
determine, by decision, which of the planned examinations corresponds to the examinations prescribed in the curriculum
are equivalent. The documents required for the assessment are from the applicant
required.
Examinations taken at a domestic university or a university in the European Union or European Economic Area shall be
recognized for further study of the same subject at another domestic university provided that the number of ECTS
credits is the same or only slightly different. Such recognition may be generally prescribed by the
curriculum.
(2) Recognition of examinations taken at another university or university college of teacher education which
contravene the provisions of § 63 paras 8 and 9 is excluded.
(3) Scientific research at business establishments or research establishments outside the university and in
jointly offered programs outside the educational institutions concerned, capable of providing preparatory
scientific training shall, by official notification, be recognized as equivalent to examinations on application of a
degree student if the nature of the research and the research projects at the establishment concerned,
and the nature and extent of the student’s participation therein or activities is comparable.
(4) Artistic activities outside the university and in jointly offered programs outside the educational institutions
concerned, capable of providing pre-vocational artistic vocational education shall be recognized as equivalent to
examinations on application of a degree student if the nature of the activities, and the nature and extent of the
student’s participation therein is comparable.
(5) In the case of teacher training programs as well as instrumental or vocal, religious, or economic educational
programs, any relevant professional activities involving pedagogical skills shall, on application of a degree student
and under the precondition of equivalence, be recognized, by official notification, as equivalent to an examination for
respective practice-oriented courses.
(6) In response to a request by a degree student to conduct part of his / her studies abroad, the university shall give
notice of the examinations which such student plans to take which are deemed equivalent to those prescribed by
the curriculum. The applicant shall submit the documents required to assess such equivalence.
130 of 205
(7) The recognition of an examination is considered to be the start of an examination and a positive assessment of the corresponding one in
Curriculum prescribed exam in the course for which the exam is recognized.
(8) Positive assessments that have been taken by extraordinary students are for ordinary ones
Studies based on equivalence can only be recognized insofar as they
(7) Recognition of an examination shall be deemed equivalent to a pass in the like examination prescribed by the
curriculum for the studies for which such examination is recognized.
(8) Recognition may only be accorded to equivalent examinations passed by non-degree seeking students if taken
1. in the context of university courses or university courses, 1. in connection with
university or university colleges further education
courses;
2. before the complete examination or the university entrance qualification examination,
3. Before the entrance exam for the proof of sporting suitability for the study for which the exam
should be recognized
4. Before the entrance examination for the proof of artistic suitability for the study for which the examination
should be recognized, or
5. before the completion of the aptitude test for the teaching degree for which the examination
should be recognized
were filed.
(9) At the request of the extraordinary student, exams that have been assessed positively are to be taken on a
Educational institution in accordance with para. 1 were filed by the person responsible for study law matters
Organically recognized organ, insofar as it complies with the curriculum of the university course
prescribed tests are equivalent.
(10) In deviation from § 73 AVG, applications for recognition are to be submitted no later than two months after receipt of the application
to decide by decision.
2. prior to passing the secondary-school leaving examination or university entrance qualification examination;
3. prior to passing the supplementary examination providing proof of physical fitness, appropriate to the program of
study for which the examination is to be recognized;
4. prior to passing the supplementary examination providing proof of artistic aptitude, appropriate to the program of
study for which the examination is to be recognized;
5. prior to passing the supplementary examination providing proof of physical fitness, appropriate to the program of
study for which the examination is to be recognized;
(9) On application of the non-degree seeking student concerned, examinations passed by students at an educational
institution under para 1 shall be recognized by the officer responsible for study matters by official notification,
provided that they are equivalent to those prescribed by the curriculum of the further education course.
(10) Notwithstanding Section 73 General Administrative Procedure Act, official notifications for the recognition of
examinations must be issued within two months of receipt of the applications.
Legal protection for exams Legal Protection
in respect of examinations
Section 79. (1) No appeal is permitted against the assessment of an examination. If performing a negative
assessed exam has a serious deficiency, that has for the study law matters
competent body to revoke this examination upon request of the student with notice. The or the
Students must submit the application within two weeks of the announcement of the assessment
and the serious lack credible
Section 79. (1) Appeals against the academic judgment of examiners shall be impermissible. If the manner in
which an examination resulting in a negative assessment is conducted exhibits severe defects, the officer
responsible for study matters shall, by official notification, annul the examination on application of the student.
The student must make the application within two weeks of announcement
131 of 205
do. The start of the exam, which has been revoked, is not on the allowed number of
Exam starts count.
(2) Oral exams are open to the public. The examiner or the chairperson of a
Examination board is entitled to admission if necessary on a spatial basis
to limit the corresponding number of people. In the case of commissional oral examinations, each member has
to be present to the Examination Board during the entire examination period. The result of an oral exam
must be announced to the student immediately after the examination. If the test is judged to be negative
explain the reasons for this to the student.
(3) If the assessment documents (in particular expert opinions, corrections of written tests and
Examination papers) are not given to the students, it must be ensured that they are at least six
Months from the announcement of the assessment.
(4) The examiner or the chairperson of an examination committee has for the
to ensure the orderly course of the examination and to keep the examination protocol. In the log are the
Subject of the examination, the place and time of the examination, the names of the examiners or the names of the
Members of the Examination Board, the names of the student, the questions asked, the questions asked
Assessments, the reasons for the negative assessment as well as any special events.
The reasons for the negative assessment must be communicated to the student in writing on request. The
The examination protocol must be kept for at least six months from the announcement of the assessment.
(5) The student must be granted access to the assessment documents and the examination protocols,
if he or she requests it within six months of the announcement of the assessment. The
Assessment documents also include the exam questions asked for the exam in question. The or the
Students are entitled to reproduce these documents. Are excluded from the right to reproduce
Multiple choice questions including the respective answer options.
of the assessment and substantiate the alleged severe defects. Examinations which are annulled shall not be counted
towards the permissible number of resits.
(2) Oral examinations shall be open to the public. If necessary, the examiners or the chairpersons of examination
boards may limit admission to the number of persons that the premises can accommodate. In the case of oral
examinations held before examination boards, all members of the board must be present throughout the examination. The
result of an oral examination shall be made known to the student immediately after the examination. In the case of a
negative assessment, the reasons shall be explained to the student.
(3) If the assessment documents (in particular, examiners' reports, and corrected written examinations and assessment
papers) are not surrendered to the student, steps shall be taken to ensure that they are held in safekeeping for at
at least six months after announcement of the result.
(4) The examiners or the chairpersons of examination boards shall ensure that examinations are conducted in an
orderly manner, and shall make records of examinations. Such records shall include the subject of the
examination, the place and time thereof, the name of the examiner or examination board members, the name of the
student, the questions asked, the assessment grades awarded, the reasons for a negative assessment and any unusual
occurrences. The reasons for a negative assessment shall be communicated to the student in writing on
application of the same. The examination record shall be held in safekeeping for at least one year.
(5) Students shall be permitted to have inspection of the assessment documents and the examination records,
provided that they make such requests within six months of the announcement of examination results. The
assessment documents shall also include the examination questions asked at the respective examination. Students shall
be entitled to make photocopies of these documents. Multiple-choice questions including their answers shall be excluded
from the right to make photocopies.
132 of 205
Section 5
Chapter 5
Bachelor theses, diploma and master theses and dissertations Bachelor’s Papers, Diploma, Master’s
and Doctoral Theses
Bachelor theses
Bachelor’s Papers
§ 80. (1) In the bachelor's program, there are one or more bachelor theses within the framework of courses
drafted. More detailed provisions on Bachelor theses are to be laid down in the respective curriculum.
(2) When dealing with the topic and supervising the students, the provisions of the
Copyright Act, Federal Law Gazette No. 111/1936, to be observed in the current version.
§ 80. (1) One or more bachelor’s papers shall be prepared as part of bachelor’s programs. Detailed regulations for
bachelor’s papers shall be established by the respective curricula.
(2) In the treatment of the topic and the supervision of students, regard shall be given to the provisions of the
Copyright Act, F.L.G. No 111/1936.
Diploma and master theses
Diploma and Master’s Theses
Section 81. (1) A diploma or master's thesis must be written in the diploma or master's program. Especially
Job-oriented studies with the exception of teacher training programs are permitted in the curriculum
to provide other equivalent evidence instead of the diploma or master thesis. The drafting as
Written exams are not permitted. More detailed provisions on supervision and assessment of diploma or
Master's theses are in the statutes, more detailed provisions on the subject of the diploma or master's thesis are in the
determine the respective curriculum.
(2) The task of the diploma or master thesis is to be chosen so that for a student
Students can complete and process the application within six months.
(3) The joint processing of a topic by several students is permitted if the performance of the
individual students can be assessed separately. Requires editing a topic to use the
Funding or material resources from university facilities, the award is only permissible if the director
Head of this facility has been informed about the intended award and not within a month
because of a significant impairment of teaching and research.
Section 81. (1) The preparation of diploma or master’s theses shall form part of diploma or master’s programs.
In the case of studies with a particularly strong vocational orientation, except teacher training programs, it
is permissible to provide for another equivalent means of demonstrating proficiency in place of the diploma or
master’s thesis. This may not take the form of a written examination. Detailed regulations for the supervision and
assessment of diploma and master’s theses shall be established by the statute, and those governing the
topics by the respective curricula.
(2) The assignments for diploma or master’s theses shall be so chosen that it is reasonable to expect a student to
complete them within six months.
(3) A number of students may jointly address a topic provided that the performance of individual students
can be assessed. In case that treatment of a topic requires the use of financial or material resources
furnished by a university organizational unit, assignment of the topic is only permissible if notice of
the intention to assign it is given to the head of that unit and he / she does not prohibit it within one month
because of potential significant interference with the unit’s teaching and research activities.
(4) Section 80 (2) also applies to diploma and master theses. (4) Section 80 para 2
shall apply only to diploma and master’s theses.
Artistic diploma and master theses
Diploma and Master’s Submissions
§ 82. (1) An artistic diploma or master's thesis must be created in artistic studies. The
Students are entitled to replace the
§ 82. (1) Artistic diploma or master’s submissions shall be completed as part of art study programs. Students shall
be entitled to prepare a diploma or master’s
133 of 205
artistic diploma or master thesis a diploma or master thesis from a set in the curriculum
to write a scientific examination subject.
(2) In addition to an artistic part, the artistic diploma or master's thesis has the
The focus is on including a written part. This has to explain the artistic part. details
Provisions regarding supervision and assessment of artistic diploma and master theses are in the statute,
More detailed provisions on the subject of the artistic diploma and master thesis are in the respective curriculum
set.
(3) Section 80 (2) and Section 81 (3) also apply to artistic diploma and master theses.
thesis on an academic subject specified by the curriculum instead of submitting works of art.
(2) Artistic diploma or master’s submissions shall include a written component as well as the artistic component that
represents the main focus of the work. This shall comment on the artistic component. Detailed regulations for the
supervision and assessment of artistic diploma and master’s submissions shall be established by the statute, and those
governing the themes by the respective curricula.
(3) § 80 para 2 and § 81 para 3 shall apply also to artistic diploma and master’s submissions.
Doctoral and Artistic Doctoral Theses
Theses and Artistic Doctoral Theses
Section 83. (1) A dissertation or an artistic dissertation must be written in the doctoral program. details
Provisions regarding supervision and assessment of dissertations and artistic dissertations are in the statutes,
More detailed provisions on the topic of the dissertation or artistic dissertation can be found in the respective curriculum
set.
(2) Section 80 (2) and Section 81 (3) also apply to dissertations and artistic dissertations.
§ 83. (1) The preparation of a doctoral thesis or an artistic doctoral thesis shall form part of doctoral
program. Detailed regulations for the supervision and assessment of doctoral theses and artistic doctoral
these shall be established by the statute, and those governing the topics by the respective curricula.
(2) § 80 para 2 and § 81 para 3 shall also apply to doctoral theses and artistic doctoral theses.
Inspection of the assessment documents
Inspection of assessment documents
§ 84. (1) If the assessment documents (in particular expert opinions and corrections) fail the students
are handed over, the body responsible for study law matters must ensure that
these are kept for at least six months from the announcement of the assessment.
(2) The student must be given access to the assessment documents if he or she does so
requested six months after the announcement of the assessment. The student is entitled to these documents
to reproduce.
§ 84. (1) If the assessment documents (in particular, examiners ’reports on, and corrected papers) are not surrendered
to the student, the officer responsible for study matters shall take steps to ensur e that they are held in safekeeping
for at least six months after notification of the result.
(2) Students shall be permitted to inspect the assessment documents provided that they make such requests within six
months of notification of the results. Students shall be entitled to make photocopies of these documents.
Recognition of academic and artistic works Recognition of Academic
Theses and Artistic Submissions
Section 85. (1) The recognition of scientific and artistic works is without prejudice to paragraph 2
inadmissible.
(2) Academic and artistic work assessed positively, the students in a course of study
have written that they can no longer successfully complete for legal reasons are at the request of
Students from the body responsible for study law matters
§ 85. (1) The recognition of academic theses and artistic submissions shall be permissible, notwithstanding para 2.
(2) Accepted academic theses or artistic submissions that students have submitted as part of a program that
they are unable to complete on legal grounds shall be recognized by official notification by the officer
responsible for study matters on application of the degree student concerned, provided that they meet the
134 of 205
to be recognized on an official basis if they are recognized in the curriculum of the course for which the work is recognized
should meet the specified requirements of a scientific or artistic work. The
Recognition of such work for more than one degree is not permitted.
requirements of an academic thesis or artistic submission prescribed shall be recognized in the curriculum
of the program for which the academic thesis or artistic submission shall be recognized. The
recognition of such theses or submissions for more than one programs shall not be permissible.
publication requirement
Duty of publication
§ 86. (1) The graduate has one each before the award of the academic degree
complete copy of the positively assessed scientific or artistic work or the
Documentation of the artistic work by handing it over to the library of the university, where the academic
Degree is awarded to publish. For this transfer, the statutes can stipulate that this
must be done exclusively in electronic form. Furthermore, the statutes can stipulate
that the publication must take place electronically in a publicly accessible repository.
(2) The positively assessed dissertation or artistic dissertation or the documentation of the artistic
The dissertation must also be published by handing it over to the Austrian National Library. For this
Handover can be stipulated in the statutes that this must be done exclusively in electronic form.
Furthermore, the statutes can stipulate that the publication electronically in a
publicly accessible repository.
(3) The scientific or
artistic works or parts thereof that are not accessible for mass reproduction.
(4) On the occasion of the handover of a scientific or artistic work or the documentation of the
artistic work, the author is entitled to exclude the use of the
to apply for delivered copies for a maximum of five years after delivery. The application is dated for
competent body in matters of study law, if the student
demonstrates that important legal or economic interests of the student are at risk.
§ 86. (1) Before the award of the degree, a graduate shall publish one complete copy of the accepted academic thesis or
artistic submission or the documentation of the artistic submission by lodging it with the library of the
university where the degree is awarded. The statutes can stipulate that this submission shall be done only
Electronically. Furthermore, the statutes can stipulate that the publication shall be done electronically in a
publicly accessible repository.
(2) An accepted doctoral thesis or artistic doctoral thesis or the documentation of the artistic doctoral thesis
shall also be published by lodging a copy with the Austrian National Library. The statutes can stipulate that
this submission shall be done only electronically. Furthermore, the statutes can stipulate that the publication shall be
done electronically in a publicly accessible repository.
(3) Academic theses or artistic submissions or related components thereof that are not capable of reproduction shall be
exempt from the duty of publication.
(4) On lodging an academic thesis or artistic submission or the documentation of the artistic submission with a
library, the author shall be entitled to apply for access to the copies deposited therewith to be withheld for a
maximum of five years from the time of delivery. The officer responsible for study matters shall allow such
applications, if the student establishes that his / her legal or business interests would be materially endangered by
permitting access.
135 of 205
Section 6
Chapter 6
Academic Grade Academic
Degrees
Awarding of the academic degree or the academic title Award of the Academic Degree
or the Academic Designation
§ 87. (1) The body responsible for study law matters has the graduates of the
ordinary studies, with the exception of the extension studies, after the positive assessment of all in the
according to the respective curriculum and in the diploma, master and doctoral studies
the delivery of the positively assessed scientific or artistic work or the documentation of the
artistic work, the specified academic degree by written notice immediately, however
to be granted ex officio at the latest one month after the fulfillment of all requirements.
(2) The body responsible for study law matters has the graduates of
University courses after the positive assessment of all examinations and prescribed in the respective curriculum
after delivery of the final written work provided for in the curriculum
the master's degree or the academic name specified by a written notification immediately,
however, to be awarded ex officio at the latest one month after the fulfillment of all requirements.
(3) To support the international mobility of graduates, the award notice is
to include an English language translation, naming the university and the issuing body
as well as the academic degree or academic title are not to be translated. The
Award notice must in any case contain the following information:
§ 87. (1) The officer responsible for study matters shall, acting ex officio, without delay and not later
than one month after fulfillment of all requirements, issue to graduates of degree programs, except extension
programs, an official notification of the award of the designated academic degree upon successful
completion of all examinations prescribed by the curriculum and acceptance of the academic thesis or artistic
submission or the documentation of the artistic submission required by the diploma, master or doctoral program in
question.
(2) The officer responsible for study matters shall, acting ex officio, without delay and not later than one
month after fulfillment of all requirements, issue to persons who have successfully completed a university
further education course, including all the examinations and the possible final thesis prescribed by the
curriculum, an official notification of the award of the designated Master’s degree or academic designation.
(3) In order to promote international mobility of graduates, an English translation shall be added to the
awarding document, without translating the name of the university and of the issuing body as well as the academic
degree or the academic designation. The notification of award shall, as a minimum, contain the following information:
1. the family name and first names, if necessary the birth name, 1. surname, first names and
maiden name if different;
2. the date of birth and nationality, 2. date of
birth and nationality;
3. the completed degree, 3.
programs of study completed;
4. the academic degree or academic title awarded. 4. academic degree or academic
designation awarded.
(4) If the requirements for an academic degree with the same wording are met more than once, then
the same academic degree must also be awarded several times.
(4) If the requirements for the award of an academic degree with the same wording have been fulfilled
more than once, the same academic degree shall be awarded more than once.
136 of 205
(5) If an ordinary course of study is completed on the basis of a joint study program,
at least with a course of up to 120 ECTS credits
30 ECTS credit points, with a study scope of more than 120 ECTS credit points at least in each case
60 ECTS credit points have been earned under the responsibility of a partner institution, it is permissible, in addition
to award the academic degree, a joint certificate with this partner institution or these
Issue partner institutions.
(6) In the case of jointly established studies in accordance with §54e, this applies to matters relating to study law
competent body of the admitting educational institution to award the academic degree, the
other educational institutions involved in the implementation of the course must be identified.
(5) If a student successfully completes a joint diploma program comprising up to 120 ECTS credits of which at least
30 were obtained under the auspices of a partner institution, or more than 120 ECTS credits of which at least 60 were
obtained under the auspices of a foreign partner institution, a document may be issued jointly with the partner
institution or partner institutions in addition to the award of the academic degree.
(6) In the case of jointly offered study programs according to § 54e, the officer responsible for study
matters at the educational institution which has admitted the student shall award the academic degree. The
other educational institutions involved in the study programs shall be specified in the document.
(7) To support the international mobility of students and graduates
an attachment (diploma supplement) to the award notice in accordance with Article IX.3 of the Convention
the recognition of qualifications in higher education in the European region, Federal Law Gazette III No. 71/1999,
to join. The Federal Minister of Education, Science and Research has
a regulation stipulates the form in which the diploma supplement is to be issued.
Academic degree and academic title for the graduates of university courses
Section 87a. (1) In the curricula of university courses, those in the respective subject may be international
customary master's degrees to be set for the graduates of those university courses
are to be lent, their access conditions, scope and requirements with access conditions,
The scope and requirements of corresponding foreign master's programs are comparable.
(2) If paragraph 1 does not apply, the academic name "Akademische ..." or
"Academic ..." with an addition that characterizes the content of the respective university course
be determined, which is to be awarded to the graduates of those university courses that at least
Include 60 ECTS credits.
(7) In the interest of international students and graduate mobility, a Diploma Supplement under Art IX.3 of the
Convention on the Recognition of Qualifications Concerning Higher Education in the European Region, F.L.G. III No
71/1999, has to be attached to the official notification of the award. The Federal Minister of Education,
Science and Research shall, by decree, determine the manner in which the Diploma Supplement is to be issued.
Academic Degree and Academic Designation for Graduates of Certificate University Programs for Further Education
Section 87a. (1) In the curriculum of a certificate university program for further education in the respective disciplines
internationally common master's degrees may be laid down, which may be conferred upon the graduates of those
certificate university programs for further education whose access requirements, scope and qualifications are
comparable with the access requirements, scope and qualifications of corresponding foreign master's programs.
(2) If para 1 is not applicable, the designation “Academic…” or “Academic…” with an addition
specifying the contents of the respective further education course may be laid down, which shall be conferred upon the
graduates of those further education courses that cover at least 60 ECTS credits.
137 of 205
Management of academic grade use
of Academic Degrees
Section 88. (1) Persons receiving a recognized domestic or foreign post-secondary
An academic degree has been awarded the right to obtain this in the in the
Award certificate specified, also abbreviated, form, the academic degree including
of a gender-specific addition.
(1a) Persons from a domestic post-secondary educational institution or a
recognized post-secondary institution of another contracting party to the EU accession treaty or another
Contracting party to the Agreement on the European Economic Area was awarded an academic degree
Right to enter this academic degree in abbreviated form without addition in accordance with paragraph 1 in public documents
to demand.
(2) "Mag.", "Dr." and "Dipl.-Ing." ("DI") are to be put in front of the name in the case of the tour, the
other academic degrees are to be added to the name.
Revocation of domestic academic degrees or academic titles
§ 89. The award notice is from the person responsible for study law matters
Organ to withdraw and move in if it subsequently emerges that the academic degree or the academic
Designation in particular through fake certificates or by faking scientific
or artistic achievements have been sneaked up.
§ 88. (1) Persons who have been awarded an academic degree by a recognized domestic or foreign post-secondary
educational institution shall be entitled to use this degree in the form set down in the document of award, also
abbreviated, and the academic degree may be used with a gender-inclusive suffix.
(1a) Persons who have been awarded an academic degree by a recognized domestic post-secondary educational
institution or a recognized post-secondary institution in another signatory to the EU Accession Treaty or to the
Agreement on the European Economic Area shall be entitled to request the inclusion of this academic degree
in the abbreviated form without a suffix under para 1 in official documents.
(2) “Mag.”, “Dr.” and “Dipl.-Ing.” (“DI”) shall precede the name if used, and other academic degrees shall follow it.
Revocation of Domestic Academic Degrees or Academic Designations
§ 89. The officer responsible for study matters shall revoke and recall the notification of award if it
subsequently transpires that a the academic degree or the academic designation has been obtained by fraudulent means,
in particular the use of counterfeit certificates or the pretence of scientific or artistic achievements.
Section 7
Chapter 7
nostrification
Nostrification
Section 90. (1) The application regarding the recognition of a foreign degree as a degree
of a regular degree in Germany (nostrification) requires proof that the nostrification
mandatory for the pursuit of a profession or the continuation of the training of the applicant in
Austria is required. More detailed provisions are to be laid down in the statutes.
(2) The application must be submitted to a university or a teacher training college at which the corresponding
domestic degree is established. It is not permitted to submit the same application for nostrification at the same time or
after
§ 90. (1) Acceptance of requests for the recognition of foreign degrees as domestic ones (nostrification)
shall be conditional on the provision of that the nostrification is indispensable in Austria for the
practice of the profession or the continuation of the education of the applicant. The detailed arrangements shall
be established by the statute.
(2) The application shall be directed to an Austrian university or university college of teacher
education offering degrees corresponding to the original qualification. The same application for
nostrification may not be submitted to more
138 of 205
To withdraw from another university or college of education.
(3) The nostrification is notified by the body responsible for study law matters
pronounce. The decision must state which domestic degree is the foreign one
Degree and which domestic academic degree the applicant is applying for
Position of the foreign academic degree based on the nostrification. The
Nostrification is due on the certificate that was presented as proof of the foreign degree
noted. Deviating from § 73 AVG, applications for nostrification must be submitted no later than three months after
Decision to receive the complete documents by decision.
(4) If equivalence is given in principle and only individual additions to the full one
The body responsible for study law matters lacks equivalence
Applicant to establish equivalence with notice of the filing of the
required examinations and / or the preparation of a scientific work within
within a reasonable time. The applicant is responsible for providing the supplement
Admit applicants as extraordinary students or as extraordinary students.
(5) The nostrification is to be revoked by notice, especially if it is counterfeit
Certificates have been sneaked away.
(6) The fee for the nostrification of a foreign degree is 150 euros. The tax is in
To be paid in advance. It expires if the application for nostrification is rejected or withdrawn.
than one university simultaneously, nor may it be resubmitted to a second university or university college of teacher
education after its withdrawal.
(3) Nostrification shall be awarded by the officer responsible for study matters by issuing official notifications
thereof. Such official notification shall specify the domestic degree to which the foreign degree corresponds, and the
domestic academic degree that the applicant is entitled to use instead of his / her foreign one in
consequence of nostrification. A note recording the nostrification shall be put onto the awarding document of the
foreign degree submitted. A decision on applications for the recognition of foreign degrees shall be made,
notwithstanding Section 73 General Administrative Procedure Act, within a maximum of three months of receipt of the
application by official notification.
(4) In case that equivalence has been established basically and only certain supplementary qualifications
are required for full equivalence, the officer responsible for study matters shall, by official notification,
instruct the applicant to take the required examinations and / or write an academic thesis within a reasonable
period. For the purpose of submission of the supplementary requirements, the applicant shall be admitted as a
non-degree seeking student.
(5) Nostrification shall be revoked if obtained by fraudulent means, in particular the use of counterfeit certificates.
(6) The fee for nostrification of a foreign degree shall be € 150, payable in advance. It shall become
forfeited if the application for nostrification is refused or withdrawn.
Section 8
Chapter 8
Tuition fee regulations
Provisions on Tuition Fees
Tuition Fee
Tuition fees
§ 91. (1) Ordinary students with the nationality of an EU or EEA state and ordinary
Students to whom Austria has the same rights to access a profession on the basis of an international law treaty
grant like Austrian nationals, and ordinary students, among the groups of people
according to the Ordinance on Groups of People, as well as regular students from third countries,
the one over another
§ 91. (1) Degree programs students who are citizens of EU member states or EEA member states, degree programs
students to whom Austria is obliged under other international treaties to accord the same rights to access to
employment as Austrian citizens, degree programs students belonging to a group of persons according to the
Decree on Groups of Persons, as well as degree-programs students from third countries who have been granted another
kind of residence permit than
139 of 205
Residence permit as that for students in accordance with § 64 Settlement and Residence Act (NAG), Federal Law Gazette I No.
100/2005, if they have the intended study time
1. a Bachelor's or Master's degree, with 30 ECTS credit points per semester
correspond, or
2. a doctoral program or a section of a diploma program, or
3. an extension course in accordance with § 54a, with 30 ECTS credit points per semester
correspond and, if necessary, is rounded up to whole semesters, or
4. an extension course in accordance with § 54b, whereby the planned study time for the
Extension studies for the extension of the bachelor's program eight semesters and for the extension studies
four semesters to expand the master’s program, or
5. an extension course in accordance with § 54c, whereby the planned study time is eight semesters,
in order to exceed more than two semesters, pay a tuition fee of 363.36 euros for each semester. The
The tuition fee increases by 10% within the grace period.
(2) Ordinary students from third countries who do not fall under paragraph 1 and who have a residence permit
for students in accordance with § 64 Settlement and Residence Act (NAG), Federal Law Gazette I No. 100/2005,
have to pay a tuition fee of 726.72 euros for each semester.
(3) Extraordinary students who only attend individual courses
scientific subjects are admitted regardless of their nationality
Tuition fee of 363.36 euros to be paid for each semester.
(4) Students admitted to several studies, including at several universities and teacher training colleges
are only required to pay the tuition once. This also applies to students who share one with
A course of study established at a university of teacher education is permitted, with the tuition fee being collected
done by the admitting educational institution.
(5) The tuition fee must be paid in advance for each semester. The tuition fees remain
respective university. The tuition fee of students who are one of several universities and or or
pedagogical
that for students under § 64 of the Settlement and Residence Act (NAG), F. L. G. I No. 100/2005, shall pay tuition fees
in an amount of 363.36 € per semester, if they exceed the prescribed duration
1. of a bachelor's or master's program, with 30 ECTS credits corresponding to one semester, or
2. of a doctoral program or one stage of a diploma program, or
3. of an extension program under § 54a, with 30 ECTS credits corresponding to one semester
and, where applicable, with rounding to whole semesters, or
4. of an extension program under § 54b, with counting the prescribed duration of an extension program for
extending the bachelor's programs with eight semesters and of an extension program for extending the
master's programs with two semesters, or
5. of an extension program under § 54c, with counting the prescribed duration of studies with eight
semester,
by more than two semesters. The tuition fees shall increase by 10 percent, if paid within the extension period.
(2) Degree programs students from third countries who do not fulfill the requirements under para 1 and who
have been granted a residence permit for students under § 64 of the Settlement and Residence Act (NAG), F. L.
G. I No 100/2005, shall pay tuition fees in an amount of € 726.72 per semester.
(3) Non-degree-seeking students who have been admitted exclusively to individual courses in scientific
subjects shall pay tuition fees in an amount of
€ 363.36 per semester irrespective of their nationality.
(4) Students who have been admitted to more than one programs, also at more than one university or university college
of teacher education, shall be required to pay the tuition fee only once. This shall also apply to students
who have been admitted to a program offered jointly with a university college of teacher education,
whereupon the tuition fees shall be levied by the institution which has admitted the student.
(5) The tuition fee shall be payable every semester in advance. The tuition fees shall be retained by the
respective universities. Tuition fees of students who are enrolled in a study program established jointly by
more than one university and / or
140 of 205
Universities can pursue jointly established courses or take part in several courses from different universities and
or or universities of teacher education are among the participating universities and
Allocate universities of teacher education according to an agreement to be concluded.
(6) More detailed provisions on the collection of tuition fees are in an ordinance from the Federal Minister
or the Federal Minister of Education, Science and Research (Tuition Fee Ordinance).
university colleges of teacher education or who have been admitted to more than one study program at different
universities and / or university colleges of teacher education, shall be divided among the universities and
university colleges of teacher education concerned, due to a relevant agreement.
(6) The Federal Minister of Education, Science and Research shall, by decree, enact more detailed provisions for the
collection of tuition fees.
Waiver and reimbursement of the tuition remission and
Reimbursement of the Tuition Fees
Section 92. (1) The tuition fee is to be waived in particular by ordinary students
1. for the semesters in which you can demonstrate studies or practical training within the framework of transnational EU,
state or university mobility programs;
2. for the semesters in which they complete studies abroad due to mandatory provisions in the curriculum
become;
3. when the foreign post-secondary educational institution they attended last with the
Austrian university has concluded a partnership agreement, which also includes the
mutual waiver of tuition fees;
3a. if you are a citizen of a country specified in the Tuition Fee Regulation, whereby
the definition of the "Least Developed Countries" according to the "DAC List of ODA Recipients"
orientated by the Development Assistance Committee (DAC) of the Organization for Economic Development
Cooperation and Development (OECD) is created;
4. which meet the requirements of section 91 (1), even if the one in section 1 is exceeded
set period for semesters in which they can be proven to be due to illness or more than two months
Pregnancy or through childcare obligations of children up to their 7th birthday or any later
Were unable to enter school or were prevented from studying by other similar care obligations;
§ 92. (1) Remission of the tuition fees shall, in particular, be granted to degree- students
1. for semesters during which they will demonstrably be studying or acquiring work experience under transnational
EU, national or university mobility programs;
2. for semesters during which they will be studying abroad due to mandatory curriculum requirements;
3. whose most recently attended foreign post-secondary educational institution has concluded a partnership
agreement with an Austrian university providing for the reciprocal remission of tuition fees;
3a. who are citizens of states determined in the Decree on the Collection of Tuition Fees. The
determination shall be aligned with the “Least Developed Countries” according to the “DAC List of ODA Recipients” which
is drawn up by the Organization for Economic Co-Operation and Development's (OECD) Development Assistance
Committee (DAC);
4. who fulfills the requirements under § 91 para 1, even when the time period laid down in para 1 is exceeded, for those
semesters for which they have documentary evidence of being hindered by illness, pregnancy or care of children and
upbringing of a child up to the age of seven or until the child enters first grade, or similar kinds of care, for more
than two months;
(Note: Z 5 repealed by VfGH, BGBl. I No. 11/2017) 5. [removed]
6. which meet the requirements of section 91 (1), even if the one in section 1 is exceeded
specified period, if a disability according to federal regulations with at least 50%
is established;
6. students who fulfills the requirements under § 91 para 1, even when the time period laid down in para 1 is exceeded,
if they have a disability of at least 50% as defined by federal law;
141 of 205
7. if in the past semester they received study grants in accordance with the Student Promotion Act 1992, Federal Law Gazette No.
305/1992, or have moved into the current semester.
(2) The Rectorate decides on the application for waiver of the tuition fee. The application is for the decision
attach the necessary evidence.
(3) Students to whom the tuition fee has been waived in accordance with Paragraph 1 Nos. 1 and 2 and who have not received any in this semester
Have completed studies or internships abroad within the meaning of these provisions
To pay the tuition later. The Rectorate has to order this by decision.
(4) Insofar as students are more decisive in waiving the tuition fee due to incomplete or false information
Culpably caused or stole facts, they are without prejudice to criminal liability
pay the double tuition fee. The Rectorate has to order this by decision.
7. Students, if they received student grants under the Student Support Act 1992, F.L.G. No 305/1992, in the
previous semester or receive them in the current semester.
(2) An application for remission of the tuition fee shall be for the decision of the rectorate. The application for
remission shall be accompanied by the necessary supporting documentary evidence.
(3) Students granted remission under para 1 subparas 1 and 2 who have undertaken no study or work experience
abroad in the meaning of these provisions during the term in question shall be obliged to pay the tuition fee
retroactively. The rectorate shall order such payment.
(4) Students obtaining remission of the tuition fee by wilfully providing incomplete or incorrect information
with respect to material facts shall pay double the normal tuition fee without prejudice to legal action. The rectorate
shall order such payment.
(5) Students who are on leave do not have to pay tuition fees. (5) Students who have been
granted academic leave shall not be required to pay
the tuition fee.
(6) The Federal Minister of Education, Science and Research is entitled to do so
Austria's priorities for measures to support and promote economic
and social development through a regulation establishing states whose nationals from paying
of the tuition fee can be exempted. The exemption takes place within the framework of the private sector administration
On the basis of applications from the students. The Rectorate has four weeks to complete the exemption
To decide on the application. There is no legal claim to the exemption.
(6) The Federal Minister of Education, Science and Research shall be entitled to designate by decree countries to
whose nationals the tuition fee shall be reimbursed, in accordance with Austria’s priorities with respect to
measures for the support and promotion of economic and social development. Reimbursements shall be made within the
private sector administration on application of the students concerned. The fee shall be reimbursed within four
weeks of application. There shall be no legal entitlement to reimbursement.
Section 9
Chapter 9
Special provisions Special
provisions
Special provisions for Catholic theology special
Provisions for Catholic Theology
§ 93. (1) If students transfer from a church theological school (Art.
V § 1 of the concordat between the Holy See and the Republic of Austria) to an organizational unit
a university,
§ 93. (1) The following special provisions shall apply to students transferring from an ecclesiastical School of
Theology (Art V § 1 of the Concordat between the Holy See and the Republic of Austria) to an organizational unit of a
university, the sphere of action of which relates to Catholic theology:
142 of 205
The following special provisions apply to the scope of which relates to Catholic theology:
1. The exams that have been taken at these schools are to be recognized as supplementary exams,
if the examiner named by the educational institution or the examiner named by the educational institution
1. Examinations taken at such schools shall be recognized as supplementary examinations, provided that the examiners
appointed by such a school:
a) holds the teaching license (venia docendi) for the subject in question or a) are authorized to teach
the subject in question (venia docendi); or
b) from an organizational unit of a university, the scope of which affects the
Catholic theology relates to the acceptance of supplementary examinations for a period of three years each
has been authorized.
2. The exams that have been taken at these schools are to be recognized if they are
a) a university professor appointed for a subject in Catholic theology
for a subject in Catholic theology appointed university professor or
b) one or another from an organizational unit of a university whose sphere of activity relates to the
Catholic theology relates to which representatives have been removed. On the date to be carried out within a reasonable period
Authorization must be given to the ecclesiastical theological institute to comment.
3. Graduates of these ecclesiastical theological institutes are responsible for the
To award the intended academic degree if the exams are taken according to the above
Provisions have been recognized and the scientific work of one for a subject of Catholic
Theology appointed university professor or one for a subject in Catholic theology
the appointed university professor is assessed positively or by a competent person with a teaching license
(venia docendi) was supervised at the school concerned and assessed positively.
(2) For the award of the academic degree, this is not the admission to study at the university
required.
Special provisions for the joint study of human medicine at the University of Linz and medical
University of Graz
Section 93a. (1) The study of human medicine is in accordance with the agreement in accordance with Art. 15a B-VG between the federal government and
the state of Upper Austria via the
b) have been authorized by an organizational unit of a university, the sphere of action of which relates to Catholic
theology, to hear supplementary examinations for a period of three years.
2. Examinations taken at such schools shall be recognized if heard by:
a) a university professor for a subject related to Catholic theology, appointed for this purpose; or
b) another person authorized to do so by an organizational unit of a university, the sphere of action
of which relates to Catholic theology. Ecclesiastical Schools of Theology shall be enabled to give their opinion
on such authorizations, which shall be granted for reasonable periods.
3. Graduates of ecclesiastical Schools of Theology shall be awarded the academic degrees prescribed for
their programs of study if the examinations taken by them have been recognized in accordance with the
provisions above, and the theses prepared by them have been accepted by a university professor for a subject related to
Catholic theology or supervised and accepted by another person responsible for such subject having a
habilitation degree (venia docendi) at the respective school.
(2) For the purpose of the award of the academic degree, admission to study at the university shall not be necessary.
Special Provisions for the Joint Degree Program in Human Medicine at the University of Linz and the Medical
University of Graz
Section 93a. (1) The degree program in Human Medicine shall be established as a bachelor’s program by the University of
Linz in cooperation with the Medical
143 of 205
Establishment and operation of a medical faculty and the establishment of the study of human medicine at the
University of Linz, Federal Law Gazette I No. 18/2014, ("Art. 15a B-VG Agreement") from the University of Linz together with
of the Medical University of Graz as a bachelor's degree and of the University of Linz as a master's degree and
perform. Further information on the implementation of the bachelor's degree can be found in an agreement on the
Implementation of the joint study of human medicine between the University of Linz and medical
Graz University to be regulated. Section 54e applies mutatis mutandis.
(2) The establishment of the joint Bachelor's degree in human medicine in accordance with Paragraph 1 differs from Section 124 Paragraph 5
not opposed to further admission to the diploma course in human medicine at the Medical University of Graz.
University of Graz and as a master’s program by the University of Linz, pursuant to the agreement under para 15a of
the Federal Constitutional Act (B-VG) between the Federal Government and the Federal Province of Upper Austria
on the establishment and operations of a faculty of Medicine and the establishment of the degree program in
Human Medicine at the University of Linz, Federal Law Gazette I No. 18/2014 (“para 15a Federal Constitutional
Act Agreement ”). Details on the bachelor's program shall be specified in an agreement on the joint
programs in Human Medicine concluded between the University of Linz and the Medical University of Graz. Section 54e shall
apply by analogy.
(2) The establishment of the joint bachelor's program in Human Medicine under para 1 shall, notwithstanding § 124
para 5, not preclude the admission to the diploma program in Human Medicine at the Medical University of Graz.
III. part
Part III
University members
University members
Section 1
Chapter 1
classification
Classification
§ 94. (1) Members of the university include: § 94. (1) The
members of a university comprise:
1. the students (Section 51 (2) 14c); 1. the
students (§ 51 para 2 subpara 14c);
2. the research fellows; 2. the research
fellows;
3. (Note: repealed by Federal Law Gazette I No. 96/2004) 3. [removed]
4. the academic and artistic university staff; 4. the scientific and
artistic university staff;
5. general university staff; 5. the
non-academic university staff;
6. private lecturers (Section 102); 6. the
non-tenured associate professors (Section 102);
7. the emeritus university professors; 7. the university professors
emeriti;
8. The retired university professors. 8. the retired university
professors.
(2) The scientific and artistic university staff include: (2) The scientific and artistic
university staff shall comprise:
1. the university professors; 1. the university
professors;
2. the university lecturers as well as the scientific and
artistic employees in research, art and teaching;
2. the associate professors and the scientific as well as artistic staff in research, art, and teaching;
3. the doctors in specialist training. 3. physicians
in specialists ’training.
144 of 205
(3) General university staff include: (3) The
non-academic university staff shall comprise:
1. the administrative staff;
1. the administrative staff;
2. the technical staff;
2. the technical staff;
3. the library staff;
3. the library staff;
4. the nursing staff; 4th
the nursing staff;
5. the doctors for the exclusive fulfillment of tasks within the framework of a public hospital.
5. physicians exclusively engaged in public hospital duties.
Section 2
Chapter 2
Research fellows and doctors in specialist training
Research Fellows and Physicians in Specialists ’Training
Research fellows
Research Fellows
Section 95. Research fellows are students or graduates
Graduates of a doctoral program (post docs) working at the university on a scholarship
work on a research project. By awarding the scholarship, no employment relationship with the
University founded and an existing employment relationship not changed.
§ 95. Research fellows are doctoral students or doctoral graduates (post docs) in receipt of grants to work on a
research project at the university. The award of a grant shall not give rise to an employment contract with the
university or alter the beneficiary’s existing terms of employment.
Doctors in specialist training
Physicians in Specialists ’Training
§ 96. Doctors in training as a specialist are available for the duration of their
Training in a temporary training relationship with the university. Your tasks surrender
arising from the medical training regulations and the fulfillment of the tasks takes place in close contact with
scientific research and teaching. The doctors in specialist training are authorized to perform tasks
in research and teaching, provided that this does not affect specialist training.
§ 96. Physicians undergoing training as specialists shall receive limited-term training contracts at a university for
the duration of their training. Their duties shall be determined by the medical training regulations, and they shall
perform their duties in close contact with scientific research and teaching. Physicians in training as
specialists shall have the right to perform tasks in research and teaching, provided that this does not interfere with
their training as specialists.
Section 3
Chapter 3
Scientific and artistic university staff
Artistic University Staff
University professors
University professors
§ 97. (1) The university professors are for research or development and
Development of the arts as well as for the
§ 97. (1) The university professors shall be responsible for research, or the advancement and appreciation
of the arts, and for teaching in their field, and shall be
145 of 205
Teaching in their area of ​​responsibility and are available for a limited or permanent period
Employment relationship with the university. You are a full-time or part-time employee.
(2) Female or foreign researchers can become university professors
and scientists or artists with a correspondingly high academic or
artistic and professional qualifications for the subject that corresponds to the position to be filled.
(3) University professors are followed by the rector
Conducting an appointment procedure in accordance with
Section 98 or Section 99 ordered.
Appointment procedure for university professors
Section 98. (1) The professional dedication of a position to be filled for an unlimited period or for more than three years
a university professor must be specified in the development plan.
(2) The Rectorate must publicly advertise each position at home and abroad. In the appeal process
With their consent, scientists and artists can also
Artists who have not applied will be included as candidates.
(3) The university professors represented in the Senate have
at the suggestion of the university professors of the department at least two - of which
to appoint at least one external expert. You can do this task
but also to the university professors of the department and the
related area. The Rector has the right to have another
Appoint a reviewer.
(4) The Senate has to appoint an Appointment Commission. The university professors
and university professors make up more than half of the members and students at least one member.
Members of other universities or post-secondary educational institutions can also join the appointment committee
belong.
(5) The appointment committee has to check whether the present applications meet the
Tender criteria meet and those applications that the
employed by the university on a temporary or permanent basis. They shall be full-time or part-time employees.
(2) Both Austrian and foreign researchers or artists whose scientific or artistic and professional credentials qualify
them for the subjects related to the positions to be filled may be appointed as university professors.
(3) University professors shall be appointed by the rector following an appointment procedure in accordance
with §§ 98 or 99.
Appointment procedure for university professors
§ 98. (1) The subject allocation of a chair to be filled on a permanent basis or for longer than three years shall be
specified by the development plan.
(2) All positions shall be advertised by the rectorate in Austria and abroad. With their agreement, scientists and
artists who have not applied may also be included as candidates in the appointment procedure.
(3) The professorial members of the senate shall appoint at least two assessors, nominated by the university professors
in the department in question, of whom at least one shall be external. However, they may also delegate this task to the
university professors of the department or of a department in a related field. The rector shall have the right to
appoint one additional assessor.
(4) The senate shall appoint an appointment committee with decision-making power. More than half of the members shall
be university professors, and at least one shall be a student. Members of the appointment committee can also be members
of other universities or post-secondary educational institutions.
(5) The appointment committee shall check whether the applications received meet the criteria stipulated in the
advertisement and those applications which clearly
146 of 205
Obviously, do not meet the tender criteria to be eliminated. The other applications are the reviewers
and assessors to determine the suitability of the applicants for the advertised position
to be assessed by a university professor.
(6) The Rector must give all suitable candidates the opportunity to
to present themselves in an appropriate manner at least to the department and the related area.
(7) The appointment committee draws up a justified one based on the expert opinions and statements
Proposal for the three most suitable candidates for the vacancy
and has to contain candidates. A proposal with fewer than three candidates is particularly too
justify.
(8) The Rector has to make the selection decision from the nomination
or refer the proposal back to the appointment committee if the appointment committee does not
contains the best suitable candidates.
(9) The Rector has his or her selection decision to the working group for
Announce equality issues before the start of the appointment negotiations. The working group
has the right to lodge a complaint within two weeks. The arbitration committee decides on these
Know.
(10) If the arbitration board rejects the complaint, the Rector can start the appointment negotiations
take up. If the arbitration board upholds the complaint, the selection decision becomes ineffective. A new
The selection decision is subject to the legal opinion represented by the Arbitration Commission
to meet.
(11) The Rector conducts the appointment negotiations and concludes with the selected one
The candidate has the employment contract.
(12) The university professor acquires with the conclusion of the employment contract
with the university the teaching license (venia docendi) for the subject for which he or she is appointed. A
any previous teaching license is not affected by this.
do not meet these criteria shall be eliminated. The remaining applications shall be forwarded to the assessors who
shall assess the aptitude of the applicants for the advertised post of a professor.
(6) The rector shall offer all suitable candidates appropriate opportunities to introduce themselves at least
to the department and the departments in related fields.
(7) The appointment committee shall draw up a shortlist of the three most suitable candidates for the
advertised chair on the basis of the reports and opinions received, giving reasons for its decision. It shall state
particular reasons in case that the shortlist contains less than three candidates.
(8) The rector shall select a candidate from the shortlist or remit the shortlist to the appointment committee if it
does not include the most suitable candidates.
(9) The rector shall notify the working group on equal opportunities of his / her decision prior to the initiation of
appointment negotiations. The working group shall be entitled to object to the decision within two weeks of
notification. The arbitration board shall rule on such objection.
(10) If the arbitration board dismisses the objection, the rector shall be entitled to initiate appointment
negotiations. If the arbitration board upholds the objection the selection decision shall be null and void, and a new
decision shall be made, having regard to the legal opinion of the arbitration board.
(11) The rector shall conduct the appointment negotiations and conclude the employment contract with the candidate
selected.
(12) On conclusion of the employment contract the university professor shall be granted a venia docendi for the
subject for which he / she has been appointed. A previously acquired habilitation degree shall not be affected
thereby.
147 of 205
(13) The teaching license (venia docendi) of a university professor in one
Temporary employment contracts expire at the end of the employment relationship.
Abbreviated appointment procedure for university professors
Section 99. (1) Should be a university professor for a period of up to five years
§ 98 paragraphs 1 and 3 to 8 do not apply. An extension of the order is only after
Conducting an appointment procedure is permitted in accordance with Section 98.
(2) The Rector has the candidate for the position to be filled
Proposal or after consulting the university professors of the subject
Area of ​​the university to which the position is assigned.
(3) By decree of the Rectorate, which requires the approval of the University Council,
can be a one-off number of positions for university professors
that are dedicated for a period of up to six years and only for
University lecturers are provided in accordance with section 94 (2) (2). The number can be up to
to 20% of the positions in accordance with section 122 (2) no.4. Section 98 (1) to (8) do not apply. The
Vacancies must be advertised in the university's newsletter. The Rector has the positions
after completing a selection process that meets international competitive standards.
An unlimited extension of the order by the Rector is only possible after one
Qualification examination permitted. The content of the qualification examination is the quality of the scientific
Achievements as well as achievements in teaching over the past five years. Implementation of the
Qualification examination has to comply with international competitive standards. The application for permanent
Extension can be made after the fifth year.
(4) The development plan includes a number of positions for university lecturers
University lecturers in accordance with Section 94 Paragraph 2 No. 2 and for Associate Professors who
each a simplified procedure for university professors
University professors can be appointed. Section 98 (1) to (8) do not apply to these procedures.
These positions are to be advertised in the university newsletter. The Rector has them
Candidate
(13) The venia docendi of a university professor with a limited term employment contract shall
expire upon termination of employment.
Shortened appointment procedure for university professors
§ 99. (1) If a university professor is to be appointed for a period of not more than five years, § 98 paras 1 to 3
shall not apply. Extension of the appointment is only permissible after an appointment procedure in accordance with §
98th
(2) The rector shall appoint the candidate for the post to be filled on the recommendation of, or
after hearing opinions of the university professors of the department to which the post is assigned.
(3) By decree of the rectorate, which shall be subject to approval by the university council, once a
number of posts for professors may be determined which shall be limited to a period of up to six years and shall be
reserved only for associate professors under § 94 para 2 subpara 2. The number may comprise up to 20% of posts
under § 122 para 2 subpara 4. § 98 paras 1 to 8 shall not apply. The posts shall be advertised in the university
gazette. The rector shall fill the posts after completing a selection procedure that conforms to international,
competitive standards. An unlimited extension of the appointment by the rector shall only be permissible after a
qualification assessment. The qualification assessment shall focus on the quality of the research performance and the
teaching performance of the past five years. The qualification assessment shall conform to international, competitive
standards. The application for unlimited extension may be submitted after completion of the fifth year.
(4) The development plan shall allow for a number of positions for associate professors under § 94 para 2 subpara 2
and for adjunct professors, who can be appointed as university professors in a simplified procedure. § 98 paras
1 to 8 shall not apply to these procedures. These positions shall be advertised in the university gazette of the
respective university. The rector shall select the candidate for the position to be filled after hearing
the opinion of the university professors of the
148 of 205
the candidate for the position to be filled after consulting the university professors
and university professors of the specialist area of ​​the university to which the position is assigned, and
of the working group for equality issues. More detailed provisions are to be laid down in the statutes.
(5) The offer to conclude a qualification agreement in accordance with
Section 27 of the collective agreement concluded in accordance with Section 108 (3), in which on
Version effective October 1, 2015, implies the implementation of an international competitive standard accordingly
Selection process in advance, in particular the position must be advertised internationally The result of the selection process
the university professors of the relevant department are to be heard. The aspect of
Equality between women and men must be taken into account accordingly. Section 42 applies.
(6) Those persons who go through a selection process in accordance with Paragraph 5 and who qualify in accordance with § 27 Paragraph 5 of the
in accordance with Section 108 (3) collective agreement in the version applicable on October 1, 2015 in accordance with the
agreement reached (Associate Professors) belong to the
academic and artistic university staff in accordance with Section 94 Paragraph 2 No. 1.
(7) The procedures carried out in accordance with paras. 4 and 5 must be evaluated every five years
undergo. This evaluation is to be arranged by the Federal Minister.
Section 99a. (1) A maximum of 5% of the positions for university professors can be included in the development plan
and university professors in accordance with Section 98 are determined without professional dedication in international competition
for the best scientists for the purpose of proactive acquisition
outstanding personalities can be filled.
(2) Section 98 paras 1 to 8 does not apply. The Rector has with the candidate
Candidates for the position to be filled after hearing the university professors
University professors in the specialist area to which the position is assigned to conduct appointment negotiations
and to conclude an employment contract initially limited to a maximum of six years. More detailed provisions on
the appointments according to paragraph 1 and the requirements for the hearing of the university professors
and university professors are to be specified in the statutes.
university's department to which the position is assigned and the working group on equal opportunities. The detailed
arrangements shall be established by the statute.
(5) An offer for the conclusion of a qualification agreement according to § 27 of the collective contract concluded
under § 108 para 3 in the version effective on 1 October 2015 shall require the completion of a selection procedure
according to internationally competitive standards and in particular the international
advertisement of the position. The opinion of the university professors of the respective department shall
be heard regarding the results of the selection procedure. The equality of women and men shall be taken into account as
a relevant factor. Section 42 shall apply.
(6) Those persons who have gone through a selection procedure under para 5 and have obtained the qualifications
according to § 27 para 5 of the collective contract concluded under § 108 para 3 in the version of 1 October 2015
according to the agreement made (adjunct professors) shall be members of the scientific and artistic staff
under § 94 para 2 subpara 1.
(7) The procedures carried out under paras 4 and 5 shall be evaluated every five years. This evaluation shall be
initiated by the Federal Minister.
Section 99a. (1) The development plan may specify a number of a maximum of 5% of the positions for university professors
according to § 98 without subject allocation for the proactive recruitment of outstanding scientific
personalities in the international competition for the best scientists.
(2) § 98 paras 1 to 8 shall not apply. After hearing the opinion of the university professors of the relevant field to
which the position will be assigned, the rector shall conduct the appointment negotiations with the candidate for the
position to be filled and conclude an employment contract which shall initially be limited to a maximum of six years.
Detailed arrangements regarding the recruitments according to para 1 and the conditions for hearing the university
professors shall be established by the statute.
149 of 205
(3) An unlimited extension of the appointment by the Rector is only possible after one
Qualification examination permitted. The content of the qualification examination is the quality of the academic achievements
and the teaching achievements of the past five years. Implementation of the
Qualification examination has to correspond to international standards, the more detailed regulations for it in
of the articles of association. The application for an unlimited extension can be made after the fifth year
be put. The hearing rights pursuant to Paragraph 2 apply in the extension procedure.
Scientific and artistic employees in research, art and teaching
Section 100. (1) The scientific and artistic staff in research,
Art and teaching operations must be an appropriate one for the intended use
Have qualifications. They have in their subject to fulfill the tasks of the university in research or
to cooperate in the development and development of the arts and in teaching. You are in an employment relationship
to university and are full-time or part-time employees.
(2) The university has to promote the professional further education of the employees according to paragraph 1.
(3) The scientific and artistic staff in research, art and teaching operations consists of
full-time and from part-time people.
(3) An unlimited extension of the appointment by the rector shall only be permissible after a qualification
assessment. The qualification assessment shall focus on the quality of the research performance and the teaching
performance of the past five years. The qualification assessment shall conform to international standards.
Detailed arrangements shall be established by the statute. The application for unlimited extension may be
submitted after completion of the fifth year. In the extension procedure, the rights to be heard according to
para 2 shall apply.
Scientific and Artistic Staff in Research, Art and Teaching
§ 100. (1) The scientific and artistic staff in research, art and teaching must be appropriately qualified for the
employment envisaged. They shall, in their subjects, be obliged to contribute to the fulfillment of the
university’s tasks in respect of research, or the advancement and appreciation of the arts, and teaching. They
shall be employed by the university on a full or part-time basis.
(2) The university shall promote the professional development of staff members under para 1.
(3) The scientific and artistic staff in research, art, and teaching is composed of internal and external faculty
members.
(4) Part-time persons are persons who (4) external
faculty members are persons who
1. work exclusively in teaching and 1. work
exclusively as teachers and
2. teach no more than four semester hours and 2. do not
teach more than four semester hours and
3. demonstrably another full social security obligation based on income in the amount of
at least 60% of the maximum contribution basis in accordance with Section 108 of the General
Social Insurance Act - ASVG, Federal Law Gazette No. 189/1955.
(5) Part-time teaching staff are in free employment with the university; it can be done without prior
Have the consent of the university represented by other suitable persons.
3. can submit proof that they are fully covered by another compulsory social insurance resulting from income amounting
to at least 60% of the maximum contribution basis under § 108 General Social Insurance Act, F.L.G. No
189/1955.
(5) External faculty members have concluded freelance contracts with the university; they shall have the right
to have other persons with relevant qualifications act as their substitutes without the university's prior approval.
150 of 205
(6) Section 98 ArbVG (Personal Information Right) also applies to the group of part-time people themselves
if there is a free employment or self-employed activity.
(6) Section 98 Labor Constitution Act (personnel information rights) shall also apply to the group of external faculty
members, even if they work under freelance contracts or are self-employed.
Section 4
Chapter 4
General university staff
Non-Academic University Staff
§ 101. (1) The members of the general university staff have those to fulfill their tasks
have the necessary professional qualifications. You are in an employment relationship
University and are full-time or part-time employees.
(2) The university has to promote the professional further education of the employees according to paragraph 1.
(3) For the library staff of all universities, uniform training from the
Provide library, information and documentation area.
Section 101. (1) The non-academic university staff must possess appropriate professional qualifications for
their duties. They shall be employed by the university on a full or part-time basis.
(2) The university shall promote the professional development of staff members under para 1.
(3) Provision shall be made for the library staff at all universities to receive a uniform training in librarianship,
information science and documentation.
Section 5
Chapter 5
Lecturers, habilitation, emeritus university professors
as well as retired university professors
Non-Tenured Associate Professors, Habilitation, Professors Emeriti and Retired Professors
Lecturers
Non-tenured associate professors
Section 102. Lecturers are persons who, on the basis of their scientific or artistic
Qualification from the university's license to teach (venia docendi) for a scientific or artistic subject
was awarded. In this function, you have no employment relationship with the university.
§ 102. Non-tenured associate professors are persons to whom a university awards a habilitation degree for
a subject (venia docendi) on the basis of their academic or artistic qualification, but who are with
regard to this function not employed by the university. but who are with regard to this function not employed by
the university.
Habilitation
Habilitation
§ 103. (1) The Rectorate has the right to apply for a teaching license (venia docendi) for a whole
to provide scientific or artistic subject. The requested teaching license must be within the scope of the
University fall. The granting of the teaching license is linked to the right, scientific or
free artistic teaching at this university through its facilities
§ 103. (1) The rectorate shall, on application, be entitled to award an habilitation degree (venia docendi) for an
entire academic or artistic subject. The venia docendi applied for must be within the sphere of action of the
university. The habilitation degree shall confer the right to the free exercise thereof at the university in question,
151 of 205
exercise as well as scientific or artistic work (§§ 81 to 83,
§ 124) to supervise and assess.
(2) A prerequisite for the granting of the teaching license is proof of an excellent academic or
artistic qualifications and repeated teaching at recognized post-secondary educational institutions
to prove the didactic skills of the applicant.
using its facilities, and to the supervision and assessment of academic theses or art submissions (§§ 81 to 83 and
124).
(2) The award of a habilitation degree shall be conditional on evidence of outstanding scientific or
artistic qualification as well as repeated teaching at recognized post-secondary educational institutions as
evidence of the didactic abilities of the applicant.
(3) The written work submitted must (3) The
habilitation thesis submitted must:
1. be carried out methodically, 1. be of
impeccable methodological quality;
2. contain new scientific results and 2. contain new
scientific insights;
3. the scientific mastery of the habilitation subject and the ability to promote it
to prove.
The submitted artistic works must have the ability to represent the artistic subject to the extent of
prove requested teaching license.
(4) The application for the teaching license is to be addressed to the rectorate. This has the application if he
not to be rejected due to lack of responsibility of the university to be forwarded to the senate
(5) The representatives of the university professors in the
On the proposal of the university professors, senates have
of the department at least two representatives of the target
Habilitation subject, including at least one external or external one, as a reviewer
to order about the submitted scientific or artistic work. You can do this task though
also to the university professors of the faculty and related subjects
Area.
(6) The university professors of the department and the subject
related parties have the right to comment on the expert opinions.
(7) The Senate has a decision-making habilitation commission
use. The university professors provide more than that
Half of the members of the habilitation commission, the students at least one member.
(8) The habilitation committee decides on the basis of the expert opinions and statements.
3. demonstrate the candidate’s command of his / her habilitation subject and ability for its advancement.
Art submissions must demonstrate the candidate’s ability to exercise his / her artistic discipline within the full scope
of the venia docendi applied for.
(4) An application for a habilitation degree shall be directed to the rectorate. The latter shall forward the
application to the senate, unless it must be rejected due to the university’s incompetence to process it.
(5) The representatives of university professors in the senate shall appoint, nominated by the university
professors in the department concerned, at least two experts in the habilitation subject, including at least one
external, to act as assessors of the academic papers or works of art submitted. However, they may also delegate this
task to the university professors of the department or of a department in a related field.
(6) The university professors in the department concerned and departments in related fields shall be entitled to give
opinions on the assessors reports.
(7) The senate shall appoint a habilitation committee with decision-making power. More than half of the
members shall be university professors, and at least one shall be a student.
(8) The habilitation committee shall make its decision on the basis of the reports and opinions received.
152 of 205
(9) On the basis of the decision of the habilitation committee, the rectorate issues the
Notification of the application for a teaching license. Is against this decision
Appeal to the Federal Administrative Court admissible.
(10) The Rectorate must refer a decision of the Habilitation Commission back if significant
Principles of the procedure have been violated.
(11) The granting of the teaching license (venia docendi) neither establishes an employment relationship, nor
an existing employment relationship with the university is changed (private lecturer).
Emeritus University Professors and University Professors
Retired university professors
Section 104. (1) Emeritus University Professors and University Professors
Retired university professors have no active employment relationship with the federal government or the university.
(2) You have the right to give your teaching license (venia docendi) at the university at which you were going to emeritus or
were in an active employment relationship prior to retiring or retiring
practice and hold courses and examinations within the scope of their teaching qualifications.
(9) The rectorate shall issue an official notification on the application for a habilitation degree,
which shall be based on the decision of the habilitation committee. Appeals to the Federal Administrative
Court against such an official notification shall be permissible.
(10) The rectorate shall reject a decision by the habilitation committee in case of serious procedural defects.
(11) The award of a habilitation degree (venia docendi) shall neither confer the right to employment nor modify an
existing employment contract (non-tenured associate professor).
Professors Emeriti and Retired Professors
Section 104. (1) Professors emeriti and retired professors are not in an active employment status to the Federal
Government or the university.
(2) They shall be entitled to retain their habilitation degrees (venia docendi) at the university where they were
employed prior to their retirement and to give lectures and hear examinations under such authorization.
Section 6
Chapter 6
General provisions General
provisions
Freedom of conscience and freedom of research
of Conscience and Research
§ 105. No member of the university and no member of the university may go against her or his conscience
Participation in individual scientific or artistic work. From one
Refusal to cooperate must not be detrimental to him or her. The university member concerned
however, has his or her superiors or his or her superiors from their or his refusal
to inform in writing.
§ 105. No member of a university may be required to participate in scientific or artistic work which conflicts with
his / her conscience. Refusal to participate in such work shall not result in any disadvantage. However, the
university member concerned must inform his / her superior of such refusal in writing.
Exploitation of Intellectual Property Commercial
Exploitation of Intellectual Property
§ 106. (1) Each or every member of the university has the right to have their own scientific or artistic
Publish work independently. When publishing the results of the research or the
Development and
§ 106. (1) All university members shall have the right to independent publication of academic papers and artistic
work. When research findings or work serving the
153 of 205
Opening up the arts are university members who have their own scientific or
have made an artistic contribution to this work, to name as co-authors.
(2) On service inventions pursuant to Section 7 (3) Patent Act, Federal Law Gazette No. 259/1970, which is based on a
University within the framework of a public or private employment or training relationship
are made to the federal government or within the framework of an employment or training relationship to the university
to apply the patent law with the proviso that the university is regarded as an employer in accordance with section 7 (2) patent law.
(3) The Rectorate must be informed immediately of any service invention. Wants the university
claim the service invention in its entirety or a right to use it
Rectorate must notify the inventor of this within three months. Otherwise this right stands
to the inventor.
advancement and appreciation of the arts are published, university members who have contributed to such work shall be
named as co-authors.
(2) Inventions in the meaning of § 7 para 3 of the Patents Act, F.L.G. No 259/1970, made at a university
in the course of employment or training under federal public law or employment or training by the university, shall be
subject to the Patents Act, and the university shall be deemed to be the employer according to
§ 7 para 2 of the Patents Act.
(3) All inventions shall be promptly reported to the rectorate. The rectorate shall inform the inventor within three
months if it intends to claim title to the invention in its entirety or rights to the use thereof. Otherwise the
inventor shall be entitled to such rights.
Part IV
Part IV
personnel law
Employment Law
Tender and Ad Advertisement
Positions and Appointments
Section 107. (1) All vacancies must be advertised by the rectorate. Put
for the scientific and artistic staff according to § 94 Paragraph 1 No. 4 are international,
at least across the EU. The tender period must be at least three weeks.
§ 107. (1) All vacant posts shall be advertised by the rectorate. Positions for scientific and artistic university
staff under § 94 para 1 subpara 4 shall be advertised internationally, at least in the EU. The application deadline
shall be set at least three weeks after the publication of an advertisement.
(2) A call for tenders can be waived in the following cases: (2) Advertisement of posts
shall not be mandatory in the following cases:
1. When filling positions exclusively for teaching tasks and with a small number of hours
(Teaching position) are provided, and
2. for positions for temporary third-party funded projects that are qualified
Selection process has preceded if the donor's provisions do not conflict with this;
1. posts solely involving teaching duties, and with low teaching loads (part-time temporary lectureships);
2. Posts relating to limited term projects funded by third parties which have been preceded by a properly conducted
selection procedure, provided that this does not conflict with the conditions imposed by the financier;
3. for positions that are filled according to § 99a. 3. Posts to
be filled under § 99a.
(3) Employment contracts are drawn up by the rector on a proposal or after consulting the head
Head of the organizational unit and the immediate superior, who or the position to be filled
is assigned to complete.
(3) The rector shall conclude employment contracts on the recommendation of, or after consultation of the head of the
organizational unit to which the vacant post in question is assigned, or the appointee’s immediate superior.
154 of 205
(4) Employment contracts for employees on projects in accordance with
Section 27 (1) 3 and for employees who have earmarked funds
of the research funding are funded by the rector on the proposal of the
or the immediate superior to whom the position to be filled is assigned.
(5) Employment contracts of university professors
are from the Rector after the appointment procedure has been carried out in accordance with §§ 98 or
99 to complete.
(4) Employment contracts with staff involved in a project in the meaning of § 27 para 1 subpara 3 and with staff whose
employment is paid for by tied research funds shall be concluded by the rector on the recommendation of the appointee’s
immediate supervisor.
(5) Employment contracts with university professors shall be concluded by the rector following an appointment procedure
in accordance with §§ 98 or 99.
Legal basis of employment relationships
Legal basis of employment
Section 108. (1) Unless otherwise stipulated by law, the employment relationship with the university is:
Employees Act, Federal Law Gazette No. 292/1921.
(2) The universities together form the umbrella organization of the universities, in which the rectorate of each university
has to send a representative. The umbrella organization adopts rules of procedure and elects
with a majority of a chairperson.
(3) The umbrella organization is on the employer's side for the universities belonging to it
Collective agreement in the sense of the Labor Constitution Act, Federal Law Gazette No. 22/1974. One completed by the umbrella organization
Collective agreement applies to the employees of the umbrella organization
summarized universities.
(4) The collective bargaining capacity of the umbrella association comes in relation to the collective bargaining capacity
other employers' interest groups or professional associations.
§ 108. (1) University employment shall, unless otherwise provided for by statute, be governed by the Salaried
Employees Act, F.L.G. No 292/1921.
(2) The universities shall form the National University Federation, to which the rectorate of every university shall
appoint a representative. The federation shall adopt rules of procedure and shall elect a chairperson by a simple
majority.
(3) The federation shall be empowered to negotiate collective contracts in the meaning of the Labor Relations Act, F.
L.G. No 22/1974, on behalf of member universities. Collective contracts concluded by the federation shall be
applicable to the employees of member universities.
(4) The federation’s legal capacity to make collective contracts shall take precedence over the capacity
of other employers ’associations or professional associations to make such contracts.
(Note: Paragraph 5 repealed by Art. 17 Z 23, Federal Law Gazette I No. 31/2018) (5) [Removed]
Special legal regulation for members of forensic medicine institutions
Section 108a. Employees who are assigned to a facility for forensic medicine,
have to participate in the preparation of expert opinions and findings in the judicial process.
The client responsible for the reports and findings is the relevant investigative or
Judicial authority.
Special arrangements for members of units of forensic medicine
Section 108a. Employees who are assigned to a unit of forensic medicine shall participate in the preparation of
assessments and reports in court proceedings as part of their official duties. The contracting body shall be the
competent investigative or judicial body.
155 out of 205
Duration of employment Term
of employment contracts
Section 109. (1) Employment relationships can be concluded for an indefinite or specific period. Employment relationships
if the employment contract is otherwise legally ineffective, a certain period must be limited to a maximum of six years,
unless otherwise specified in this federal law.
(2) A repeated, immediately successive limitation is only possible for employees who are in the
Within the framework of third-party funded projects or research projects, only in teaching
used personnel as well as substitute staff. The total duration of such immediately consecutive
The employment relationship of an employee may be six years, in the case of
Part-time employment does not exceed eight years. An additional one-time extension up to
a total of ten years, in the case of part-time employment up to a total of twelve years, is more factual
Justification, especially for the continuation or completion of research projects and publications
allowed.
(3) If an employee changes to another use within the meaning of Section 100, this is without prejudice
of paragraph 2 a one-time renewed limitation up to a total of six years, in
In the case of part-time employment up to eight years, permissible, the time limits according to paragraphs 1, 2 and 3
to be added accordingly. The maximum limits in paragraph 2 may not be exceeded.
Employment times as a student employee are not taken into account.
(4) Another use within the meaning of paragraph 3 exists in particular if the change results in a further use
Career level (e.g. postdoc position) is reached or the change from or to a position within the framework of a
Third-party funded or research project is carried out.
Special legal regulations on working hours and rest periods for the scientific and artistic
University staff
§ 110. (1) (Note: Paragraph 1 will expire on December 31, 2021) Instead of the provisions of
Working Hours Act, Federal Law Gazette No. 461/1969, and the Labor Restitution Act, Federal Law Gazette No. 144/1983, apply to the
scientific and artistic staff of the universities the following provisions. Except
are
Section 109. (1) Employment contracts may be of unlimited or limited term. The term of limited term employment contracts
shall not exceed six years, on pain of invalidity, unless otherwise provided for by this Act.
(2) Limited term contracts immediately succeeding each other shall only be permissible for staff employed
in connection with third-party funded projects or research projects for which teaching staff are exclusively
used, and for staff acting as temporary replacements. The combined duration of such successive employment contracts may
not exceed six years, or, in case of part-time employment, eight years. An additional one-time renewal not exceeding a
total of ten years, or twelve years if employed part-time, shall be permissible, if objectively justified, in
particular for the continuation or completion of research projects and publications.
(3) Notwithstanding para 3, a second limited-term contract of up to six years in total, or up to eight years in total
for a part-time employment, shall be permissible, with the limited terms according to paras 100, 2 and 1
being totalled, if the assignment of an employee in the meaning of § 2 changes. The upper limits under para 2 shall
not be exceeded. Employment as student assistant shall not be taken into account.
(4) Assignments change in the meaning of para 3 in particular when the change entails another career stage (e.g. a
postdoc position) or the employee transfers from or to a position funded by third parties or a research project.
Special arrangements for the Hours of Work and Rest Periods of Scientific and Artistic University Staff
§ 110. (1) (Note: Para 1 shall expire at the end of 31 December 2021.) The following provisions shall apply to
scientific and artistic university staff instead of those of the Working Hours Act, Federal Law Gazette No. 461/1969,
and the Rest Periods Act, Federal Law Gazette No. 144/1983. Scientific staff who are subject to the Hospital Working
Hours Act and senior university employees entrusted with important managerial responsibilities are excluded from
these provisions.
156 of 205
1. the scientific staff to whom the Hospital Working Hours Act applies,
with regard to Section 29 (5), deviating from Section 4 (4) 2 and Section 4b
Working Hours Act in agreement with the representatives elected in accordance with § 34
Works agreement can be allowed that the average weekly working time is 60 hours
can, if the individual employee agrees in writing in advance
and which exceeds the average weekly working time of 48 hours only for
university tasks in research and teaching are devoted to normal working hours.
2. senior executives of the universities who have significant managerial responsibilities
transferred independently.
1. the scientific staff to which the Hospital Working Hours Act shall apply. Notwithstanding § 4 para 4 subpara 2 and
para 4b of the Hospital Working Hours Act, in consultation with the representatives elected according to
Section 34, an employee's council agreement may permit that the average weekly working time may amount to 60 hours if the
individual employee has given his / her written consent in advance and the times exceeding the average weekly
working time of 48 hours are dedicated exclusively to university tasks in the field of research and teaching in
the normal working time.
2. senior university employees entrusted with important managerial responsibilities.
(2) For the purposes of this provision: (2)
For the purposes of these provisions:
1. Working hours: the time from the beginning to the end of the work without the breaks and the rest periods
includes normal working hours and overtime work;
2. daily working time: the working time within a continuous period of 24 hours;
3. Weekly working hours: the working hours within the period from Monday to Sunday inclusive;
1. "Hours of work" mean the time from the start to the finish of working time, apart from the rest breaks and rest
periods, and comprise normal working time and overtime;
2. “Daily working time” means the hours of work within an uninterrupted period of 24 hours;
3. “Weekly working time” means the hours of work within the period from Monday up to and including Sunday;
4th night: the period between 10pm and 6am; 4. “Night” means
the period from 10 p.m. until 6 a.m.
5. Night worker: an employee who
regularly or, unless the collective agreement provides otherwise, in at least 48 nights in the
Calendar year works at least three hours during the night.
(2a) The weekly normal working time is 40 hours, unless otherwise stipulated by the collective agreement
Regulations are made.
(3) The daily working hours may not exceed 13 hours. The weekly working time may be within
a calculation period of up to 17 weeks on average 48 hours and in each
Weeks of the calculation period do not exceed 60 hours.
(4) The daily working hours of night workers may
do not exceed an average of eight hours within a calculation period of 17 weeks.
5. “Night workers” means workers who work at least three hours during the night either regularly or, unless
otherwise provided for by the collective contract, at least 48 nights per calendar year.
(2a) The normal working week is 40 hours unless otherwise provided for by the collective contract.
(3) Daily working time may not exceed 13 hours. Weekly working time may not exceed an average of 48 hours within a
reference period of up to 17 weeks or 60 hours in single weeks within the reference period.
(4) The daily working time of night workers may not exceed an average of eight hours within a reference period of 17
weeks.
157 of 205
(5) If the total duration of the working time is more than six hours, the working time is due to a break from
to interrupt for at least 30 minutes.
(6) After the end of the daily working hours, the employees have an uninterrupted one
Grant a rest period of at least eleven hours.
(7) Within a period from Monday to Sunday inclusive, the employees
to grant an uninterrupted rest period of 36 hours. The extent of the weekly rest period can be up
24 hours if the employee receives one within 14 days
average weekly rest period of 36 hours is guaranteed.
(7a) As far as operational requirements do not conflict, Sundays and public holidays (§ 7 para. 2
and 3 of the Rest of Work Act).
(8) Night workers are entitled to a day job at their request
transfer if their health is proven to be impaired by night work and transfer to
a job with daily work is possible for operational reasons.
(9) Night workers are entitled to free examinations of their
Health status before starting work and afterwards at regular intervals. These examinations are
special investigations according to § 51 of the Workers Protection Act (ASchG), Federal Law Gazette No. 450/1994.
(10) A collective contract can reduce the uninterrupted rest period in accordance with paragraph 6 to eight hours.
Such reductions in the rest period are within the next two weeks by correspondingly extending another
compensate for daily or weekly rest. Furthermore, the
Calculation period for the weekly working time according to paragraph 3 up to twelve months and for the
weekly rest period according to paragraph 7 can be extended to two months. Deviations due to collective agreement
are only permitted if the employees concerned have equivalent rest periods
be granted.
(11) Unless the offense is subject to a more severe penalty according to other regulations, the employer is from
punish the district administrative authority with a fine of 36 euros up to 1,500 euros if
(5) If the total duration of hours of work amounts to more than six hours, working time shall be
interrupted by a rest break of at least 30 minutes.
(6) After daily working time, employees shall be given an uninterrupted rest period of at least 11 hours.
(7) Employees shall be given an uninterrupted rest period of 36 hours within the period from Monday up to and including
Sunday. The weekly rest period may be reduced to 24 hours if an employee is assured of an average weekly rest period of
36 hours over a 14 day period.
(7a) Unless precluded by operational requirements, Sundays and statutory holidays (§ 7 paras 2 and of the rest
Periods Act) shall be kept free.
(8) At their request, night workers shall be transferred to day jobs, if night work is demonstrably detrimental to
their health and such transfer is operationally feasible.
(9) Night workers shall be entitled to free health assessments prior to the commencement of their duties
and at regular intervals thereafter. Such assessments shall be special assessments according to § 51 of the
Employees Protection Act, F.L.G. No 450/1994.
(10) The uninterrupted rest period according to para 6 may be reduced to eight hours by a collective contract. search
reductions in rest periods shall be compensated by corresponding extensions of other daily or weekly rest
periods within the succeeding two weeks. The reference period for weekly hours of work under para 3 may, further, be
extended to 12 months, and that for weekly rest periods under para 7 to two months by a collective contract. Deviations
from the statutory provisions by virtue of collective contracts are only permissible if the employees concerned are
granted equivalent compensatory rest periods.
(11) Employers shall, unless the offense is subject to a heavier penalty under other enactments, be punishable by the
district administrative authority with a fine of between 36 € and 1,500 € if:
158 of 205
1. Employees of the employer above the daily or maximum limits
weekly working hours according to paragraph 3 or 4 are used,
2. do not grant them breaks in accordance with paragraph 5 or the daily or weekly rest period in accordance with paragraphs 6 or 7
becomes,
3. the health status of night workers is not
is examined in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 9.
Special legal regulations on rest from work for general university staff
§ 111. The general university staff, their cooperation to support and maintain
of the teaching company or the research or art business is absolutely necessary, may during the weekend
and holiday rest in accordance with sections 3 and 7 of the Labor Restitution Act.
1. employees are used beyond the limits for daily or weekly hours of work under paras 3 or 4;
2. they are not granted rest breaks under para 5 or daily or weekly rest periods under paras 6 or 7; or
3. night workers are not provided with health assessments in accordance with the provisions of para 9.
Special arrangements for the Rest Periods of Non-Academic University Staff
§ 111. Non-academic university staff whose work is essential to support and maintain teaching, research or artistic
activities may be employed during week-end and holiday rest periods according to §§ 3 and 7 of the Rest Periods Act.
Extended protection against dismissal and dismissal
Protection against dismissal
§ 113. A termination or dismissal of a member of the scientific or artistic
University staff is ineffective if the termination is due to one of her or him in research
(Development and indexing of the arts) or teaching or method.
§ 113. The termination or dismissal of a member of the scientific and artistic university staff shall be null and void
if an official notification has been issued as a result of an opinion or method advocated by such staff member
in the course of his / her research, artistic or teaching activities.
Takeover of public office
Acceptance of public offices
Section 114. (1) The assumption of a public office does not require approval from the university,
must be reported to the rectorate immediately.
(2) Is an exercise of the public office in addition to fulfilling the obligations arising from the
The employment relationship with the university is not possible, the employee is on
Exempt or partially exempt the application if the fee is reduced or canceled accordingly.
§ 114. (1) Acceptance of public offices shall not require the permission of the university, but must be reported to the
rectorate without delay.
(2) In case that the exercise of a public office in addition to the fulfillment of an employee’s duties under his / her
employment contract is impossible, such employee shall, on application, be partly or entirely released from
such duties subject to a corresponding reduction in or suspension of remuneration.
Pension Fund System and Company Collective Insurance System of Pension Funds and
Corporate collective insurance
Section 115. In any case, by collective agreement is for academic and artistic university staff
a pension fund commitment or the promise of company group insurance within the meaning of the
Works Pension Act, Federal Law Gazette No. 282/1990. Also for general university staff
a pension fund commitment or the promise of company group insurance within the meaning of the
Works Pension Act.
§ 115. A pension fund commitment or the commitment to a corporate collective insurance in the meaning of the Company
Pension Act, F.L.G. No 282/1990, shall be made for the scientific and artistic university staff under a collective
contract. For the non-academic university staff, a pension fund commitment or a commitment to a corporate collective
insurance in the meaning of the Company Pension Act can also be made. At each university, only one of the systems named
shall be offered.
159 of 205
Only one of the systems mentioned can be used at each university.
Part V.
Part V
Penalties
Penal commissions
§ 116. (1) Who deliberately
§ 116. (1) Anyone who deliberately without authority awards, grants or uses
1. a name peculiar to the domestic or foreign higher education system or
1. a designation specific to a domestic or foreign higher education system; or
2. one or more domestic academic degrees or 2. one or more
domestic academic degrees; or
3. A designation that is the same or similar to the domestic or foreign academic degrees or titles
lends, mediates or leads without authorization,
commits if the offense does not constitute the offense of a criminal who falls under the jurisdiction of the courts
Act forms or under other administrative regulations with stricter
Punishment is an administrative offense committed by the local
competent district administrative authority with a fine of up to 15,000 euros.
3. a degree or title identical or similar to domestic or foreign academic degrees or titles,
if the act does not constitute a punishable offense coming under the jurisdiction of a court of law or is not according
to other rules of administrative penalty subject to more severe punishment, is committing an administrative offense
punishable by the locally competent district administration by a fine of up to 15,000 €.
(2) The award, placement or leadership is particularly unjustified if the academic degree or the
same or similar designation
1. comes from an institution that a post-secondary educational institution does not
is of equal importance;
2. comes from an institution that is not recognized by the host country as a post-secondary educational institution;
3. not on the basis of corresponding study and examination achievements or scientific or artistic
Benefits were acquired;
4. not because of the high reputation due to scientific or artistic achievements in
Specialist circles or because of outstanding services to the scientific or cultural tasks of the
post-secondary educational institution was awarded on an honorary basis.
(2) The award, grant or use of an academic degree or identical or similar designation is, in particular,
improper if it:
1. originates from an institution which is not of equivalent status to a post-secondary educational institution;
2. originates from an institution not recognized by its country of domicile as a post-secondary educational
institution;
3. was not obtained by virtue of appropriate studies and examinations or scientific or artistic achievement;
4. was not awarded on an honorary basis in recognition of the recipient’s high standing in academic circles due
to his / her scientific or artistic achievements, or for outstanding services to the scholarly or
cultural activities of a post-secondary educational institution.
160 of 205
VI. part
Part VI
Properties, structures, premises properties,
Buildings and Rooms
use of space
Use of space
§ 117. The universities are particularly obliged within the framework of their tenancy rights, for an optimal one
Ensure space use for university purposes.
§ 117. The universities shall, particularly with regard to the use of their tenancy rights, ensure that space is
efficiently used for university purposes.
Tenancy rights in respect of properties
Owned by BIG and other owners
§ 118. Real estate, buildings and premises rented by BIG or other third parties
not required for short-term purposes for university purposes may be passed on to third parties insofar as this applies to
Is permitted on the basis of the rental agreement and the Tenancy Law.
§ 118. Properties, buildings and rooms rented from BIG or other third parties, which are temporarily not required for
university use, may be sublet to third parties provided that this is permitted by the tenancy agreement and the Rent
Act.
land use plan
Development plan for buildings
§ 118a. (1) The Federal Minister has an overall building plan for Austria,
which can be divided into up to three separate planning regions as a planning tool for implementation
to conduct university real estate projects. The site plan must be published.
(2) The site plan has all real estate projects of the universities, especially new buildings,
Conversions, (general) renovations, adaptations and rentals, each with the corresponding
Investment costs including initial equipment or new furnishings and other one-off costs as well as all
To include follow-up costs.
(3) Projects whose financial significance does not have that value are not to be included in the development plan
exceeds the agreement with the Federal Minister as of the project regulation, Federal Law Gazette II No. 22/2013
or the Federal Minister of Finance.
(4) The universities have their real estate projects planned by the Federal Minister or the medium term
Federal Minister announce. Every real estate project is undertaken by the university concerned
Financial application of calculation bases, which are to be disclosed in the project description
rate.
(5) The Federal Minister decides on the inclusion of a real estate project in the development plan
or the Federal Minister after a project description has been submitted by the university concerned. The
real estate projects
§ 118a. (1) The Federal Minister shall maintain a national development plan for buildings, which may be divided
into up to three separate planning regions, as a planning instrument for the realization of building
projects of universities. The development plan for buildings shall be published.
(2) The development plan for buildings shall contain all building projects of universities, including in
particular new buildings, modifications, (complete) refurbishments, remodeling and leasing, together with
the capital expenditure, including initial or new furniture, fixtures and equipment and other non-recurring costs as
well as all consequential costs.
(3) Projects with a financial impact not exceeding the value beyond which agreement with the Federal
Minister of Finance would have to be reached according to the Decree on Projects, F.L.G. II No 22/2013, shall
not be included in the development plan for buildings.
(4) The universities shall communicate their building projects planned over the medium term to the Federal
Minister. Each building project shall be assessed financially by the university, using valuation standards that
are documented in the project description.
(5) The Federal Minister shall decide on the inclusion of a building project in the development plan for buildings
based on the project description submitted by the university. The building projects shall be priority-ranked, having
regard to the focus
161 of 205
are taking into account university policy priorities and the needs of universities, also about
Planning regions, ranked by priority. For this purpose, the Federal Minister has the
Invite universities in a planning region to jointly prepare a corresponding proposal. This
Priority order must be updated regularly, at least every three years.
areas in higher education policy and the needs of universities, also across planning regions. To this end, the Federal
Minister shall invite the universities located within the same planning region to prepare the proposal jointly. this
prioritization shall be updated periodically, at least every three years.
University Real Estate Management Property
Management by Universities
§ 118b. (1) The realization or financing of real estate projects is between the Federal Minister
To agree on the Federal Minister and the university concerned.
(2) In accordance with the current budgetary scope for action, the Federal Minister can
the order of priority of the land use plan, the appropriateness of the financial assessments,
the focus on higher education policy and general economic
Issue location for individual projects.
(3) The Federal Minister may, in agreement with the Federal Minister
for finance regulate the procedure for project planning and execution by ordinance, in particular
Regulations on the individual procedural steps, the calculation bases to be used in the project description
(§ 118a para. 4), inclusion in the site plan, the creation of a room and function program,
the planning approval, construction approval and reporting requirements of the university concerned are taken
can.
(4) Projects that are not to be included in the site plan in accordance with Section 118a (3) are subject to the application of Section 3
except. The Federal Minister can for real estate projects, the costs of which are entirely
Third parties are covered, approve exceptions to the procedure in accordance with paragraph 3.
§ 118b. (1) The realization and funding of building projects shall be agreed upon by the Federal Minister and the
university involved.
(2) The Federal Minister may grant the approval of projects, contingent upon budgetary considerations, the priority
ranking in the development plan for buildings, the adequacy of the valuation, the focus areas in higher education
policy, and the general economic situation.
(3) The Federal Minister may, in consultation with the Federal Minister of Finance, lay down, by decree, the
procedure for project planning and execution and may in particular stipulate provisions pertaining to the individual
procedural steps, the valuation standards used in the project description (§ 118a para 4), the inclusion in the
development plan for buildings, the preparation of a space allocation and function program, the planning
approval, the construction approval, and the reporting duties of the university involved.
(4) Projects that are not included in the development plan for buildings according to § 118a para 3 shall
not be subject to para 3. The Federal Minister may, for building projects that are funded in total by third parties,
grant exceptions from the procedure mandated in para 3.
VII. Part
Part VII
Science
Science Council
Section 119. (1) The Science Council is an institution of the Federation. It is subject to supervision by the Federal Minister
or the Federal Minister in accordance with § 45.
Section 119. (1) The Science Council shall be a federal institution. It shall be subject to ministerial supervision in
in accordance with § 45.
(2) The tasks of the Science Council are: (2) The
functions of the Science Council shall be:
162 of 205
1. Advising the Federal Minister, the legislative bodies
and universities in university affairs and science policy issues
the art;
2. Observation and analysis of the Austrian university and science system at
Consideration of European and international developments as well as preparation of proposals
its further development.
(3) The decisions, statements and recommendations of the Science Council are closed
publish, whereby personal data (Art. 4 No. 1 GDPR) may only be published if:
1. advising the Federal Minister, the legislature and the universities on university matters and on questions
of science policy and the arts;
2. monitoring and analyzing the Austrian higher education and research system, having regard to European and
international trends, and formulating proposals for its further development.
(3) The resolutions, opinions and recommendations of the Science Council shall be published, in that personal data (Art
4 No 1 GDPR) may only be published if
1. the data subjects have given their consent or 1. the persons
concerned have given their consent, or
2. the data subjects exercise a public function. 2. the persons
concerned exercise a public function
(4) From 2004, the Science Council has at least every three years in the National Council through the
Submit an activity report to the Federal Minister. This report also has
Recommendations on the basic direction of the performance agreements with the universities at
Include consideration of location development.
(5) The Science Council consists of twelve members from different areas of society, in particular
of science and art by the Federal Government on the proposal of the Federal Minister
or the Federal Minister. The Science Council reimburses the
Federal Minister proposals for the nomination of members. Women are in
appropriate number to be considered.
(4) From 2004 onwards the Science Council shall submit reports on its activities at least once every three years
to the National Council, by way of the Federal Minister. Such reports shall also include
recommendations for the strategic alignment of the performance agreements with universities, having
regard to the development of university locations.
(5) The Science Council shall consist of 12 members from different spheres of society, particularly science and the
arts, who shall be nominated by the Federal Minister and appointed by the Federal Government. The
Science Council shall submit suggestions to the Federal Minister for the nomination of its members, having regard to
adequate female representation.
(6) Membership of the Science Council is excluded: (6) The following shall be
excluded from membership of the Science Council:
1. Academic officials of the universities according to
Section 6 (1), universities of teacher education according to Section 1 (1) and (2) HG and those in Austria according to Sections 23 and 24
HS-QSG accredited universities of applied sciences, universities of applied sciences and private universities;
2. Employees of for universities and universities of teacher education
responsible federal ministries and
3. Members of the federal government or a state government, members of the National Council, the Federal Council
or any other general
1. officers of the universities named in § 6 para 1, of the university colleges of teacher education named in § 1 paras
1 and 2 HG, and of accredited Austrian universities of applied sciences, university of applied sciences programs and
private universities under sections 23 and 24 HS-QSG;
2. Employees of the federal ministries in charge of the universities and university colleges of teacher
education; and
3. members of the federal or provincial governments, the National Council, the Federal Council or any other popular
representative body, and officers of
163 of 205
Representative body, political party officials, and individuals performing any of these functions in the past four
Have exercised for years.
political parties or persons who have exercised such functions during the past four years.
(Note: Paragraph 7 repealed by Federal Law Gazette I No. 81/2009) (7) [removed]
(8) The term of office of the members of the Science Council is to be determined by the Federal Government on the occasion of
Order to be set at three or six years and begins with the order. A one-time reappointment is
allowed. If a member of the Science Council leaves prematurely, the
to withdraw a new member.
(8) The term of office of the members of the Science Council shall be determined by the Federal Government
as either three or six years when they are appointed and shall commence with the appointment. reappointment
shall be permissible for one term. In case of the premature termination of the service of a member of the Science
Council, a replacement shall be appointed for the remainder of the term of office of the departing member.
(9) Membership in the Science Council ends (9) Membership
of the Science Council may be terminated by:
1. by the end of the term of office, 1.
expiry of the term of office;
2. by waiver,
2. resignation;
3. by dismissal,
3. dismissal;
4. by death.
4. death.
(10) The Federal Minister convenes the constituent meeting of the Science Council. The
or the chairman is elected from among the majority of the members. The Science Council gives one
Rules of procedure.
(11) The Federal Government may appoint a member of the Science Council at the request of the Federal Minister
Federal Minister or at the request of the majority of the members of the Science Council because of a serious
Breach of duty, a criminal conviction or due to lack of health suitability with notification
recalled from his function.
(12) The Science Council has a quorum if at least half of the members are present in person.
Voice transmissions are not permitted.
(13) The Science Council is entitled to invite domestic and foreign experts to the meetings and
To set up working groups.
(14) The members of the Science Council receive remuneration for their work
Federal Minister is to be determined.
(10) The Federal Minister shall convene the constituent meeting of the Science Council. The members shall elect a
chairperson from among their number. The Science Council shall adopt rules of procedure.
(11) The Federal Government may, on application of the Federal Minister or of a majority of the members of the Science
Council, by official notification, dismiss a member of the Council due to severe misconduct, conviction of a criminal
Offence, or mental incapacity or health impairment.
(12) The Science Council shall have a quorum when at least half of the members are present. Voting by proxy is
impermissible.
(13) The Science Council shall be entitled to invite domestic and foreign experts to its meetings, and to establish
working parties.
(14) The members of the Science Council shall receive compensation for their activities in an amount to be determined
by the Federal Minister.
(15) The Federal Minister has the Scientific Council to perform its tasks
to provide the necessary spatial, technical and personnel equipment.
(15) The Federal Minister shall provide the Science Council with the premises, equipment and staff necessary for the
performance of its tasks.
164 of 205
VIII. Part
Part VIII
Transitional and final provisions
provisions
Section 1
Chapter 1
Implementation of the New
Organizational structure
founding convention
Constituent Convention
Section 120. (1) Immediately after
Announcement of this federal law to establish a founding convention consisting of twelve members
consists.
(2) The founding convention includes representatives of the university professors
University professors, the group mentioned in section 94 (2) (2), the general university staff and
of students of the university of the same name according to UOG 1993 or KUOG.
(3) Deviating from paragraph 2, the members of a medical faculty are only for the founding convention of those
Medical University actively and passively entitled to vote or capable of posting, according to § 136 para. 2
is the universal successor to the medical faculty concerned.
(4) Members of inter-university institutions are for the founding convention of those
University actively and passively entitled to vote, which according to § 136 para. 4 to 11 the
Successor institution of the respective inter-university institution.
(5) The rectors in office, vice-rectors in accordance with UOG 1993 and KUOG are
not eligible to vote passively.
(6) The Federal Minister has an election regulation for the
Founding conventions of all universities according to the principles of the same, immediate,
to grant secret and personal proportional representation rights.
(7) The members and substitute members of the founding convention are to be appointed as follows:
§ 120. (1) A constituent convention consisting of 12 members shall be established at each of the universities
named in § 6 subparas 1 to 21 upon publication of this Act.
(2) The constituent convention shall consist of representatives of the professors, the group of persons named in § 94
para 2 subpara 2, the non-academic university staff and the students of the university in the meaning of the University
Organization Act 1993 and the Universities of the Arts Organization Act.
(3) Notwithstanding para 2, the members of medical faculties shall only be eligible to vote and be
elected to the constituent conventions of those medical universities which are the legal successors of the
faculties of medicine concerned according to § 136 para 2.
(4) Members of inter-university institutions shall be eligible to vote and be elected to the constituent
conventions of those universities which are the legal successors of the respective inter-university institutions
according to § 136 paras 4 to 11.
(5) In accordance with the University Organization Act 1993 and Universities of the Arts Organization Act, rectors and
vice-rectors in office shall not be eligible for election.
(6) The Federal Minister shall, by decree, enact electoral regulations for the constituent conventions of all
universities. These shall conform to the principles of equal, direct, secret and personal voting and proportional
representation.
(7) The members and substitute members of the constituent convention shall be appointed as follows:
165 of 205
1. Seven representatives of the university professors are from
to be chosen by all university professors (§ 97).
2. Two representatives of the group named in § 94 Para. 2 No. 2 are all
University lecturers (Section 122 (3)) as well as the academic and
to choose artistic staff in research, art and teaching.
At least one person with a teaching license (venia docendi) must belong to the elected.
3. A representative of the general university staff is from all members of the
general university staff to choose.
4. Two student representatives are legally authorized to represent the students
send.
(8) The Chair of the Department Committee of University Teachers and the
or the Chairman of the Staff Committee for Staff other than university teachers who or
the chair of the working group for equality issues, the library director,
the university director, the head of the central office
IT service and the chairperson of the student body at the university concerned belong to the
Founding convention with an advisory vote.
(9) The founding convention is quorate if at least half of the members entitled to vote personally
is present or is represented by a substitute member. The resolutions are passed by majority vote, provided that
nothing else is specified in this federal law.
(10) The Rector in office at the time this Federal Act comes into force
Rector must announce the elections in the founding convention, the inaugural meeting
at the latest
To convene on November 30, 2002 and to lead until the election of the chairperson. For the founding convention one
Medical University has the task of the Dean of the Medical Faculty, whose
Successor institution is the Medical University.
(11) The founding convention has to prepare and implement the measures provided for in § 121
unless otherwise expressly stipulated by law.
1. Seven representatives of the university professors shall be elected by all the university professors (§ 97).
2. Two representatives of the group of persons named in § 94 para 2 subpara 2 shall be elected by all the associate
professors (§ 122 para 3) as well as the other research, artistic and teaching staff. Those elected must include at
least one person with a habilitation degree (venia docendi).
3. One representative of the non-academic university staff shall be elected by all the non-academic university staff.
4. Two student representatives shall be delegated by the legal student representative organization.
(8) The chairpersons of the employment committee for university teachers and the employment committee for non-academic
university staff, the chairperson of the working group on equal opportunities, the library director, the university
director, the head of the central information service and the chairperson of the students ’union at the university
concerned shall be non-voting members of the constituent convention.
(9) The constituent convention shall have a quorum when at least half of the voting members or their substitutes
are present. The constituent convention shall resolve by simple majority, except insofar as this Act provides
otherwise.
(10) The rector in office at the time of the entry into force of this Act shall call elections to the constituent
convention, call the constituent meeting not later than November 30, 2002, and preside over the meeting until the
election of a chairperson. In the case of the constituent convention of a medical university, these tasks shall be
performed by the dean of the faculty of medicine of which that university is the successor institution.
(11) The constituent convention shall make preparations for the implementing measures provided for by § 121, insofar as
these are not expressively provided for by statute.
166 of 205
(12) The function of the founding convention ends when the
December 31, 2003.
(12) The term of office of the constituent convention shall expire at the end of 31 December 2003.
implementation steps
Implementation steps
§ 121. (1) The provisions of the UOG 1993 and the KUOG are at universities and at universities
of the arts until December 31, 2003.
(2) Rectors in office at the time this Federal Act comes into force,
Vice-Rectors exercise their office until the rectorate takes over the functions under this Federal Act.
(3) The founding convention must determine the size of the Senate in accordance with Section 25 (2), a provisional statute
including an election code for the Senate to decide and the necessary further steps of reconciliation
to be initiated, provided that no other measures are provided for by law. The electoral code has the principles
in accordance with section 120 (6).
(4) The founding convention has to determine the size of the university council with five, seven or nine members and
to immediately elect two, three or four members of the University Council. Comes the founding convention one
University does not resign from this task until January 31, 2003, the Federal Minister also appoints
the members who would have been elected by the founding convention.
(5) The Federal Government has until 28 February 2003 at the request of the Federal Minister
To appoint two, three or four members for each university council in accordance with paragraph 4.
(6) The University Council must be constituted immediately and the further member by March 31, 2003 at the latest (§
21 para. 6 line 3).
(7) The founding convention must immediately announce the election of the rector and a proposal for
to make the election of the Rector. The election of the rector by
the university council must be completed by June 30, 2003 at the latest.
(8) The elected rectors have the number immediately after hearing the founding convention
the Vice-Rectors and their level of employment and a nomination
required. The Vice Rectors have to be elected no later than eight weeks after the Rector election
take place.
§ 121. (1) The provisions of the University Organization Act 1993 and the Universities of the Arts
Organization Act shall continue to apply to the universities and the universities of the arts until 31 December 2003.
(2) The rectors and vice-rectors in office at the time of the entry into force of this Act shall remain in office until
the rectorate takes office under this act.
(3) The constituent convention shall determine the size of the senate in accordance with § 25 para 2,
shall adopt a provisional statute including electoral regulations for the senate, and initiate the other
necessary transitional arrangements, insofar as other measures are not provided for by statute. The electoral
regulations shall conform to the principles named in § 120 para 6.
(4) The constituent convention shall determine the size of the university council, which may have five, seven or
nine members, and shall elect two, three or four members to the council without delay. In case that the
constituent convention of a university fails to comply with this task by 31 January 2003, the Federal Minister shall
appoint the members who would otherwise have been elected by the convention.
(5) The Federal Government shall, on application by the Federal Minister, appoint two, three or four members
to each university council, in accordance with para 2003, by 4 February, 28.
(6) The university council shall constitute itself without delay, and shall elect the additional member (§ 21 para 6
subpara 3) not later than March 31, 2003.
(7) The constituent convention shall, without delay, give notice of the election of the rector, and draw up a shortlist
of candidates for such election. The election of the rector by the university council shall take place not later than
30 June 2003.
(8) The rectors elected shall determine the number and tasks of the vice-rectors, and nominate candidates after hearing
the opinion of the constituent convention. The election of the vice-rectors shall take place not later than
eight weeks after the election of the rector.
167 of 205
(9) The members of the rectorate have to take office on October 1, 2003.
(10) The Rectorate must immediately adopt a provisional organizational plan and the provisional ones
Appoint the heads of the individual organizational units. This provisional
Organizational plan is effective from the day this federal law takes full effect at the university
put.
(11) The Rector must immediately announce the elections for the Senate and the meeting until the election
the chairman. The elections to the Senate have until October 31, 2003, the inaugural meeting of the
Senate and the election of the chairman to take place by November 30, 2003.
(12) The rules of procedure of the Rectorate must be published by October 31, 2003.
(13) The University Council is the final organizational form of the university by December 31, 2003 at the latest
(Organizational plan) and to submit the proposal for the statute to the Senate for resolution.
(14) Immediately after approval of the organizational plan, the heads of the
To order organizational units.
(15) The university hospitals and clinical institutes of the medical faculties built in accordance with UOG 1993
remain until a new organizational plan of the medical university concerned becomes effective
exist and the appointed leaders in office. These facilities apply
January 1, 2004 as organizational units of the clinical department of this medical university.
(16) The university has until April 30 of each year
2005, 2006 and 2007 to submit an activity report in addition to the clearance of accounts
has to refer to the entire range of services of the university.
(17) The Federal Minister, in agreement with the Federal Minister
for finance by the end of 2005 at the latest for the first service agreement period to finance the
To determine the total amount available to universities and to agree on this in accordance with § 45 of the
To produce federal budget law. The university has until April 30 the Federal Minister
2006
(9) The rectorate shall commence their office on October 1, 2003.
(10) The rectorate shall enact a provisional organization plan and appoint provisional heads of the various
organizational units without delay. This provisional organization plan shall come into force on the day when this Act
enters into full effect at the university.
(11) The rector shall give notice of the elections to the senate without delay, and shall preside over its
constituent meeting until the election of a chairperson. The elections to the senate shall be held by October 31
2003, and the constituent meeting of the senate and election of a chairperson by November 30, 2003.
(12) The rules of procedure of the rectorate shall be published by October 31, 2003.
(13) The rectorate shall submit its plans for the definitive organizational form of the university (organization
plan) to the university council, and submit the proposed university statute for resolution by the senate, not
later than December 31, 2003.
(14) Upon approval of the organization plan the heads of the organizational units shall be appointed without delay.
(15) The university clinics and clinical institutes within faculties of medicine, established under the University
Organization Act 1993, shall continue to exist and the heads thereof remain in office until the entry into effect of
new organization plans at the respective medical universities. From 1 January 2004 these institutions shall be deemed
to be organizational units of the clinical departments of these medical universities.
(16) Universities shall, in addition to financial statements, submit to the Federal Minister reports on their
activities, covering the entire spectrum of their services, by April 30, 2005, 2006 and 2007.
(17) The Federal Minister shall, not later than the end of 2005, establish a global budget for university funding
in the first performance agreement period in consultation with the Federal Minister of Finance, and shall
reach agreement in accordance with § 45 of the Federal Budget Act. Universities shall submit drafts of their
first performance agreements, for the period from 2007 to 2009, to the Federal Minister by April 30, 2006.
168 of 205
submit the draft of the first performance agreement for the years 2007 to 2009.
(18) Each university has until the time this Federal Act takes full effect
Create inventory. This directory has the mobile and so far dedicated to the university
immovable property, university liabilities towards third parties, in particular from
Borrowing, as well as all bank accounts including securities holdings and third-party funds from the institutes
(Clinics). This directory is also a listing of the day before the full
If this federal law takes effect, staff employed at the university must be attached.
(19) The Federal Minister has until September 30, 2006 a report on the
Promotion of young talent and the development of the personnel structure of the universities.
(20) The founding convention of each university has one representative by December 31, 2002 at the latest
to be sent to the umbrella organization of universities. This representative's term of office ends
with the sending of a new representative by the rectorate of the university concerned
(Section 108 Paragraph 2).
(21) The Rector of the University of Vienna has the constituent meeting of the umbrella organization of the
Universities (§ 108) and to chair this meeting until the election of the chairperson.
(22) If the steps required for implementation are not carried out in time, the
necessary measures without setting a grace period by the Federal Minister by
Replacement will be made.
(23) Does a university submit a draft first performance agreement from the Federal Minister
If the Federal Minister fails to do so in good time, the budget for the year in question is 98% of the budget for the previous year.
(24) The faculty representations according to § 15 des
Higher Education Act 1998 at the medical faculties of the universities of Vienna, Graz and
Innsbruck for the medical, human medicine, dentistry and doctoral studies of the
practice medical science regarding the implementation of the provisions of the
University Act 2002 to December 31, 2003 also the function of university representatives
of students according to § 13 of the
(18) Every university shall prepare an inventory by the time of the entry of this Act into full effect. Search inventory
shall set forth the movable and immovable assets with which the university has hitherto been endowed, and its
liabilities to third parties, particularly loans; all bank accounts including security accounts; as well as the
third-party funds of institutes (or clinics). A schedule listing the staff employed at the university on the day
before the entry of this Act into full effect shall be appended to this inventory.
(19) The Federal Minister shall submit to the universities a report on the career advancement for junior academics and
future developments with regard to university staffing not later than 30 September 2006.
(20) The constituent convention of each university shall appoint a representative to the national university federation
not later than December 31, 2002. The term of office of such representative shall end upon the appointment of a new
representative by the rectorate of the university concerned (§ 108 para 2).
(21) The rector of the University of Vienna shall call the constituent meeting of the national university federation (§
108), and shall preside over this meeting until the election of a chairperson.
(22) In case that the necessary implementing measures are not taken in a timely manner, the Federal Minister may take
the necessary action him- / herself by official notification without granting an extension.
(23) If a university fails to submit a draft initial performance agreement to the Federal Minister within the appointed
period, the budget of that university for the year in question shall be 98 per cent of its budget for the previous
year.
(24) The faculty representatives (§ 15 of the Students ’Union Act 1998) of the medical faculties of the Universities of
Vienna, Graz and Innsbruck for medicine, human medicine, dental medicine and doctoral studies in medical science shall,
in respect of implementation of the provisions of the Universities Act 2002, continue to act as student representatives
according to § 13 of the Students ’Union Act 1998 at the Medical Universities of Vienna, Graz and Innsbruck until 31
December 2003, and shall be deemed to be the representatives of these universities from 1 January 2004.
169 of 205
Higher Education Act 1998 at the Medical Universities of Vienna, Graz and Innsbruck and apply from January 1st
2004 as these university representations.
(25) The provisions of this federal law take full effect at universities on January 1, 2004.
(25) The provisions of this Act shall enter into full effect at the universities on 1 January 2004.
Section 2
Chapter 2
organization
organization
Transfer of university members according to UOG 1993 and KUOG Transitional Arrangements for University
Members under the University
Organization Act 1993 and Universities of the Arts Organization Act
§ 122. (1) All at the time this Federal Act comes into force in an employment relationship, employment relationship
or in any other legal relationship or in the period between the entry into force and the
full effect of this federal law newly entered into a service, employment or other legal relationship
University members have rights and duties in accordance with this federal law.
§ 122. (1) All university members with federal, university or other employment contracts at the time of the entry into
force of this Act or accepted for service under federal, university or other employment contracts between the entry
into force of this Act and its full entry into effect shall have rights and duties in accordance with the provisions of
this act.
(2) The following also applies:
(2) In addition, the following shall apply:
1. University professors according to § 21 UOG 1993 or § 22 KUOG apply
organizationally as university professors according to § 97 of this
Federal Law;
2. emeritus university professors or
Retired university professors according to § 24 UOG 1993 or § 25 KUOG are regarded as emeritus in organizational law
University professors
Retired university professors in accordance with Section 104 of this Federal Act;
3. Visiting professors according to § 25 UOG 1993 or § 26 KUOG are considered organizationally
University professors in accordance with Section 97 of this Federal Act;
4. University lecturers in accordance with Section 27 (3) UOG 1993 or Section 28 (3) KUOG
(Official title: Associate University Professor)
organizational law as university lecturers in accordance with Section 94 (2) (2) of this
Federal Law;
1. university professors according to § 21 University Organization Act 1993 or
§ 22 Universities of the Arts Organization Act shall, for organizational purposes, be deemed to be university
professors according to § 97 of this Act;
2. university professors emeriti and retired university professors according to
Section 24 University Organization Act 1993 or Section 25 Universities of the Arts Organization Act shall, for
organizational purposes, be deemed to be university professors emeriti or retired university professors
according to
§ 104 of this Act;
3. visiting professors according to § 25 University Organization Act 1993 or
§ 26 Universities of the Arts Organization Act shall, for organizational purposes, be deemed to be university
professors according to § 97 of this Act;
4. associate professors according to § 27 para 3 University Organization Act 1993 or § 28 para 3 Universities of
the Arts Organization Act with the title of “Associate University Professor” shall,
for organizational purposes, be deemed to be associate professors according to
§ 94 para 2 subpara 2 of this act;
170 of 205
5. University assistants in accordance with Section 29 UOG 1993 or Section 30 KUOG and doctors
and doctors training to become specialists in accordance with section 33 (1) 1 UOG 1993 in conjunction with section 19
Para. 2 no. 1 lit. f UOG 1993 (university assistants) are considered academic and organizational law
artistic employees in research, art and teaching operations according to § 100 of this
Federal Law;
6. Scientific staff in research and teaching operations according to § 32 UOG 1993 and
Employees in art, research and teaching operations apply in accordance with § 33 KUOG
organizationally as scientific and artistic employees in the
Research, art and teaching operations in accordance with Section 100 of this Federal Act;
7. Study assistants according to § 34 UOG 1993 or
Section 34 of the KUOG applies to academic and artistic staff under organizational law
Research, art and teaching staff in accordance with section 100 of this Federal Act;
8. Lecturers according to § 30 UOG 1993 or § 31 KUOG are considered organizationally
scientific and artistic employees in research, art and teaching
according to § 100 of this federal law;
9. the scientific staff in research and teaching operations in accordance with § 19 Paragraph 2 No. 2
UOG 1993 are, insofar as they are part of the scientific and artistic group under labor law
Employees (in training) in accordance with Section 6 of the Federal Act on Compensation
of scientific and artistic activities at universities and universities of the arts, BGBl.
No. 463/1974, belong to the scientific and artistic under organizational law
Employees in research, art and teaching operations in accordance with section 100 of this
Equivalent to federal law;
10. the employees in the art, research and teaching business according to § 20 para. 2 no. 2
KUOG are, insofar as they are part of the group of scientific and artistic employees (in
Training) according to § 6 of the Federal Act on Compensation for Scientific and Artistic
Activities at universities and universities of the arts, Federal Law Gazette No. 463/1974,
belong,
5. assistant professors according to § 29 University Organization Act 1993 or
§ 30 Universities of the Arts Organization Act and physicians in specialists ’training according to § 33 para 1
subpara 1 University Organization Act 1993 in conjunction with § 19 para 2 subpara 1 lit f University Organization
Act 1993 (assistant professors) shall, for organizational purposes, be deemed to be academic or artistic staff
engaged in research, the arts or teaching according to § 100 of this Act;
6. scientific staff engaged in research and teaching according to § 32 University Organization Act
1993 and staff engaged in the arts, research and teaching according to § 33 Universities of the Arts Organization Act
shall, for organizational purposes, be deemed to be academic or artistic staff engaged in research, the arts
or teaching according to § 100 of this Act.
7. teaching assistants according to § 34 University Organization Act 1993 or
Section 34 Universities of the Arts Organization Act shall, for organizational purposes, be deemed to be scientific
or artistic staff engaged in research, the arts or teaching according to § 100 of this Act;
8.external lecturers according to § 30 University Organization Act 1993 or
Section 31 Universities of the Arts Organization Act shall, for organizational purposes, be deemed to be scientific
or artistic staff engaged in research, the arts or teaching according to § 100 of this Act;
9. academic staff engaged in teaching and research according to § 19 para 2 subpara 2 University Organization Act
1993 shall, if classed as junior academic or artistic staff according to § 6 of the Compensation for Scientific
and Artistic Activities at Universities and Universities of the Arts Act,
F. L. G. No 463/1974, for organizational purposes be accorded equal status to scientific or artistic staff engaged
in research, the arts or teaching according to § 100 of this Act;
10.staff engaged in the arts, teaching and research according to § 20 para 2 subpara 2 Universities of the
Arts Organization Act 1993 shall, if classed as trainee scientific or artistic staff according to § 6 of the
Compensation for Scientific and Artistic Activities at Universities and Universities of the Arts Act, F. L. G. No
463/1974, for organizational purposes be accorded equal
171 of 205
organizationally, the scientific and artistic staff
Equal to research, art and teaching in accordance with Section 100 of this Federal Act;
11. Doctors in training as a specialist apply unless they are listed under Z 5 or
Z 9 fall, under organizational law as doctors in specialist training according to § 94 Paragraph 3 Z 6 of this
Federal Law;
12. Physicians in accordance with section 33 (2) UOG 1993 are considered organizationally
general university staff in accordance with Section 101 of this Federal Act;
13. General university staff according to § 35 UOG 1993 or according to
Section 35 of the KUOG applies in organizational law to general university staff in accordance with Section 101
this federal law;
14. University lecturers according to § 27 UOG 1993 or according to § 28 KUOG, who as such in none
Employment relationship (Section 170 BDG 1979, Section 55 Contract Agents Act 1948) are applicable
organizationally as private lecturers in accordance with
Section 102 of this Federal Act;
15. Honorary professors according to § 26 UOG 1993 or § 27 KUOG apply to organizational law
as private lecturers in accordance with Section 102 of this Federal Act.
(3) University lecturers (official title: Ao. University professors
University professors) according to para. 2 no. 4, the right is preserved to pursue academic or artistic teaching in
their subject at the university that gave them the teaching license (venia docendi) through the facilities
the university is free to exercise the facilities of this university for scientific or
to use artistic work and scientific or artistic work (sections 81 to 83, section 124)
supervise and assess. They also have the right to teach in the field
Courses also at other universities, whose field of activity is the subject of their
Permission to teach must be announced and held in accordance with the spatial possibilities.
(4) The university lecturers named in paragraph 3 have
Responsible for the following tasks:
status to scientific or artistic staff engaged in research, the arts or teaching according to § 100 of this Act;
11. Physicians in specialists ’training to the extent that paragraphs 5 or 9 are not applicable to them shall, for
organizational purposes, be deemed to be physicians in specialists ’training according to § 94 para 3 subpara 6 of
this act;
12. physicians according to § 33 para 2 University Organization Act 1993 shall, for organizational purposes, be deemed
to be non-academic university staff according to § 101 of this Act;
13.non-academic university staff according to § 35 University Organization Act 1993 or § 35 Universities of
the Arts Organization Act shall, for organizational purposes, be deemed to be non-academic university
staff according to § 101 of this Act;
14. associate professors according to § 27 University Organization Act 1993 or
Section 28 Universities of the Arts Organization Act Who are not employed (Section 170 of the Civil Service Code 1979 or Section 55
of the Contractual Employees Act 1948) shall, for organizational purposes, be deemed to be non-tenured associate
professors according to § 102 of this Act.
15. Honorary professors according to § 26 University Organization Act 1993 or
§ 27 Universities of the Arts Organization Act shall, for organizational purposes, be deemed to be non-tenured
associate professors according to
§ 102 of this Act.
(3) Associate professors with the title of “Extraordinary University Professor”
under para 2 subpara 4 shall be entitled to freely exercise their venia docendi for their scientific or artistic
subject at the university which has granted it, using that university’s facilities, to use the facilities of such
university for scientific or artistic work, and to supervise and assess academic theses or art submissions
(Sections 81 to 83, Section 124). They shall, further, have the right to offer courses in the field covered by their venia docendi
at other universities, the activities of which include this subject, and to hold such courses, subject to the
availability of premises.
(4) The associate professors referred to in para 3 shall perform the following duties in a responsible manner:
172 of 205
1. Research activity (development and development of the arts); 1. conducting research, or
advancing the arts and appreciation thereof;
2. Conducting courses, in particular compulsory courses, in
Representation of your subject, as required, taking into account the study regulations;
2. course teaching in their subject, particularly of required courses, in accordance with teaching
needs and having regard to the study regulations;
3. Conducting exams; Third
examining;
4. supervision of students; 4th
supervising students;
5. Education and promotion of young academics or artists;
5. training and career promotion of junior academics and young artists;
6. Participation in organizational, administrative and management tasks; 6. assuming organizational,
administrative and managerial responsibilities;
7. Participation in evaluation measures. 7th
participating in evaluation procedures.
(5) At the suggestion of the majority of university professors one
Organizational unit with research and teaching tasks or tasks for the development and development of the
Arts and teaching art can be taught by the university lecturers from
Rectorate, in deviation from Section 20 (5), is entrusted with the management of this organizational unit.
(6) With regard to the election in collegial bodies, the university lecturers named in Paragraph 3 belong
University lecturers in the group mentioned in section 94 (2) (2).
(7) University lecturers in accordance with Paragraph 2 No. 14 and honorary professors
Honorary professors according to para. 2 no. 15 retain the right to include academic or artistic teaching in their
Subject at the university that gave them the teaching license, through the facilities of the
University to exercise freely as well as scientific or artistic work (sections 81 to 83, section 124)
supervise and assess. In addition, they have the right in the field of their
Authorization to teach courses at other universities, to whose area of ​​expertise the subject of their
Permission to teach must be announced and held in accordance with the spatial possibilities.
Transitional provisions for appointment commissions, habilitation commissions and special habilitation commissions
Section 123. Appointment committees, habilitation commissions and special habilitation commissions, which before
the full effect of this federal law at the relevant university or university of the
Arts have been constituted and have already started their work, have that
(5) On the recommendation of a majority of the university professors in an organizational unit with
research and teaching responsibilities, or responsibilities with regard to the advancement and appreciation of
the arts and art teaching, the associate professors referred to in para 3 may, notwithstanding § 20 para 5,
be entrusted with the management of such organizational unit.
(6) In respect of election to collegial bodies, the associate professors referred to in para 3 shall form part of the
group of persons referred to in § 94 para 2 subpara 2.
(7) Associate professors under para 2 subpara 14 and honorary professors under para 2 subpara 15 shall be entitled to
freely exercise their venia docendi for their scientific or artistic subject at the university which has
granted it, using that university’s facilities, to use the facilities of such university for scientific or artistic
work, and to supervise and assess academic theses or art submissions (§§ 81 to 83,
§ 124). They shall, further, have the right to offer courses in the field covered by their venia docendi at other
universities, the activities of which include this subject, and to hold such courses, subject to the availability of
premises.
Transitional Arrangements for Appointment Committees, Habilitation Committees and Special Habilitation Committees
§ 123. Appointment committees, habilitation committees and special habilitation committees appointed
prior to the entry of this Act into full effect and having already taken up their duties shall conduct the
procedures in question as previously constituted and in accordance with the previous regulations.
173 of 205
To carry out procedures in their previous composition and according to the previous provisions.
Transitional Provisions for the Establishment of a Medical Faculty Transitional Provisions for the
Establishment of a Faculty of Medicine
§ 123a. The employees of the legal entity of a hospital specifically entrusted according to section 29 paragraph 9 penultimate sentence
are in the first three years from the date of the institution's organizational plan
of a medical faculty only under organizational law
University members in accordance with section 94 (2) 2 if they are within a calculation period of 26 weeks
at least 30% of normal working hours related to the respective organizational unit with tasks of
university teaching and research. In exceptional cases, the rectorate may apply at the request of § 29 para. 9
penultimate sentence specifically entrusted employees of the legal entity of a hospital in the first three
Years from the date of the establishment of a medical facility as specified in the university's organizational plan
Faculty to grant them the family status if this is in the university interest.
§ 123b. (1) When a medical faculty is established, the development plan has the
appropriate positions for university professors
to be provided in the clinical and non-clinical area according to § 98 Paragraph 1.
(2) Before appointing experts in accordance with Section 98 (3), they have to be in the Senate
represented university professors proposals of at least two
University professors from at least two other faculties
To catch up with universities. At least three external experts must be appointed.
(3) The appointment committee has university professors from the
Department of at least two other universities.
(4) An appeal according to § 99 can only be made in particularly justified exceptional cases. In such
In cases, the rector follows the university professors
Hearing of at least two university professors in the subject area
at least two other universities. The selection of the two university professors or
University professors of the
§ 123a. In the first three years after the date set for the establishment of a faculty of medicine in the university's
organization plan, the employees of the maintaining body of the attached hospital under § 29 para 9, penultimate
sentence, who have been entrusted with university tasks shall only be accorded equal status to university
members according to § 94 para 2 subpara 2, if they are entrusted with university teaching and research for at
least 30% of their normal working hours within a reference period of 26 weeks, relating to the
respective organizational unit. In exceptional cases, the rectorate may, on application of the employees
of the maintaining body of the attached hospital under § 29 para 9, penultimate sentence, who have been entrusted with
university tasks, accord equal status to them in the first three years after the date set for the establishment of a
faculty of medicine in the university's organization plan, if this is in the interest of the university.
§ 123b. (1) When establishing a faculty of medicine, the development plan shall provide for the required allocation
of positions for university professors in the clinical and non-clinical departments pursuant to § 98 para 1.
(2) Prior to the appointment of assessors under § 98 para 3, the professorial members of the senate
shall obtain suggestions from at least two university professors in a relevant field from at least two
other universities. At least three external assessors shall be appointed.
(3) The appointment committee shall consist of university professors of the field in question from at least two other
universities.
(4) An appointment under § 99 shall only be permissible in exceptional, justified cases. In such cases, the
rector shall select the university professors after hearing the opinion of at least two university professors of a
relevant field from at least two other universities. The rector shall select university professors of a relevant field
from at least two other universities after hearing the opinion of the senate.
174 of 205
subject area of ​​at least two other universities by the Rector after consultation
of the Senate.
(5) Paragraphs 2 to 4 do not apply to the specialist dedication of the position to be filled once a department has been established
to apply more.
(6) Paragraphs 2 and 3 apply mutatis mutandis to habilitation procedures in accordance with
Section 103, as long as there is no corresponding department at the medical faculty.
(5) Paras 2 to 4 shall no longer apply, once a department has been established for the field of the position to be
filled.
(6) Paras 2 and 3 shall apply by analogy to procedures for the awarding of licenses to teach under § 103,
as long as the respective department at the faculty of medicine has not been established yet.
Section 3
Chapter 3
study Regulations
Study Law
Section 124. (1) The diploma, bachelor's, master's degree established at the universities on October 1, 2003
and doctoral programs stay at these universities as long as no conflicting decisions are made
Section 54 of this federal law will continue to be established. These are the respective ones
Study plans in the version valid on October 1, 2003 continue to apply and these study plans may
can also be modified in accordance with Section 25 (1) 10. To graduates of these diploma programs as well
these bachelor's or master's degrees must be awarded the academic degrees that were awarded on October 1, 2003
are intended for the respective studies. Sections 80 to 80b UniStG apply mutatis mutandis. Be in place
existing studies in accordance with Section 54 (1) bachelor's, master's or doctoral studies
have been set up, the curricula have the relevant transitional provisions in accordance with Section 80 (2) and Section 80a (2) UniStG
provided.
(1a) For diploma studies offered, the academic degrees provided in Appendix 1 to the UniStG are to be
to lend. The scope of these diploma studies is also based on Appendix 1 to the UniStG.
(2) The study committees have until July 1, 2003 all study plans issued in accordance with the UniStG
Allocate ECTS credit points within the meaning of Section 13 (4) 9 and Section 19 (4) UniStG.
(3) The university courses established at the universities on December 31, 2003 in accordance with the UniStG
and preparatory courses remain set up at the universities. On these studies are
continue to apply the respective curricula in the version applicable on December 31, 2003.
§ 124. (1) Diploma, bachelor, master and doctoral programs offered at universities as of 1 October 2003
shall continue to be offered at those universities unless decisions to the contrary according to § 54 of this
Act are made. The respective curricula for these programs in the versions valid as of 1 October 2003 shall
continue to apply, but such curricula may be amended according to § 25 para 1 subpara 10. Graduates of such diploma,
bachelor's or master's programs shall be awarded the degrees designated for the respective studies as of 1 October
2003. § 80 to § 80b University Studies Act shall apply by analogy. If new bachelor, master or doctoral programs are
introduced in place of existing programs according to
§ 54 para 1, provision shall be made in the curricula for transitional arrangements corresponding to § 80 para 2 and §
80a para 2 University Studies Act.
(1a) For the diploma programs offered, the academic degrees prescribed in Appendix 1 to the University Studies
Act shall be awarded. The scope of these diploma programs shall also be governed by Appendix 1 to the
University Studies Act
(2) Pursuant to § 13 para 4 subpara 9 and § 19 para 4 University Studies Act, curriculum committees shall allocate ECTS
credits to all curricula adopted under the University Studies Act.
(3) Certificate university programs for further education and preparatory continuing education courses
introduced under the University Studies Act offered at universities as of 31 December 2003 shall continue to exist. The
respective curricula for these programs in the versions valid as of 31 December 2003 shall continue to apply.
175 of 205
(4) Section 77 shall apply from October 1, 2003. For retaking exams prior to October 1, 2003
were judged negatively, instead of section 77 of this Federal Act, section 58 (1) to (6) UniStG, in the last
applicable version.
(5) If a diploma course established in accordance with Paragraph 1 is also completed as a bachelor's and
Master's degree programs are set up, admission to the diploma course is no longer permitted. The
Transitional provisions may provide for a transition period for further study based on the old regulations,
which at most corresponds to the average duration of study for this diploma course.
(6) Sections 27 and 28 apply to applications pursuant to Sections 27 and 28 UniStG that were pending before January 1, 2004
28 UniStG, in the latest applicable version.
(6a) Non - university educational establishments to which the change in the
University Act 2002 through the Federal Law BGBl. I No. 81/2009 an ordinance according to §§ 27 and 28 UniStG
to apply and who offer this course in 2009, have until 30 June 2010 the right to
Application to extend the validity of this regulation. The regulations are up to 31 at the longest.
Limited in December 2012.
(7) On those nostrification procedures that are pending at the universities according to § 6 Z 16 to 21 before August 1, 1998
made, § 49 KHStG is to be applied instead of § 90 of this federal law. On those nostrification procedures that are
were made to the universities in accordance with § 6 Z 1 to 15 before August 1, 1997, this is instead of § 90
Federal law § 40 AHStG apply. On those nostrification procedures that are used at universities
by
31 December 2003 are pending, instead of Section 90 of this Federal Act, Sections 70 to
73 UniStG apply.
(8) For ordinary students who want to take an individual diploma at the universities before January 1, 2004
Section 17 of the UniStG continues to apply.
(9) Section 64 (1) (6) and Section 78 (1) are only applicable to courses of a university character to which the
Authorization to designate after
September 1, 2001 was awarded.
(10) Previous bachelor's and master's degrees are considered bachelor's and
Master's programs in accordance with § 51 Paragraph 2 Numbers 4 and 5, previous ones
(4) From 1 October 2003, § 77 shall apply. Repetition of examinations failed before 1 October 2003 shall be subject to
§ 6 paras 77 to 58 University Studies Act, as last amended, instead of § 1 of this Act.
(5) If a diploma program introduced under para 1 is also established as a bachelor and master's program,
admissions to the diploma programs shall cease. The transitional arrangements may provide for the continuation
of studies on the basis of the former regulations for a transitional period which may not exceed the average
duration of studies for the diploma in question.
(6) Sections 27 and 28 University Studies Act, as last amended, shall apply to applications according to Sections 27
and 28 University Studies Act pending before 1 January 2004.
(6a) Non-university educational institutions to which a decree pursuant to §§ 27 and 28 University Studies Act
applies at the time of the entry into force of the amendment to the Universities Act 2002 by F. L. G. I No
81/2009 and which offer this program in the year 2009 shall have to right, until 30 June 2010, to apply for
prolongation of the applicability of this decree. The decrees shall be limited to 31 December 2012 at the
latest.
(7) Section 49 of the Universities of the Arts Studies Act shall apply instead of Section 90 of this Act to nostrification
procedures pending before August 1, 1998 at the universities named in § 6 subparas 16 to 21. §40 of the General
Higher Education Studies Act shall apply instead of § 90 of this Act to nostrification procedures pending
before 1 August 1997 at the universities named in § 6 subparas 1 to 15.
§§ 70 to 73 University Studies Act shall apply instead of § 90 of this Act to nostrification procedures
at universities pending up to December 31, 2003.
(8) § 17 University Studies Act shall continue to apply to degree students admitted to individual diploma
programs before 1 January 2004.
(9) § 64 para 1 subpara 6 and § 78 para 1 shall only apply to university-level courses recognized as such after 1
September 2001.
(10) Prior bachelor’s and master’s programs shall be regarded as bachelor’s and master’s programs according to § 51
para 2 subparas 4 and 5, prior bachelor’s
176 of 205
Bachelor's and master's theses are considered to be bachelor's and master's theses in accordance with Section 51 (2)
Z 7 to 8.
(11) Until the change of academic degrees due to § 51 Paragraph 2 in the version of the Federal Law BGBl. I
No. 74/2006 in the relevant curricula, the previous academic degrees are to be awarded.
(12) Graduates who before the entry into force of Federal Law BGBl. I No. 74/2006
Those who have started their studies are to be awarded those academic degrees that are valid at the time of the
Entry into force of the Federal Law BGBl. I No. 74/2006 are intended for this degree. Are over request
instead of these academic degrees, the academic degrees
"Bachelor ...", or "Master ...", each with the addition specified in the curriculum, if this should be awarded
academic degrees are set out in the curricula.
papers and master’s theses shall be regarded as bachelor’s papers and master’s theses according to § 51 para 2 subparas
7 to 8.
(11) Until the change of the academic degrees according to § 51 para 2 as amended by the Federal Act F. L.
G. I No 74/2006, will take place in the relevant curricula, the prior academic degrees shall continue to be awarded.
(12) Graduates who have started their studies before entering into force of the Federal Act, F.L.G. I No 74/2006,
shall be awarded those academic degrees which are provided for at the time of entering into force of the
Federal Act, F.L.G. I No 74/2006, for the relevant study program. On demand of the holder, there shall be
awarded, instead of these academic degrees, the academic degrees “Bachelor…” or “Master…”, each followed by the
suffix designated by the curriculum, provided that these academic degrees are provided for in the curricula.
(13) Graduates who, before the Federal Law BGBl. I No.
74/2006 the right to conduct a degree based on a bachelor’s degree or master’s degree
academic degrees "Bakkalaurea / Bakkalaureus ...", or "Magistra / Magister ...", each with an addition, as well
“Diplom-Ingenieurin / Diplom-Ingenieur”, are entitled to replace the academic degrees
academic degrees
"Bachelor ..." or "Master ...", each with the addition specified in the curriculum if this
academic degrees are set out in the curricula. Upon request, the university has the academic degree
has granted to issue a confirmation.
(14) For applications for the recognition of dissertations in accordance with Section 85 that were submitted before the entry into force of Section 85 in the
Version of the Federal Law BGBl. I No. 74/2006 were made pending, Section 85 is applicable until then
Version apply.
(15) Ordinary students who pursue doctoral studies with a workload of at least 120
ECTS credits before the entry into force of Section 54 (4) in the version of the Federal Law BGBl.
I No. 74/2006 have been set up to complete these studies at the latest
Complete November 30, 2017 according to these regulations. From the academic year 2009/10 an admission is allowed
for a doctoral program with a minimum duration of less than three years.
(13) Graduates who have gained, on the basis of a completed bachelor’s or master’s programs, before
entering into force of the Federal Act, F.L.G. I No 74/2006, the right to use an academic degree
“Bakkalaurea / Bakkalaureus…”, or “Magistra / Magister…”, each followed by a suffix, as well as
“Diplom-Ingenieurin / Diplom-Ingenieur”, shall be entitled to use, instead of these academic degrees, the academic
degrees “Bachelor…” or “Master…”, each followed by the suffix designated by the curriculum, provided that
these academic degrees are provided for in the curricula. On demand of the holder, the university which has
awarded the academic degree shall deliver a confirmation on that.
(14) To applications for the recognition of doctoral theses according to § 85 which have been filed before entering
into force of § 85 as amended by the Federal Act F.L.G. I No 74/2006, § 85 in the version which has been in force up
to that time shall apply.
(15) Degree students who are enrolled in doctoral programs which were installed with a minimum workload of
120 ECTS credits before the entry into force of § 54 para 4, as amended by F.L.G. I No 74/2006, shall be entitled to
complete their studies by November 30, 2017 at the latest, according to these provisions. From the academic year
2009/10, the admission to a doctoral program the minimum duration of which is less than three years must not take
place any more.
177 of 205
Section 4
Chapter 4
Transition of personnel
University Staff
Officials of the Confederation Permanent
Federal Civil Servants
§ 125. (1) For the area of ​​each university, an "Office of the University ..." is set up, in its name
must bear the name of the university concerned. The "Office of the University ..." is the Federal Minister
or directly subordinate to the Federal Minister and is administered by the Rector of this university
directed. In this function, this is in accordance with the instructions of the Federal Minister
bound. The "Office of the University ..." is the responsible service authority. The rector has legal
or the rector as head of the "Office of the University ..." the 1984 Law on Service Law, Federal Law Gazette.
No. 29/1984. This decides on complaints against notices from the "Office of the University ..."
Federal Administrative Court.
(2) Officials who worked at the university on the day before this Federal Act took full effect
Position area Universities or universities of the arts are appointed, belong to the latter
The following day (reference date) for the duration of your service at the office of the university whose
Tasks they have mainly done and are assigned to this university for permanent service,
as long as they are not transferred to another federal agency.
(3) Officials who are appointed in another position and the university to service
are assigned to the university for services if the need arises
assigned.
(4) Officials who worked at the university on the day before this Federal Act took full effect
Position area universities are appointed and assigned to an institution of a medical faculty,
belong to the office of those for the duration of their service from the day following that date (key date)
Medical university, which is the successor institution of the relevant medical faculty, and
are assigned to this medical university for permanent service as long as they are not assigned to another
Federal agency to be transferred.
(5) Officials who, at the time this Federal Act comes into force, become an inter-university
Are assigned to or in the facility
§ 125. (1) For each university, a “university office”, bearing the name of the respective university, shall be
established. The university office shall report directly to the Federal Minister, and shall be headed by the rector of
the respective university. The rector shall be bound by ministerial instructions in this capacity. The university
office shall be the competent employing authority. In matters concerning employment law procedures,
the rector in his / her capacity as head of the university office shall apply the Federal Employment Law Procedure
Act 1984, F.L.G. No 29/1984. The Federal Administrative Court shall find on appeals against official notifications
issued by the university office.
(2) Civil servants with budgeted posts at a university or a university of the arts as of the day before the entry of
this Act into full effect shall, from the following day (effective date) and for the duration of their service, be
assigned to the office of that university where their duties have predominantly been performed, and shall be
permanently assigned to such university unless transferred to another federal post.
(3) Civil servants with other budgeted posts and assigned to service at a university shall be deemed to
continue to be assigned to service at such university from the effective date onwards.
(4) Civil servants with budgeted university posts who are assigned to an organizational unit of a faculty of
medicine as of the day before the entry of this Act into full effect shall, from the following day (effective date) and
for the duration of their service, be assigned to the office of that medical university which is the
successor institution of the faculty concerned, and shall be permanently assigned to such medical university unless
transferred to another federal post.
(5) Civil servants assigned to inter-university institutions at the time of the entry into force of this Act or
thereafter shall, as of the day of the entry of this act into full
178 of 205
Time thereafter, apply with the effective date of this federal law on the
University, which is the successor institution of the relevant inter-university institution than this
University assigned as long as they are not transferred to another federal office.
(6) Those mentioned in paragraphs 2 to 5 and in a definitive federal employment relationship
civil servants are employees of the university in
Equally equivalent to an unlimited employment relationship under organizational law.
(7) The use of the civil servants in accordance with paragraphs 2 to 5 in a society at which the university
majority participation is permitted in compliance with Art. 17 and 17a StGG.
(8) Officials assigned to the "Office of the University ..." in accordance with paragraphs 2, 4 and 5 in one
have a definitive employment relationship if they leave the company within three years of the reporting date
Declare federal service with effect from the first month following the resignation after admission
in an employment relationship with the university in question at that time for new employees
and employee applicable regulations.
(9) Officials assigned to the "Office of the University ..." in accordance with paras. 2, 4 and 5, who are to become
Deadline in the provisional employment relationship (§§ 10 and 177 BDG 1979), if they are within three
Years from their definitive position to declare their resignation from the federal service, with effect from
the first-month right to take up employment after the resignation
University at the time applicable for new employees
Provisions.
(10) The period of service with the federal government is in the cases of paragraphs 8 and
9 to be taken into account for all time-dependent claims. Federal claims against these employees from their
public service relationships that have arisen up to the point of departure go with
Establishment of an employment relationship with the university to and from the university to the federal government
refund.
(11) An official who enters into an employment relationship with the university has none
Right to severance pay in accordance with § 26 and § 54 of the Salary Act 1956, Federal Law Gazette No. 54. Becomes an official
Civil servants who pursuant to Section 21 BDG 1979 in conjunction with Section 26 (3) Salary Act 1956
effect, be deemed to be assigned to that university which is the successor institution of the inter-university
institution concerned unless transferred to another federal post.
(6) Civil servants in the categories referred to in paras 2 to 5 and having permanent federal employment
contracts shall have the same organizational rights and duties as university employees with permanent employment
contracts.
(7) The assignment of civil servants under paras 2 to 5 to a company in which the university holds a majority interest
is permissible, subject to Art 17 and 17a Basic Law on the General Rights of Nationals.
(8) Civil servants under paras 2, 4 and 5 with permanent employment contracts who are assigned to a university office
and who give note of resignation from the federal civil service within three years of the effective date
shall be entitled to employment by the university concerned on the terms and conditions applicable to new employees
at that time, with effect from the first day of the month after termination.
(9) Civil servants under paras 2 to 5 who, being assigned to a university office and having provisional
employment contracts (§§ 10 and 177 Civil Service Code 1979) as of the effective date, give notice of
resignation from the federal civil service within three years of their permanent appointment, shall be
entitled to employment by the university concerned on the terms and conditions applicable to new employees at that
time, with effect from the first day of the month after termination.
(10) In the circumstances set out in paras 8 and 9 the period of service with the Federal Government shall count
towards all service-dependent entitlements. Claims of the Federal Government against such employees arising
from their public employment prior to termination shall be assigned to the university concerned upon the commencement
of employment by it, and shall be refunded by such university to the Federal Government.
(11) A civil servant who transfers his / her employment to a university shall not be entitled to a severance payment
according to §§ 26 and 54 of the Salaries Act 1956, F.L.G. No 54. If a civil servant who has resigned
according to § 21 Civil Service Code 1979 in conjunction with § 26 para 3 of the Salaries Act 1956 enters
179 of 205
has left the employment relationship within six months of the termination of this
He or she has been employed by the university in an employment relationship with the university
received on the occasion of the termination of the previous employment relationship in accordance with § 26 Paragraph 3 Salary Act 1956
Refund clearance.
(12) For the "Office of the University ..." officials, the university has the entire federal government
To replace activity expenses including incidental costs and to make a contribution towards covering pension expenses. This
Contribution amounts to 31.8% of the active salary expenses. All cash benefits, one of which are considered as active benefits
Pension contribution is payable. The pension contributions to be withheld by the civil servants are
to be counted. In the event of a future change in the amount of the federal civil servants' pension contribution
and federal officials in accordance with § 22 Salary Act 1956, the percentage of the contribution margin changes in the
same extent. Special pension contributions and transfer amounts made as of January 1, 2004 are
to be transferred immediately and in full to the federal government. The other payments to the federal government are each
due on the 10th of the month concerned. Social security transfer amounts on the occasion of the
Withdrawal from a pension insurance-free employment relationship must be paid by the university. The one for that
The federal government must provide the necessary funds in the global budget.
(13) For civil servants at universities, the Workers Protection Act applies,
Federal Law Gazette No. 450/1994.
(14) Officials who are assigned to a facility for forensic medicine have within the scope of their
Duty to participate in the preparation of expert opinions and findings in judicial proceedings. Contracting Authority
is the relevant investigative or judicial authority.
(15) Should a university lecturer at the university that she or he
assigned to the service, in an employment relationship as a university professor
University professor according to
§§ 97 ff., The application of § 160 BDG 1979 is permitted. If an exemption is granted
while maintaining the remuneration, the remuneration that is due from the employment relationship applies and exceeds the remuneration paid
Benefits as remuneration.
the employment of a university within six months of termination of his / her civil service employment, he / she
shall be obliged to remit to the university the severance payment received upon termination of the previous employment
according to § 26 para 3 of the Salaries Act.
(12) Universities shall reimburse to the Federal Government the entire salaries and non-salary costs incurred by it in
respect of civil servants assigned to university offices, and shall contribute to the pension expense arising from
their employment. Such contributions shall represent 31.8 percent of gross salary. A salary shall be deemed
to constitute all payments in respect of which a pension contribution is to be paid. Employee pension contributions
deducted at source shall be counted towards salary. In the case of a future change in the amount of the pension
contributions of civil servants according to § 22 of the Salaries Act 1956, the percentage contribution shall be
changed to the same extent. Special pension contributions and other transfer payments made after 1 January 2004 shall
be transferred to the Federal Government in full without delay. Other payments to the Federal Government shall be due
on the tenth day of the respective month. Amounts to be transferred under social security law upon termination of an
employment without a pension scheme shall be borne by the university. Within the framework of the global budget, the
Federal Government shall provide the universities with the resources required.
(13) Civil servants at universities shall be subject to the Employees Protection Act, F.L.G. No 450/1994.
(14) Permanent federal civil servants assigned to a unit of forensic medicine shall participate in the preparation of
assessments and reports in court proceedings as part of their official duties. The contracting body shall be
the competent investigative or judicial body.
(15) If an associate professor is appointed as a university professor under §§ 97 ff at the university at which he or
she is assigned to service, the application of Section 160 of the Civil Service Code 1979 shall be permissible. If paid leave
is granted, benefits resulting from the appointment and exceeding the pay received shall be deemed to be remuneration.
180 of 205
Federal contract agents
Federal Contractual Employees
Section 126. (1) Federal officials who on the day before this takes full effect
Federal law at the university at the expense of a position in the position areas of universities or
Universities of the arts are in a contractual employment relationship with the following day
(Cut-off date) Employees of the university whose tasks they are primarily concerned with
to have.
(2) Contract staff working at a university the day before this Federal Act takes full effect
at the expense of a position in the position areas of universities in a contractual employment relationship
stand and are assigned to a facility of a medical faculty will be the following day
(Deadline) Employees of the medical university that the
Successor institution of the medical faculty is.
(3) Contract agents who at the time this Federal Act comes into force
Inter-university institutions are assigned or in the period thereafter are assigned on the day of full
This federal law comes into effect at the university, which is the successor institution of the concerned
Inter-university institution is, employees of this university.
(4) With regard to any time limitation of the employment relationship occurs
no change. The university enforces the rights and obligations of the federal government towards these workers
and workers. The Contract Agents Act 1948, Federal Law Gazette No. 86, as amended, applies
with regard to the employees subject to him as of the reporting date as part of the employment contract
the University. The conclusion of special contracts in accordance with Section 36 of the Contract Agents Act 1948 is no longer permitted.
Within two years from the effective date of this federal law at the university is one
Termination is not permitted for one of the reasons stated in section 32 (4) of the 1948 Contract Agents Act.
(5) The employees in accordance with paragraphs 1 to 3 can work within three years after the
The collective bargaining agreement entered into for new employees becomes effective
declare their willingness to transition to this collective agreement. Your employment contracts are effective on
adjust the declaration accordingly the first of the following month.
Section 126. (1) Federal contractual employees employed at universities or universities of the arts as of the
day before the entry of this Act into full effect at the expense of budgeted university posts shall, on the following
day (effective date), become employees of that university where their duties have predominantly been performed.
(2) Contractual employees employed at universities and assigned to an organizational unit of a faculty
of medicine as of the day before the entry of this Act into full effect at the expense of budgeted university posts
shall, on the following day (effective date), become employees of the medical university which is the successor
institution of such faculty.
(3) Contractual employees assigned to inter-university institutions at the time of the entry into force of this Act or
thereafter shall, as of the day of the entry of this Act into full effect, become employees of that university
which is the successor institution of the inter-university institution concerned.
(4) There is no change with regard to any limitation of the term of employment. The rights and duties of the Federal
Government in respect of these employees shall pass to the universities. The Contractual Employees Act 1948, F.L.G.
No 86, as amended, shall determine the terms and conditions of the employment contracts with universities of employees
subject to it. The conclusion of special contracts according to § 36 of the Contractual Employees Act 1948 is no longer
permissible. Termination of employment on any of the reasons set out in § 32 para 4 of the Contractual
Employees Act 1948 within two years of the entry of this Act into full effect is impermissible.
(5) New entrants to the service of universities under paras 1 to 3 may, within three years of the entry into
effect of the collective contract applicable to them, declare their willingness to transfer to this
collective contract. Their employment contracts shall be amended accordingly with effect from the first day of the
month after such declaration.
181 of 205
(6) For contract assistants in an employment relationship in accordance with § 52a of the
Contract Agents Act 1948 Section 52b of the Contract Agents Act 1948 applies with the proviso that
the Rectorate replaces the Federal Minister (Section 52b (1) (2)).
(7) Employees in accordance with Paragraph 6 can work within three years after the
Effectiveness of the contract concluded for new employees
Collective agreement, but at the earliest after the extension of the employment relationship for an indefinite period in accordance with § 52b
of the Contract Agents Act 1948, declare their willingness to transition to this collective agreement.
Your employment contracts are effective as of the first day of the month following the declaration
adjust accordingly.
(8) On the occasion of the resignation from the federal employment relationship in accordance with paragraphs 1 to 3 and the transfer in accordance with
Paragraphs 5 or 7 are not due in accordance with § 35 of the Contract Agents Act 1948. The previous
Employment time completed is to be taken into account for all time-dependent rights.
(6) § 52b of the Contractual Employees Act 1948 shall apply to contract assistant professors with employment
contracts according to § 52a of that Act, except insofar as the Federal Minister (§ 52b para 1 subpara 2) is
substituted by the rectorate.
(7) Employees under para 6 may, within three years of the entry into effect of the collective contract for new entrants
to the service of universities, but not earlier than the extension of employment for an indefinite period according to
Section 52b of the Contractual Employees Act 1948, declare their willingness to transfer to that collective
contract. Their employment contracts shall be amended accordingly with effect from the first day of the month after
such declaration.
(8) Termination of federal employment under paras 1 to 3 and transfer of employment under paras 5 or 7 shall
not give rise to any entitlement to a severance payment according to § 35 of the Contractual Employees Act 1948. The
period of service under the former employment contract shall count towards all service-dependent
entitlements.
Federal apprentices
Federal Apprentices
Section 127. Regarding the legal status of federal apprentices, the day before this becomes fully effective
Federal law at the university in an apprenticeship relationship according to the Vocational Training Act, Federal Law Gazette No.
142/1969, no change occurs after the reporting date. The university enters the
Federal training obligation.
§ 127. There shall be no change in the legal position of federal apprentices at universities having apprenticeship
contracts under the Vocational Training Act,
F. L. G. No 142/1969 on the day before the entry of this Act into full effect. The Federal Government’s obligation
to provide training shall pass to the respective university.
Ranking
New Entrants
Section 128. For from the time this Federal Act takes full effect at the
University newly admitted employees apply until one comes into force
Collective agreement in accordance with section 108 (3) of the Contract Agents Act 1948 with the exception of sections 4, 32 and 34 as content
of the employment contract with the university. Section 108a applies.
§ 128. The Contractual Employees Act 1948 except for §§ 4, 32 and 34 shall determine the terms and conditions of the
employment contracts of new entrants to the service of universities between the entry of this Act into full effect and
the entry into force of a collective contract according to § 108 para 3. § 108a shall apply.
Federal Liability of
the Federal Government
Section 129. (1) In order to secure the civil rights of civil servants, which after the cut-off date in
transfer an employment relationship to the university, and the contract staff and apprentices who work in
if an employment or training relationship is transferred to the university, the
§ 129. (1) The Federal Government shall, as a deficiency guarantor (§ 1356 of the General Civil Code), guarantee the
entitlements to remuneration of civil servants who transfer to employment by a university after the effective
date, and of contractual employees and apprentices who are transferred to a university. search
182 of 205
Confederation like a guarantee of default (§ 1356 of the General Civil Code). The amount of liability is with that
The amount is limited to the day before the civil servants leave the Federal Service
staff members of significant salary position taking into account their
Use at this time, plus the time worked after that date, will result in
provided regular advancements and general salary increases.
(2) Entitlements to severance payments and anniversary bonuses from employees in accordance with
Paragraph 1 will be taken over by the university.
liability shall be limited to the amount arising from the grades of such civil servants on the day before the
termination of their federal civil service, taking into account their duties at this time, as well as their length of
service after this time, their regular salary increments and general salary increases.
(2) Pursuant to para 1, liability for employees ’accrued entitlements to severance payments and
jubilee bonuses shall be assumed by universities.
Federal claims against officials Claims of the Federal
Government against Employees
§ 130. The demands of the university existing on the day before this federal law takes full effect
Federal advances granted under the title and any claims for reimbursement under the Official Liability Act, Federal Law Gazette.
No. 20/1949, Organ Liability Act, BGBl. No. 181/1967, or Employee Liability Act, BGBl.
No. 80/1965, towards employees of the university who are employed by a civil servant in
transfer an employment relationship to the university or from an employment relationship as a contract agent or
Contract employees who are transferred to an employment relationship with the university go with
the emergence of this workforce to the university and from there to the federal government
refund.
§ 130. Any outstanding claims of the Federal Government against persons transferring from civil service or
government contract to university employment, in respect of advances on salaries or of damages under the Liability of
Public Bodies ’Act, F.L.G. No 20/1949, the Public Officers Liability Act, F.L.G. No 18/1967 or the Employees
Liability Act, F.L.G. No 80/1965, as of the day before the entry of this Act into full effect, shall be
assigned to the university concerned upon the commencement of employment, and the amounts in question refunded by
it to the Federal Government.
Transfer of Rented and
Rent-Free Tied Accommodation
Section 131. Officials who switch to an employment relationship with the university and contract agents who
are transferred to an employment relationship with the university with regard to the use of
Treat official or natural flats as if they were federal employees. This will not
Existence relationship based on the apartment, the provisions of
Section 80 of the Civil Service Law 1979, BGBl. No. 333, and Sections 24a to 24c of the Salary Act 1956, BGBl.
No. 54 continue to apply accordingly. The rights of the employer within the meaning of § 80 of the
The Federal Minister of Civil Service Law 1979.
§ 131. With regard to rented and rent-free tied accommodation, civil servants and government contractual employees
transferring to university employment shall be treated as though they remained federal employees. This shall not result
in any sitting tenant’s rights to continued occupation of the accommodation; the provisions of Section 80 of the Civil
Service Code 1979, F.L.G. No 333, and §§ 24a to 24c of the Salaries Act 1956, F.L.G. No 54, shall continue to apply
by extension. The Federal Minister shall be responsible for exercising the employer’s rights according to § 80 of the
Civil Service Code 1979.
183 of 205
Scientific (artistic) staff (in training)
Section 132. (1) With regard to the legal position of scientific (artistic) staff
and employees (in training) (Section 6 of the Federal Act on Compensation for Scientific and
artistic activities at universities and universities of the arts, Federal Law Gazette No. 463/1974), which took place the day before
full effect of this federal law at the university in a training relationship with the federal government
no change occurs after the cut-off date. From the reporting date, they are considered to be the university or the
Medical university assigned to the successor institution of the university or the medical faculty
whose tasks they have mainly done. The university enters into the federal training obligation
on. The legal relationship ends from the in § 6e of the Federal Act on Compensation for Scientific
and artistic activities at universities and universities of the arts
Admission to an employment relationship with a university or a medical university.
(2) Sections 6 to 6g and 7 of the Federal Act on Compensation for Scientific and
artistic activities at universities and universities of the arts, Federal Law Gazette No. 463/1974, are on the
continue to apply until the end of their training relationship.
Junior Scientific and Artistic Staff
§ 132. (1) There shall be no change after the effective date in the legal position of junior academic scientific and
artistic staff (§ 6 of the Compensation for Scientific and Artistic Activities at Universities and Universities
of the Arts Act, F.L.G. No 463/1974) having training contracts with the Federal Government on the day
before the entry of this Act into full effect at the universities. As of the effective date they shall be deemed to
be assigned to the respective university or the medical university which is the successor of the university or
faculty of medicine where their duties have predominantly been performed. The Federal Government’s obligation to
provide training shall pass to the respective university. The contractual relationship shall be terminated on the
reasons named in § 6e of the Compensation for Scientific and Artistic Activities at Universities and Universities
of the Arts Act or by the commencement of employment by a university or medical university.
(2) Sections 6 to 6g and 7 of the Compensation for Scientific and Artistic Activities at Universities and Universities of the
Arts Act, F.L.G. No 463/1974, shall continue to apply to the employees named in para 1 until the expiry of their
training contracts.
Persons with a special legal relationship to the Bund Persons with Special Contracts
with the Federal Government
§ 133. (1) With regard to the legal relationship of persons who on the day before this becomes fully effective
Federal law at the university in a special legal relationship with the federal government (tutors according to § 1a,
Study assistants and demonstrators in accordance with Section 1b, lecturers in accordance with Section 1 (2) and Section 2 as well as visiting professors
Visiting professors in accordance with § 3 of the Federal Act on Compensation for Scientific and Artistic Activities
at universities and universities of the arts), there will be no change after the cut-off date. They apply from
Key date assigned to the university or medical university, which is the successor institution of the
University or medical faculty, whose tasks they have mainly done. The legal relationship ends
with the passage of time.
(2) The conclusion or extension of such a special legal relationship with the federal government by the
University is inadmissible with effect from the key date.
§ 133. (1) There shall be no change after the effective date in the legal position of persons with special contracts
with the Federal Government (tutors according to
§ 1a, teaching assistants and demonstrators according to § 1b, external lecturers according to § 1 para 2
and § 2, and visiting professors according to § 3 of the Compensation for Scientific and Artistic Activities
at Universities and Universities of the Arts Act). As of the effective date they shall be deemed to be assigned to the
respective university or the medical university which is the successor of the university or faculty of
medicine where their duties have predominantly been performed. The contracts shall terminate upon expiry.
(2) The conclusion or extension of such special contracts with the Federal Government shall be impermissible
as of the effective date.
184 of 205
(3) Sections 1, 1a, 1b, 2, 2a, 3 and 7 of the Federal Act on Compensation for Scientific and Artistic
Activities at universities and universities of the arts are limited to the persons mentioned in paragraph 1
continue to apply to the expiry of their special legal relationship.
(3) Sections 1, 1a, 1b, 2, 2a, 3 and 7 of the Compensation for Scientific and Artistic Activities at Universities and
Universities of the Arts Act shall continue to apply to the persons named in para 1 until the expiry of their special
contracts.
Employees within the partial legal capacity Employees
under restricted legal capacity
Section 134. (1) Employees who work on the day before this Federal Act takes full effect
University is in an employment relationship with a partially legal institution of the university,
become employees of this university on the following day (reference date). From this
At the time, the university sets the rights and obligations of the partially legal institution of the
University continues. An employment contract concluded within the framework of the partial legal capacity
ends with the passage of time.
(2) Employees who on a day before the full effect of this Federal Act
Medical Faculty in an employment relationship with a partially legal institution of this medical
Faculty will become medical workers on the following day (reference date)
University, which is the successor to the Faculty of Medicine. From this point onwards
the medical university as employer the rights and obligations of the institution with partial legal capacity
the medical faculty. A contract concluded within the framework of the partial legal capacity
The employment relationship ends with the passage of time.
(3) Employees who are employed by an interuniversity institution with partial legal capacity
stand with the day this federal law takes full effect at that university,
which is the successor to this inter-university institution
Employees. From this point on, this university continues as an employer
the rights and obligations of the partially legal inter-university institution. One under the
Partial legal capacity temporary employment ends with the passage of time.
Representing the interests of university employees
§ 135. (1) The Labor Constitution Act, Federal Law Gazette no.
22/1974.
§ 134. (1) Staff employed by a university organizational unit with restricted legal capacity on the day
before the entry of this Act into full effect shall become employees of the respective university on the following day
(effective date). From this time on the rights and duties as an employer of the university organizational unit with
restricted legal capacity as an employer shall pass to the university. Temporary employment contracts concluded
under circumstances of restricted legal capacity shall terminate upon expiry.
(2) Staff employed by a university organizational unit with restricted legal capacity within a faculty of
medicine on the day before the entry of this Act into full effect shall, on the following day (effective date), become
employees of the medical university which is the successor of that faculty of medicine. From this time on the rights
and duties as an employer of the university organizational unit with restricted legal capacity within the faculty of
medicine shall pass to the medical university. Temporary employment contracts concluded under circumstances of
restricted legal capacity shall terminate upon expiry.
(3) Staff employed by an inter-university organizational institution with restricted legal capacity
shall become employees of the university which is the successor of that inter-university institution on the day
when this Act enters into full effect at that university. From this time on the rights and duties as an employer of
inter-university organizational institution with restricted legal capacity shall pass to this university. Temporary
employment contracts concluded under circumstances of restricted legal capacity shall terminate upon expiry.
Representation of interests of University Employees
§ 135. (1) All employees shall be subject to the Labor Relations Act, F.L.G. No 22/1974.
185 of 205
(2) The university is a company within the meaning of Section 34 ArbVG. (2) Universities
shall be deemed to be business establishments in the meaning
of § 34 of the Labor Relations Act.
(3) At each of the universities mentioned in § 6 (1) 1 to 21 there is a works council for the scientific and
to choose artistic as well as for the general university staff according to the provisions of §§ 50 ff ArbVG. The
Doctors in accordance with Section 94 Paragraph 3 No. 5 are on the works council for scientific and artistic
Personnel actively and passively entitled to vote. According to § 22a of the Disabled Persons Employment Act (BEinstG), Federal Law Gazette No.
92/1970, representatives of the disabled are to be chosen.
(4) The one on the day before this Federal Act takes full effect at the universities in accordance with Section 6 (1) (1)
to 3 and 7 to 21 department committee for university teachers remains until
Expiry of the functional period still running on the key date. As of the cut-off date, the existing
Department committee for the university teachers the function of the works council for the scientific and
artistic staff within the meaning of the Labor Constitution Act.
(5) The date on the day before this Federal Act takes full effect at the universities in accordance with Section 6 (1) (1)
to 3 and 7 to 21 staff committee set up for staff other than that
University lecturers will remain in force until the end of the term of office still in effect on the key date. From the cut-off date
is the responsibility of the existing service committee for staff with the exception of university teachers
Function of the works council for general university staff within the meaning of the Labor Constitution Act.
(6) The service committees for university teachers and the service committees for
Staff with the exception of the university teachers at the universities in accordance with Section 6 (1) lines 1 to 3 have from that point in time
the full effect of this federal law also the function of the corresponding agency committee
at the medical university of the same location.
(7) The existing staff representative bodies have before the end of their term of office for timely
To ensure that tenders for works council elections.
(8) The provisions of the Labor Constitution Act also apply to universities
following requirement:
(3) Pursuant to the provisions of §§ 1 ff of the Labor Relations Act, employee’s councils shall be elected by the
scientific and artistic staff and the non-academic university staff, respectively, at each of the
universities named in § 1 para 21 subparas 50 to 6. The physicians according to § 94 para 3 subpara 5 shall be
eligible to vote for and be elected to the employee’s council for the scientific and artistic staff. Pursuant to
§ 22a of the Disabled Persons Employment Act, F.L.G. No 92/1970, representatives of disabled people
shall be elected.
(4) The employment committees for university teachers at the universities named in § 6 para 1 subparas 1 to 3
and 7 to 21 in office on the day before the entry of this Act into full effect shall continue to serve until the expiry
of their terms of office unless these expire on the effective date. As of the effective date existing
employment committees for university teachers shall assume the functions of employee’s councils under Labor
Relations Act for the scientific and artistic staff.
(5) The employment committees for employees other than university teachers at the universities named in § 6 para 1
subparas 1 to 3 and 7 to 21 in office on the day before the entry of this Act into full effect shall continue to serve
until the expiry of their terms of office unless these expire on the effective date. As of the effective date existing
employment committees for employees other than university teachers shall assume the functions of employee’s councils
under the Labor Relations Act for the non-academic university staff.
(6) Upon the entry of this Act into full effect the employment committees for university teachers and for
employees other than university teachers at the universities named in § 6 para 1 subparas 1 to 3 shall also
assume the functions of the corresponding employment committees at the medical universities at the same sites.
(7) The existing personnel representation bodies shall secure that employee’s council elections are called up in a
timely manner, before expiry of their term of office.
(8) Otherwise, the provisions of the Labor Relations Act shall apply to the universities, subject to the following:
186 of 205
1. There is no division into workers 'and employees' works councils.
2. For the officials assigned to the service, the works council also has the function of
Departmental Committee within the meaning of Section 9 of the Federal Personnel Representation Act, Federal Law Gazette No.
133/1967. The officials assigned to the university belong to it
beyond the scope of the responsible central committee at
Federal Ministry of Education, Science and Research.
(9) The Central Committee for University Teachers and the
Central committee for the staff except the university teachers remain until the end of the day
prior to the effective date of this federal law,
Section 23 (2) lit. a and c of the Federal Personnel Representation Act are not applicable.
1. No distinction shall be made between employee’s councils for workers and employees.
2. For civil servants assigned to a university, the employee’s council shall also fulfill the function of the
employment committee according to § 9 of the Federal Employees Representation Act, F.L.G. No
133/1967. Civil servants assigned to universities shall also continue to be represented by the central employment
committee responsible for them at the Federal Ministry of Education, Science and Research.
(9) The central employment committees for university teachers and for employees other than university
teachers at the federal ministry shall remain in existence until the end of its term of office, which shall
expire on the day before the entry of this Act into full effect; Section 23 para 2 lit a and c of the Federal Employee
Representation Act shall not apply.
Section 5
Chapter 5
Transfer of Rights and Assets Transfer of Rights
and assets
Downstream equipment
Successor Institutions
Section 136. (1) The universities listed in Section 6 lines 1 to 3 become effective when they become fully effective
Federal law at the university universal legal successors of the respective university of the same name
(including their organizational units with partial legal capacity) according to § 5 UOG 1993. These
Universities are on the one hand in their successor university of the same name and on the other in
split up the Medical University.
(2) The medical universities listed in § 6 Z 4 to 6 are Vienna, Graz and Innsbruck
General law successors of the medical faculty (including their partial legal capacity
Organizational units) of the university of the respective location.
(3) The universities listed in section 6 lines 7 to 21 are
Universal legal successors of the respective university of the same name (including their
organizational units with partial legal capacity) according to § 5 UOG 1993 or University of the Arts (including
their organizational units with partial legal capacity) according to § 6 Z 1 to 6 KUOG.
§ 136. (1) Upon the entry of this Act into full effect at the universities, those universities named in § 6 subparas 1
to 3 shall become the universal successors of the respective universities of the same names (including their
organizational units with restricted legal capacity) referred to in § 5 University Organization Act 1993. Thesis
universities shall be divided into their successors of the same name and the medical universities.
(2) The Medical Universities of Vienna, Graz and Innsbruck (§ 6 subparas 4 to
6) shall be the universal successors of the faculties of medicine (including their organizational units
with restricted legal capacity) at the universities at the respective sites.
(3) The universities named in § 6 subparas 7 to 21 shall be the universal successors of the respective
universities of the same names (including their organizational units with restricted legal capacity)
referred to in § 5 University Organization Act 1993 or the universities of the arts (including their organizational
187 of 205
(4) The University of Klagenfurt is the universal successor to the Institute for Interdisciplinary Research and
Further training at the universities of Klagenfurt, Vienna, Innsbruck and Graz - IFF.
(5) The University of Natural Resources and Life Sciences, Vienna, is the universal successor to the Inter-University Research Institute
for Agricultural Biotechnology Tulln. The universities involved in this inter-university institution have until
no later than
December 31, 2003 based on their cooperation and their resulting rights and
Obligations with effect from January 1, 2004 a contract for further cooperation in this field
complete. If this contract is not concluded on time, the property is the
Inter-university institution from January 1, 2004 according to the number of participating universities
December 31, 2003 to allocate resources.
(6) The University of Linz is the universal successor to the university
Institute for Information Systems to support visually impaired students.
(7) The Vienna University of Technology is the universal legal successor of the Interuniversity Institute for
Technology Management (ITM).
(8) The University of Graz is the universal legal successor to the interuniversities
Coordination office for women and gender research Graz.
(9) The University of Vienna is the universal legal successor to the Austrian Central Library
for physics.
(10) The Medical University of Vienna is the universal legal successor to the Austrian Central Library of Medicine.
(11) The University of Graz is the universal legal successor to the inter-university
University sports institute in Graz.
Transfer of tenancy rights to properties, buildings and premises
Section 137. (1) The tenancy rights to those of the federal government, a university or a legal entity
Organizational unit of a university rented real estate, buildings and premises
on the day this federal law takes full effect at the university (effective date) under
units with restricted legal capacity) referred to in § 6 subparas 1 to 6 Universities of the Arts Organization Act.
(4) The University of Klagenfurt shall be the universal successor of the Institute for Interdisciplinary Research
and Continuing Education at the Universities of Klagenfurt, Vienna, Innsbruck and Graz.
(5) The University of Natural Resources and Applied Life Sciences Vienna shall be the universal successor of the
Institute for Agrobiotechnology Tulln. The universities participating in this inter-university institution
have to conclude, by December 31, 2003, an agreement on their continued collaboration in this field with effect from
January 1, 2004, based on their existing collaboration and the rights and duties arising there from. In case that
such agreement is not concluded by the appointed day, the assets of the said inter-university institution shall
as of 1 January, 2004 be divided among the participating universities in accordance with the resources
contributed by them up to 31 December 2003.
(6) The University of Linz shall be the universal successor of the Inter- University Institute for
Information Systems supporting visually impaired students.
(7) The Vienna University of Technology shall be the universal successor of the Institute for Technology Management
(ITM).
(8) The University of Graz shall be the universal successor of the Inter- University Coordination Center
for Women's Studies and Gender Research, Graz.
(9) The University of Vienna shall be the universal successor of the Austrian Central Library for Physics.
(10) The Medical University of Vienna shall be the universal successor of the Austrian Central Library for Medicine.
(11) The University of Graz shall be the universal successor of the Inter- University University Sports
Center in Graz.
Transfer of Tenancy Rights to Properties, Buildings and Rooms
§ 137. (1) As of the day when this Act enters into full effect (effective date) tenancy rights attaching to
properties, buildings and rooms rented by the Federal Government, a university or a university organizational
unit with restricted legal capacity shall pass by universal succession to the university or faculty of medicine
188 of 205
Exclusion of the legal consequences of Sections 12a and 46a of the Tenancy Law by way of universal succession to those on the day
University or medical faculty using before the deadline.
(2) The university also acts as a lessor or lender on the key date specified in paragraph 1
Place the federal government in the existing lease and loan agreements.
Legal succession for shared properties, buildings and premises
§ 138. The tenancy law passes to the university that owns the property, the building or the individual
Premises were allocated for exclusive and permanent use the day before the cut-off date or
were. Is a property, a building or are individual premises of several universities
left for shared permanent use, the tenancy law is transferred to the university that has the
Mostly used the property in the observation period between January 1, 2001 and September 30, 2003. For the
Medical universities apply the uses of the respective for this observation period
Medical Faculty. Is a property, a building or are individual premises several
Leaving universities for permanent shared use becomes the primary tenancy law for that university
granted the property during the observation period between January 1, 2001 and September 30, 2003
predominantly used. The other universities receive a right to sublet and pay one
Rent in the amount of the main rent.
Transfer of federally owned property to universities
§ 139. (1) The right of ownership of the movable property of the Confederation, the day before the full
The effectiveness of this federal law is left to the universities of the arts to use
including all related rights and legal relationships, claims and debts goes with the following
Day (key date) by way of universal succession to the university using it. The
General succession must be published in the university's newsletter (section 20 (6)).
(2) The right to property in the movable property of the Confederation, the day before it becomes fully effective
Federal law is left to a medical faculty or one of its organizational units for use
including all associated rights and legal relationships, claims and
using them on the day before the effective date. The legal implications of §§ 12a and 46a of the Rent Act shall be
excluded.
(2) As of the effective date referred to in para 1 the respective universities shall replace the Federal Government as
the lessors or loaners in existing leasehold or loan agreements.
Legal succession with respect to shared properties, buildings and rooms
§ 138. The tenancy rights shall pass to the university to which the property, building or individual rooms was / were
assigned for exclusive, permanent use on the day before the effective date. If a property, a building or single rooms
has / have been assigned to a number of universities for joint permanent use, the tenancy rights shall pass to that
university which has predominantly used the property during the reference period between 1 January, 2001 and 30
September, 2003. In the case of the medical universities, the applicable uses during this reference period shall be
those by the respective faculty of medicine. If a property, a building or single rooms has / have been
assigned to a number of universities for joint permanent use, the master tenancy rights shall be accorded to
that university which has predominantly used the property during the reference period between 1 January
2001 and September 30, 2003. The other universities shall receive subtenancy rights and shall pay subrent in the
amount of the master rent.
Transfer of Properties Owned by the Federal Government to the Universities
Section 139. (1) Title to the movable assets owned by the Federal Government assigned to the universities and
universities of the arts for their use as of the day before the entry of this Act into full effect, including
all associated rights and obligations, claims and debts shall, on the following day (effective date), pass by
universal succession to the university using such assets. Such universal succession shall be published in the
university gazette (§ 20 para 6).
(2) Title to the movable assets owned by the Federal Government assigned to a faculty of medicine or one of its
organizational units for its use as of the day before the entry of this Act into full effect, including all associated
rights and obligations, claims and debts shall, on the following day (effective date), pass by universal
189 of 205
Debts with the following day (due date) by way of universal succession to that medical university,
which is the universal legal successor to the Faculty of Medicine. The universal succession is in the newsletter
to announce to the university.
(3) The right of ownership of the movable property of the Confederation, which takes effect the day before it becomes fully effective
this federal law to an inter-university institution according to § 136 paragraphs 4 to 11 for use
is, including all associated rights and legal relationships, claims and debts
with the following day (key date) by way of universal succession to those in these legislative bodies
each named university about. The universal succession is to be published in the university newsletter.
These assets are from the universities designated as successor institutions for the continuation of the
To use tasks of the previous inter-university institutions.
(4) In deviation from paragraphs 1 to 3, the holdings of the university libraries remain
a whole from historical, artistic and other cultural or scientific context
form, owned by the federal government. Furthermore, the movables remain the property of the federal government, the individual universities
temporarily for loan, in particular for purposes of representation or artistic design
Have been left to use. Each university has until September 30, 2003 to create a list of these holdings.
(5) With regard to ownership of the collections of the Gemäldegalerie and the Kupferstichkabinett of the Akademie
The fine arts in Vienna, in deviation from paragraphs 1 to 3, do not change.
Transfer of the institutions of the Universities and Universities of the Arts, which are partially legal entities
Real estate, movables and university rights
Section 140. (1) The right of ownership of the movable and immovable property of those with partial legal capacity
Institutions of universities and universities of the arts includes all related rights and
Legal relationships, claims and debts on the day this Federal Act takes full effect
at the university concerned by way of universal succession to the respective
University about.
(2) The right to property in the movable and immovable property of a medical school with partial legal capacity
or one of their partial legal capacity
succession to the medical university which is the universal successor of that faculty of medicine. Search universal
succession shall be published in the university gazette.
(3) Title to the movable assets owned by the Federal Government assigned to the inter-university institutions named in
§ 136 paras 4 to 11 for their use as of the day before the entry of this Act into full effect, including all associated
rights and obligations, claims and debts shall, on the following day (effective date), pass by universal succession to
the universities named in these provisions. Such universal succession shall be published in the university gazette.
These assets shall be used by the universities designated as successor institutions for the continuation of
the activities of the former inter-university institutions.
(4) Notwithstanding paras 1 to 3, stocks of university libraries forming a historical, artistic or other
cultural or scientific unity shall remain the property of the Federal Government. Movable assets temporarily loaned by
the Federal Government to universities for ceremonial or decorative purposes shall remain the property of the Federal
Government. Universities shall have to compile an inventory of such assets by September 30, 2003.
(5) Notwithstanding paras 1 to 3, there shall be no change in the ownership of the contents of the Art Gallery and the
Collection of Copperplate Engravings of the Academy of Fine Arts Vienna.
Transfer to Universities of Properties, Movable Assets and Rights Owned by Organizational Units with Restricted Legal
Capacity at Universities and Universities of the Arts
§ 140. (1) Title to the movable assets and immovable assets of organizational units with restricted legal capacity
universities and universities of the arts, as well as all associated rights and obligations, claims and debts, shall
pass to the respective universities by universal succession on the day when this Act enters into full effect at the
universities concerned.
(2) Title to the movable assets and immovable assets of a faculty of medicine with restricted legal capacity or one of
its organizational units with restricted legal
190 of 205
Facilities goes including all related rights and legal relationships,
Receivables and debts with the day this federal law takes full effect on the
Medical University by way of universal succession to the Medical University, which the
Successor institution of the relevant medical faculty is.
(3) The right of ownership to the movable and immovable property of the partially legal inter-university institutions
according to § 136 para. 4 to 11 includes all associated rights and legal relationships, claims and debts
with the day of the full effect of this federal law by way of universal succession to the
University mentioned in each of these legislative bodies.
(4) The universities have to ensure that existing requirements, conditions and dedications
is met as best as possible. An internal personal third party allocation of the
the associated asset is not excluded.
capacity, as well as all associated rights and obligations, claims and debts, shall pass to the medical university,
which is the successor institution of that faculty of medicine by universal succession on the day when this Act
enters into full effect at the medical university concerned.
(3) Title to the movable and immovable assets of the inter-university institutions with restricted legal capacity named
in § 136 paras 4 to 11 as well as the associated rights and obligations, claims and debts shall pass to the
universities named in these provisions by universal succession on the day when this Act enters into full effect.
(4) The universities shall ensure that existing conditions of use and dedications of assets to specific purposes are
complied with to the maximum possible extent. Internal ad personam allocation of assets shall not be excluded thereby.
5a. section
Chapter 5a
Association of Universities Merger of
Universities
succession
Legal succession
Section 140a. (1) Two or more universities can be combined by federal law (Section 6 paras. 3 to 6). The
Unification framework according to
Section 6 (4) also has to determine the legal succession.
(2) If a medical university participating in an association is not the successor university,
So is for this area from the right-following university through the organizational plan
to set up a medical school.
(3) The rights and obligations from the performance agreements of the participating universities go with the time
of the coming into effect of the association according to § 6 paragraphs 3 to 6 to the successor university.
Transitional provisions for the articles of association, the organizational and the development plan
Section 140b. (1) In deviation from Section 22 Paragraph 1 No. 1, the Senates of the participating universities are under
Consideration of the respective statutes until the association becomes effective in accordance with § 6 Paragraphs 3 to 6
a preliminary
Section 140a. (1) Two or more universities may be merged by Federal Law (§ 6 paras 3 to 6). The merger framework
regulations under § 6 para 4 shall also regulate the legal succession.
(2) If a medical university involved in a merger is not the legal successor of the universities, the legal successor
shall establish a faculty of medicine for this area in its organization plan.
(3) The rights and duties arising from the performance agreements of the universities involved shall be
transferred to the legal successor when the merger pursuant to § 6 paras 3 to 6 enters into full effect.
Transitional Provisions for the Statutes, the Organization Plan and the Development Plan
Section 140b. (1) Notwithstanding § 22 para 1 (1) and taking into account the existing statutes, the senates of the
universities involved shall adopt a preliminary common
191 of 205
to decide on joint statutes and to publish them in the newsletter of the participating universities.
(2) Up to a maximum of three years from the date on which the association becomes effective in accordance with Section 6 paras 3 to 6
are by the responsible organs of the successor university a statute, a development
and to decide on an organizational plan and publish it in the newsletter. The preliminary joint
Articles of association in accordance with paragraph 1 and the provisional organizational and development plan in accordance with § 6 paragraph 5 line 3 remain until
at this point in time.
Transfer of tenancy rights to properties, buildings and premises
Section 140c. (1) Tenancy rights to the properties rented by the participating universities,
Buildings and premises perish on the day the association becomes effective (effective date)
Exclusion of the legal consequences of sections 12a and 46a of the Tenancy Law by way of
General succession to the successor university.
(2) The successor university also acts as lessor on the key date specified in paragraph 1
or lender instead of the participating universities in the existing lease and loan agreements.
statute that is effective until the merger according to § 6 paras 3 to 6 enters into full effect, and shall publish it
in the university gazettes of the universities involved.
(2) No later than three years after the merger according to § 6 paras 3 to 6 has entered into full effect, the
competent bodies of the university that is the legal successor shall adopt a statute, a development plan, and
an organization plan and publish it in the university gazette. The preliminary common statute under para 1 as well as
the preliminary organization plan and development plan under § 6 para 5 (3) shall remain in force until then.
Transfer of Tenancy Rights to Properties, Buildings and Rooms
Section 140c. (1) The tenancy rights attached to properties, buildings and rooms rented by the universities
involved shall pass by universal succession to the university that is the legal successor on the day the merger
enters into full effect (effective date); the legal implications of §§ 12a and 46a of the Rent Act shall be excluded.
(2) As of the effective date referred to in para 1, the university that is the legal successor shall also enter into
existing leasehold agreements or loan agreements as the lessor or loaner instead of the universities involved.
Transfer of staff
Transition of University Staff
Section 140d. (1) Officials who, on the day before the association takes effect, in accordance with Section 6 (3) to (6)
participating universities in the sense of
Paragraph 125 (2) belong to the Office of the. From the day following that date for the duration of the position
successor university and are assigned to this university for permanent service as long as they
not be transferred to another federal agency.
(2) The association applies to the employees of the participating universities
in accordance with § 6 Paragraphs 3 to 6 as a transfer of operations in accordance with § 3 of the Labor Contract Law Adjustment Act - AVRAG,
Federal Law Gazette No. 459/1993. AVRAG and those relating to the transfer of operations are related to these
Provisions of the labor constitution (Arbeitsverfassungsgesetz - ArbVG), Federal Law Gazette no.
22/1974. To those of these employees who, in accordance with section 126 (1) in a
Employment relationship was transferred to one of the participating universities and the day before the cut-off date
the effectiveness of the union one
Section 140d. (1) Permanent civil servants who are members of the universities involved within the meaning of
§ 125 para 2, as of the day before the merger according to § 6 paras 3 to 6 enters into full effect, shall be
assigned to the office of the university that is the legal successor from the following day and for the duration of
their service and shall be permanently assigned to this university, unless transferred to another federal
post Office.
(2) For the employees of the universities involved, the merger according to § 6 paras 3 to 6 shall be deemed to
be a transfer of business according to § 3 of the Employment Contract Law Adaptation Act (AVRAG), F. L.
G. No 459/1993. To them, the Employment Contract Law Adaptation Act as well as the provisions pertaining
to the transfer of business under the Labor Relations Act (ArbVG),
F. L. G. No 22/1974, shall apply. § 126 para 126 shall continue to apply to those employees whose contracts
of employment have been converted into contracts of employment with one of the universities involved according to § 4
para 108 and who are not subject to a collective contract according to § 1 on the day before the effective date of the
merger.
192 of 205
Section 126 (4) shall continue to apply if the collective agreement is not subject to Section 108.
(3) A teaching license granted to a participating university (§ 103) applies from the time the
Association according to § 6 Paragraphs 3 to 6 as a teaching license conferred by the successor university.
Transitional provisions for the representation of employees' interests
Section 140e. (1) From the time the association takes effect according to
Section 6 subsections 3 to 6 form a works council in accordance with section 135 subsection 3 of the participating universities
Works Council. The works councils are no longer than one year after the association becomes effective in accordance with § 6
3 to 6 to be newly elected. The works council's term of office ends when the newly elected are constituted
Works Councils.
(2) Regarding the company agreements of the participating universities
Section 31 (7) ArbVG.
(3) A habilitation degree (§ 103) awarded by a university involved shall, as of the day when the merger according
to § 6 paras 3 to 6 enters into full effect, be deemed to be a habilitation degree awarded by the
university that is the legal successor.
Transitional Provisions for the Representation of Employee Interests
Section 140e. (1) As of the day when the merger according to § 6 paras 3 to 6 enters into full effect, the employees'
councils according to § 135 para 3 of the universities involved shall establish an employees' council each. The
employees' councils shall be re-elected no later than one year after the merger according to § 6 paras 3 to 6 enters
into full effect. The term of office of the employees 'councils shall end when the newly elected employees' councils
constitute themselves.
(2) § 31 para 7 of the Labor Relations Act shall apply to the employees' council agreements of the universities
Involved.
Transitional study law provisions
Provisions Pertaining to Study Law
§ 140f. The diploma, bachelor, master and
Doctoral studies are deemed to take place after the association becomes effective in accordance with § 6 Paragraphs 3 to 6
successor university established. On these studies, the respective curricula in the at the time of
The effective version of the association will continue to apply, and these study plans may be used in accordance with Section 25 (1)
Z 10 can also be modified. Graduates of these studies are those
to award academic degrees at the time the association becomes effective for the respective
Studies are provided. Sections 80 to 80b UniStG apply mutatis mutandis. Instead of existing studies according to §
54 (1) Bachelor's and Master's programs have been set up, the curricula include Section 80 (2) and Section 80a (2)
UniStG to provide appropriate transitional provisions.
§ 140f. The diploma, bachelor, master, and doctoral programs established at the universities involved shall be deemed
to be established at the university that is the legal successor of the university after the merger under § 6
paras 3 to 6 has entered into full effect. The curricula in force when the merger enters into full effect shall
continue to apply to these programs, and these curricula may also be modified according to § 25 para 1
(10). Graduates of these programs shall be awarded those academic degrees that are designated for the
respective programs when the merger enters into full effect. § 80 to § 80b University Studies Act shall apply by
analogy. If bachelor's and master's programs are established instead of existing programs according to § 54
para 1, transitional provisions shall be included in the curricula that correspond to § 80 para 2 and §
80a para 2 of the Universities Studies Act.
Other provisions
Other commissions
§ 140g. The successor university and the participating universities are in accordance with § 6 paragraphs 3 to 6
exempted from all associated fees and charges with regard to the association. Are exempt from this
Court and judicial administration fees.
§ 140g. The university that is the legal successor and the universities involved pursuant to § 6 paras 3 to 6 shall be
exempt from all fees and taxes arising from the merger. Court and legal administrative fees shall be excluded from this
exemption.
193 of 205
§ 140h. Civil law contractual relationships between the legal successor
The university and the participating universities cease to exist when the association takes effect (section 1445 (1) ABGB).
§ 140h. Contracts under private law between the university that is the legal successor and the universities
involved shall become null and void when the merger enters into full effect (§ 1445 para 1 of the General Code of Civil
Law - ABGB).
Section 6
Chapter 6
budget
budget
Section 141. (1) The effects of the budgeting of the universities on the basis of Sections 12, 12a and 13 in the version of the
Federal Law BGBl. I No. 8/2018 are from the service agreement period 2019 to 2021 by the Federal Minister
or accompanying the Federal Minister in cooperation with the Federal Minister of Finance
to evaluate. The evaluation has in particular the provision of the performance agreement
agreed achievements by the university in teaching as well as in research or development and
Development of the arts based on the indicators “number of those with at least 16 ECTS credit points or
8 positively assessed semester hours of regular bachelor, diploma and graduate courses
Master studies with weighting according to subject groups "as well as" personnel in selected uses
Subject groups in full-time equivalents ”as well as the practical implementation of the agreed measures
Failure to include the performance agreement.
(2) Universities can take part in admission or selection procedures from
Study applicants or examination participants are personal
Data in accordance with Section 9 (6) of the Education Documentation Act, Federal Law Gazette I No. 12/2002, in the currently applicable version,
record and process anonymized and aggregated for statistical and evaluation purposes.
(3) To ensure the implementation of the measures in accordance with Section 12a (4) in the version of the Federal Law Gazette I no.
8/2018 and to carry out a comprehensive personal monitoring to prevent
The universities have dropped out and increased study progress
1. Data-related evidence on the social dimension in teaching and on the involvement of under-represented groups
into higher education in accordance with Section 13 (2) 1 lit. g in the version of the Federal Law BGBl. I No. 8/2018
or to use existing surveys in this area and with
§ 141. (1) From the performance agreement period 2019 to 2021, the Federal Minister shall, in cooperation with the
Federal Minister of Finance, monitor the effects of the budgeting of the universities on the basis of
Sections 12, 12a, and 13 as amended by F. L. G. I No 8/2018. The evaluation shall, in particular, include the
university's performance in teaching as well as in research or the advancement and appreciation of the arts agreed
on in the performance agreement, based on the indicators “Number of students actively taking examinations
amounting to at least 16 ECTS credits or successfully passed examinations comprising 8 semester hours in bachelor's,
diploma and master's degree programs weighted according to the groups of disciplines ”as well as“ Staff in selected
job groups by group of disciplines in full-time equivalents ”, as well as the practical implementation of the measures
in case of non-fulfillment of the performance agreement.
(2) Within the framework of admission and selection procedures, it shall be permissible for the
universities to collect data according to § 9 para 6 of the Education Documentation Act, F.L.G. I No
12/2002, as amended, on the applicants or examinees, respectively, and to process these data in anonymous and
aggregated format for statistical and evaluation purposes.
(3) In order to ensure that the measures according to § 12a para 4, as amended by the Federal Act F.L.G. I No
8/2018, are implemented and a comprehensive personal monitoring for the prevention of drop-outs and an
increase of the study progress is carried out, the universities shall
1. keep data-related records on the social dimension in teaching as well as on the inclusion of underrepresented groups
in higher education according to
§ 13 para 2 subpara 1 lit g, as amended by the Federal Act F.L.G. I No 8/2018, and make use of existing
surveys in this field to
194 of 205
2. Data on the students and their progress according to § 3 of the Education Documentation Act in
to link the currently applicable version
and thus document the quantitative developments of these aspects and make them verifiable. To this
The purpose is to give the universities in particular access to those personal data that are based on § 9
Section.
6 of the Education Documentation Act, as amended, on the occasion of the inclusion of the
Students and the departure of students.
(4) Sections 12, 12a and 13 in the version of the Federal Law BGBl. I No. 8/2018 are due to the
Agreement according to Art. 15a B-VG between the federal government and the state of Lower Austria on the establishment and the
Operation of the University Center for Continuing Education (Danube University Krems) including annex, Federal Law Gazette No. 501/1994, and
the agreement according to Art. 15a B-VG between the federal government and the state of Lower Austria on the expansion of the
University Center for Continuing Education (Danube University Krems) and its annex, Federal Law Gazette I No. 81/2014, to the
Financing of the University for Continuing Education Krems according to § 10 of the federal law on the
University for Continuing Education Krems (DUK Law 2004), Federal Law Gazette I No. 22/2004, in the currently applicable
Version, not applicable.
(5) Sections 12, 12a and 13 in the version of the Federal Law BGBl. I No. 8/2018 apply to the budgeting of the
the Medical Faculty of the University of Linz can be used from January 1, 2029. Until the end of
15a B-VG between the federal government and the state of Upper Austria on the establishment
and the operation of a medical faculty and the establishment of the study of human medicine at the University of Linz,
BGBl. I No. 18/2014, on December 31, 2028, the budgeting and financing will take place at the University of Linz
Faculty of Medicine established in accordance with Art. 15a B-VG Agreement, Federal Law Gazette I No. 18/2014.
(6) Section 12 (2) is with the Federal Minister regarding the establishment of an agreement
Federal Minister of Finance for the performance agreement period 2019 to 2021 not
apply. About the distribution of the total amount in accordance with Section 141b over the three budget pillars mentioned in Section 12 (2)
the Federal Minister has no later than one month after the entry into force
Federal law agreement with the
2. link them to data on students and their study progress according to § 3 of the Education Documentation Act, as
amended,
and thus to document and provide verifiable evidence for the quantitative developments of these
aspects. For this purpose, the universities shall be given access, in particular, to those personal data
collected on the basis of § 9 para 6 of the Education Documentation Act, as amended, on the occasion of the application
of students as well as their leaving.
(4) Based on the agreement according to Art 15a Federal Constitutional Law between the Federal Government and the
Provincial Government of Lower Austria on the Establishment and the Maintenance of the University Center for Continuing
Education (Danube University Krems) together with its Annex, F.L.G. No 501/1994, as well as the
agreement according to Art 15a Federal Constitutional Law between the Federal Government and the Provincial
Government of Lower Austria on the Extension of the University Center for Continuing Education (Danube University
Krems) together with its Annex, F.L.G. I No 81/2014, §§ 12, 12a and 13, as amended by the Federal Act F.L.G.
I No 8/2018, shall not apply to the funding of the University for Continuing Education Krems according to § 10 of
the Federal Act on the Danube University Krems 2004, F.L.G. I No 22/2004, as amended.
(5) Sections 12, 12a and 13, as amended by the Federal Act F.L.G. I No 8/2018, shall apply from 1 January 2029 to the
budgeting of the Faculty of Medicine established at the University of Linz. Until the expiry of the validity of the
agreement according to Art 15a Federal Constitutional Law between the Federal Government and the Provincial
Government of Upper Austria on the Establishment and the Maintenance of a Faculty of Medicine and the Establishment of
the Study Program in Human Medicine at the University of Linz, F.L.G. I No 18/2014, on December 31, 2028, the
budgeting and funding of the Faculty of Medicine established at the University of Linz shall follow the provisions in
Art 15a Federal Constitutional Law Agreement, F.L.G. I No 18/2014.
(6) With regard to reaching an agreement with the Federal Minister of Finance,
§ 12 para 2 shall not apply for the performance agreement period 2019 to 2021. The Federal Minister shall reach an
agreement with the Federal Minister of Finance on the division of the total amount according to § 141b into the three
budget columns named in § 12 para 2 no later than one month following the entry into force of this Federal Act. The
total amount determined according to § 141b, as amended by the
195 of 205
To produce the Federal Minister of Finance. The according
Section 141b in the version of the Federal Law BGBl. I No. 129/2017 on the financing of universities
The total amount determined for the performance agreement period 2019 to 2021 includes the
Expenses according to § 12 paragraphs 8 and 9, which are used to finance the medical faculty at the University of Linz
the agreement in accordance with Art. 15a B-VG, Federal Law Gazette I No. 18/2014, as well as for the financing of the University for
Further education Krems based on the agreement according to Art. 15a B-VG, Federal Law Gazette I No. 81/2014, from the federal government
providing funds.
(7) The of the Federal Real Estate Company m.b.H. towards the universities overall due to
Contractual rental claims are reduced by EUR 17,391,000 for the years 2018 to 2021
yearly. The total amount determined in accordance with Section 12 (2) for the performance agreement period
2016 to 2018 and the total amount determined in accordance with Section 141b for the performance agreement period 2019 to 2021
decrease to the same extent. The Rectorate is obliged to make an offer of
Bundesimmobiliengesellschaft m.b.H. to reduce the
Bundesimmobiliengesellschaft m.b.H. contractually due rent claims also under any conditions
if this is economically viable for the university. That between the Federal Minister
or the Federal Minister and a university in the performance agreement for the period 2016 to 2018
The university's global budget is reduced to the extent that the Federal Real Estate Company m.b.H. the
you are entitled to this university on the basis of a contractual agreement
Rental claims reduced for 2018.
Federal Act F. L. G. I No 129/2017, for university funding for the performance agreement period 2019 to 2021
shall comprise expenditures according to § 12 paras 8 and 9, the funds to be provided by the Federal Government for the
financing of the Faculty of Medicine at the University of Linz according to the agreement according to Art 15a
Federal Constitutional Law, F.L.G. I No 18/2014, as well as for the financing of the University for
Continuing Education Krems based on the agreement according to Art 15a Federal Constitutional Law, F.L.G. I No
81/2014.
(7) The rent receivables owed to the Bundesimmobiliengesellschaft m.b.H. by the universities due to contractual
agreements shall be reduced by € 17,391,000 per year from 2018 to 2021. The total amount determined for the performance
agreement period 2016 to 2018 according to § 12 para 2 as well as the total amount determined for the performance
agreement period 2019 to 2021 according to § 141b shall be reduced by the same amount. The rectorate shall be obliged
to accept an offer by the Bundesimmobiliengesellschaft m.b.H. for a reduction of the contractually due rent receivables
owed to the Bundesimmobiliengesellschaft m.b.H., even under any conditions, where this is economically feasible
for the university. The global budget of a university agreed upon by the Federal Minister and the respective university
in the performance agreement for the period of 2016 to 2018 shall be reduced in line with the reduction of the
rent receivables for the year 2018 owed to the Bundesimmobiliengesellschaft m.b.H. by that
university due to the contractual agreement.
6a. section
Chapter 6a
Future capacity-oriented, student-related university funding
Future Capacity-Oriented, Student-Based Funding of Universities
Performance agreements for the period 2019 to 2021 performance agreements
for the Period 2019 to 2021
Section 141b. The total amount to finance the universities (Section 12 Paragraph 2) is for the performance agreement period
2019 to 2021 € 10.992 billion.
Section 141b. The total amount for the financing of the universities (§ 12 para 2) amounts to 10.992 billion € for
the performance agreement period 2019 to 2021.
196 of 205
Implementation of capacity-oriented, student-related university funding
Section 141c. The Federal Government has submitted a government bill to the National Council for a new regulation by January 31, 2018
to provide funding for universities within the meaning of Section 141a.
Implementation of the Capacity-Oriented, Student-Based Funding of Universities
Section 141c. The Federal Government shall direct a government bill on the reorganization of the funding of
universities in the meaning of § 141a to the National Council by the 31 January 2018.
(Note: Paragraphs 2 and 3 repealed by Federal Law Gazette I No. 8/2018) [Removed]
Section 7
Chapter 7
Entry into Force and
implementation
references
References
Section 142. (1) The terms "Federal Minister" in this Federal Act refer to the extent
not expressly stated otherwise, to the Federal Minister for
is responsible for university affairs.
(2) Insofar as other federal laws are referred to in this federal law, these federal laws are in each case
applicable version.
(3) Reference is made in other federal laws to provisions in their place when this comes into force
Federal law new provisions take effect, these references are to the appropriate
new regulations.
§ 142. (1) Unless otherwise stated, in this Act “Federal Minister” means the federal minister in charge of higher
education.
(2) References in this Act to other federal acts are references to such acts as amended.
(3) If reference is made in other federal acts to provisions in place of which new provisions will take effect upon the
entry into force of this Act, such citations refer to the corresponding new provisions.
Legislation Entry into Force and
Expiration of Legal Provisions
Section 143. (1) The provisions of this Federal Act come into force on October 1, 2002, insofar as follows
nothing else is intended.
§ 143. (1) The provisions of this Act shall enter into force on 1 October 2002, unless otherwise stated below.
(2) Part II of this Federal Act comes into force on January 1, 2004. (2) Part II of this Act
shall enter into force on January 1, 2004.
(3) Sections 120 to 122 come into force on the day following the announcement.
(4) The provisions of the UOG 1993 except the constitutional provisions occur
expired on December 31, 2003.
(5) The provisions of the KUOG with the exception of the constitutional provisions also apply
Expired on December 31, 2003.
(6) The Federal Act on Compensation for Scientific and Artistic Activities
Universities and universities of the arts, BGBl.
(3) Sections 120 to 122 shall enter into force on the day after publication of this Act.
(4) The provisions of the University Organization Act 1993, except for the constitutional provisions, shall
expire at the end of December 31, 2003.
(5) The provisions of the Universities of the Arts Organization Act 1993, except for the constitutional provisions,
shall expire at the end of December 31, 2003.
(6) The Compensation for Scientific and Artistic Activities at Universities and Universities of the Arts Act, F.
L.G. No 463/1974, shall expire at the end of
197 of 205
No. 463/1974, unless the sections 132 (2) and 133 (3) stipulate otherwise, occurs at the end of the 31st
December 2003 expires.
(7) The Higher Education Tax Act 1972, Federal Law Gazette No. 76/1972, comes into effect at the end of the
December 31, 2003 expired.
31 December 2003 except to the extent otherwise provided for by §§ 132 para 2 and 133 para 3.
(7) The Tuition and Fees Act 1972, F.L.G. No 76/1972, shall expire at the end of 31 December 2003.
(8) § 112 expires on October 1, 2018. (8) Section 112
shall expire on 1 October 2018.
(9) The provisions of the University Studies Act (UniStG) with the exception of the constitutional provisions
expire on December 31, 2003.
(10) The table of contents, § 13 paragraphs 1 to 3 and paragraphs 8 to 10, § 13a, § 31 paragraph 4, § 32 paragraph 1 first sentence and paragraph.
2, § 94 paragraphs 1 and 3, § 122 paragraph 2 lines 5, 9,
10 and 11, § 135 paragraph 3 and § 141 paragraph 3 and 7 in the version of the Federal Law BGBl. I
No. 96/2004 enter into force on October 1, 2004.
(11) Section 124b in the Federal Law Gazette I No. 87/2007 expires on June 30, 2009.
(12) Section 61 (1) and (2), Section 91 (1) and (2) and Section 92 (1) 4 to 6, and Section 141 (8) and (9) and Section
143 para. 11 of the Federal Law in the version of Federal Law Gazette I No. 134/2008 come into force on January 1, 2009, §124b
of the Federal Law in the version of Federal Law Gazette I No. 134/2008 comes into force on July 1, 2009.
(12a) The heading, the table of contents, Sections 5, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 15,
16, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 23a, 23b, 24, 25, 29, 32, 42, 43, 45, 46, 49, 51, 54 para. 3,
Paragraph 3a, Paragraph 5, Paragraph 9, Paragraph 9a, Paragraph 10, Paragraph 11 and Paragraphs 12, 56, 59, 60, 61, 63,
64, 65, 66, 67, 78, 79, 85, 86, 87, 91, 92, 98, 99, 100, 103, 107, 108a, 109, 119,
124, 124b, 125, 128, and 141 in the version of the Federal Law BGBl. I No. 81/2009 come into effect on October 1
2009 in force.
(13) Section 64a in the version of the Federal Law Gazette I No. 81/2009 also comes into effect
Effective October 1, 2010. Regulations based on Section 64a may be made before
October 1, 2010, but may not enter into force until October 1, 2010 at the earliest.
(14) The Federal Act on the Acquisition of Course-Related Study Permits at Universities
and higher education institutions of artistic direction (Student Eligibility Act - StudBerG), Federal Law Gazette No. 292/1985, joins
Expired on September 30, 2010. However, it is open to applicants who before the 1st
October 2010 had already been admitted to the university entrance exam until September 30, 2012
apply.
(9) The provisions of the University Studies Act, except for the constitutional provisions, shall expire at the end of
December 31, 2003.
(10) The table of contents, § 13 paras 1 to 3 and 8 to 10, § 13a, § 31 para 4, § 32 para 1 first sentence and para 2, §
94 paras 1 and 3, § 122 para 2 subparas 5, 9, 10 and 11, § 135 para 3 and § 141 paras 3 and 7, as amended by the
Federal Act F.L.G. I No 96/2004, shall enter into force on 1 October 2004.
(11) § 124b, as amended by F.L.G. I No 87/2007, shall expire on 30 June 2009.
(12) § 61 para 1 and para 2, § 91 para 1 and para 2 and § 92 para 1 (4) - (6), and
§ 141 para 8 and 9 and § 143 para 11, as amended by F. L. G. I No 134/2008. shall enter into force on January 1, 2009,
§124b of this Federal Act, as amended by F.L.G. I No 134/2008, shall enter into force on 1 July 2009.
(12a) The heading, the table of contents, §§ 5, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 15, 16, 19, 20,
21, 22, 23, 23a, 23b, 24, 25, 29, 32, 42, 43, 45, 46, 49, 51, 54 para 3, para 3a, para 5,
para 9, para 9a, para 10, para 11 and para 12, 56, 59, 60, 61, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 78,
79, 85, 86, 87, 91, 92, 98, 99, 100, 103, 107, 108a, 109, 119, 124, 124b, 125, 128,
and 141, as amended by the Federal Act F.L.G. I No 81/2009, shall enter into force on 1 October 2009.
(13) Section 64a, as amended by the Federal Act F.L.G. I No 81/2009, shall enter into force on 1 October 2010. Decrees
under § 64a may be enacted already before 1 October 2010, but shall enter into force no earlier than 1 October 2010.
(14) The Higher Education Entrance Act, F.L.G. No 292/1985, shall cease to be in force after 30 September 2010.
However, it shall continue to apply until after 30 September 2012 to applicants who were already admitted to
the university entrance qualification examination before October 1, 2010.
198 of 205
(15) Section 54 (2) as amended by Federal Law Gazette I No. 81/2009 comes into force on October 1, 2012.
(16) The term of office of the university councils existing on October 1, 2009 ends at the end of the
February 28, 2013.
(17) The term of office of the Senates existing on January 1, 2010 ends at the end of September 30, 2010. This
Senates have the size of the new senates in accordance with Section 25 (2) in the version of the Federal Law Gazette I No. 81/2009
to be determined in good time before the end of the term of office; if a decision is not reached, the Senate passes
out of 18 members. For the elections to the Senate, which take place in 2009, the ones valid on January 1, 2009 are valid
Continue to apply provisions. For the constitution of senates from January 1, 2010, § 25 is in the version
of Federal Law BGBl. I No. 81/2009.
(18) Organs and committees that were constituted on October 1, 2009 apply with regard to the appropriate application of the
Federal Equal Treatment Act composed as legally compliant.
(19) On applications for recognition of diploma and master theses or artistic diploma and
Master's theses that were submitted before January 1, 2011 are in the version of the day before § 85
continue to apply to the entry into force of Federal Law BGBl. I No. 81/2009.
(20) Procedure for the selection of the role of the Rector at the time of entry into force of the
Federal Law BGBl. I No. 81/2009 by submitting the announcement to the University Council
Comments have been initiated, are in accordance with the provisions for the election of the rector in the version
the day before the entry into force of Federal Law BGBl. I No. 81/2009.
(21) Up until October 1, 2013, there is a curriculum for every Bachelor's degree at the university
Create a qualification profile and publish it in the newsletter. The Senate is on
Failing to issue the qualification profile, the University Council has an ex officio
Create a qualification profile. If the university council is in arrears, the Federal Minister
Federal Minister to make the replacement.
(15) Section 54 para 2, as amended by the Federal Act F.L.G. I No 81/2009, shall enter into force on 1 October 2012.
(16) The term of office of university councils in office on 1 October 2009 shall end after 28 February 2013.
(17) The term of office of the senates in office on 1 January 2010 shall end after 30 September 2010. These senates
shall determine the size of the new senates under
§ 25 para 2, as amended by the Federal Act F.L.G. I No 81/2009, in time before the expiry of their term of office; if
no decision is taken, the senate shall consist of 18 members. For elections to the senate taking place in 2009, the
provisions in force on 1 January 2009 shall continue to apply. For the constitution of senates from 1 January 2010, §
25, as amended by the Federal Act F.L.G. I No 81/2009, shall apply.
(18) Bodies, boards, and committees in office on October 1, 2009 shall be deemed to be constituted in
conformity with the law with regard to the application of the Federal Act on Equal Treatment in the Public Service by
analogy.
(19) For applications for the recognition of diploma or master’s theses or artistic diploma or master’s submissions
which were submitted before 1 January 2011, § 85, as amended the day before the entry into force of the
Federal Act F.L.G. I No 81/2009, shall continue to apply.
(20) Procedures for the election of the rector which at the time of the entry into force of the Federal Act published
in the F. L. G. I No 81/2009 have already been opened by forwarding the advertisement to the university council for its
opinion shall be continued according to the regulations for the election of the rector, as amended the day before the
entry into force of the Federal Act F.L.G. I No 81/2009.
(21) By 1 October 2013, a qualification profile shall be drawn up in the curriculum for each
bachelor's programs established at the university and published in the university gazette. If the
senate is in delay in drawing up the qualification profile, the university council shall, acting proprio
motu, draw up a qualification profile. If the university council is in delay, the Federal Minister shall make the
substitute performance.
(Note: Paragraph 22 repealed by Federal Law Gazette I No. 52/2013) (22) [removed]
(Note: Paragraph 23 repealed by Federal Law Gazette I No. 131/2015) (23) [removed]
(24) Section 124b as amended by Federal Law BGBl. I No. 81/2009 also comes into effect
Effective July 1, 2009 and will expire on December 31, 2015. The
(24) § 124b, as amended by the Federal Act F.L.G. I No 81/2009, shall enter into force on 1 July 2009 and shall cease
to be in force after December 31, 2015. The
199 of 205
The Federal Minister has the effects of § 124b on the number of students
evaluate and report to the National Council on the results of the evaluation by December 2015 at the latest
required.
(25) Section 29 (5) last sentence in the version of the Federal Law Gazette I No. 81/2009 applies only to those
Cooperation agreements apply after the entry into force of this provision
be completed.
(26) Persons who on September 30, 2009 as a university professor according to § 99
have the right to make requests to renew their order, whereby
a total of up to five years of appointment is permitted.
(27) Section 60 (1b) and Section 66 (1) and (1a) in the version of the Federal Law BGBl. I No. 13/2011 apply to students,
who start studying from the winter semester 2011/2012.
Federal Minister shall evaluate the effects of § 124b on the number of students and submit a report on the results of
the evaluation to the National Council by December 2015 at the latest.
(25) § 29 para 5, last sentence, as amended by the Federal Act, F.L.G. I No 81/2009, shall only apply to
those agreements on the joint operation that have been concluded after the entry into force of this provision.
(26) Persons who are employed as professors under § 99 on 30 September 2009, shall have the right to apply for
an extension of their appointment, with an appointment period of a total of up to five years being permissible.
(27) Section 60 para 1b and Section 66 paras 1 and 1a, as amended by the Federal Act
F. L. G. I No 13/2011, shall apply to students who will be admitted to their studies from the winter semester
2011/2012.
(Note: Paragraph 28 repealed by Federal Law Gazette I No. 52/2013) (28) [removed]
(29) Section 12 subsection 2, subsection 3 first sentence and subsections 5 to 9 in the version of the
2. Stability Act 2012, Federal Law Gazette I No. 35/2012, enter into force on January 1, 2013, with the one in
2012 negotiations for the performance agreements of the performance agreement period
2013 to 2015 and their degrees already with regard to those applicable from January 1, 2013
Legal situation. The regulation according to § 12 paragraph 9 in the version of the
The 2nd Stability Act 2012 can be enacted before January 1, 2013, but it may not be earlier than January 1
Enter into force in 2013.
(29a) Section 61 (1), (2) and (4) in the version of the Federal Law Gazette I No. 52/2012 are for the first time for the
Winter semester 2012/2013. Section 90 (3) in the version of the Federal Law BGBl. I No. 52/2012
is applicable to applications for nostrification made after May 1, 2012.
(30) Tuition fees in accordance with Section 91 (1) to (3) in the Federal Law Gazette I no
To be paid in the summer semester 2013. It comes up
June 1, 2014 no changes to the tuition fee regulation, the current version remains in effect.
(31) Section 143 paras. 22 and 28 shall expire on February 28, 2013.
Section 66 Paragraph 1, Paragraph 1a and Paragraph 1b shall expire on December 31, 2015. The Federal Minister
Federal Minister has the effects of the study entry and orientation phase in cooperation with
the
(29) § 12 para 2, para 3, first sentence, and paras 5 to 9, as amended by the 2nd Stability Act 2012, F.L.G. I No
35/2012, shall enter into force on 1 January 2013, and the negotiations of the performance agreements for the
performance agreement period 2015 to 2012, which take place in 2013, and their conclusion shall be in
accordance with the legal regulations in force from 1 January 2013. The decree under
§ 12 para 9, as amended by the 2nd Stability Act 2012, may be issued prior to 1 January 2013, but shall not enter into
force prior to 1 January 2013.
(29a) § 61 paras 1, 2 and 4, as amended by the Federal Act F.L.G. I No 47/2012, shall apply for the first
time for the winter semester 2012/2013. § 90 para 3, as amended by the Federal Act F.L.G. I No 47/2012,
shall apply to applications for recognition of foreign degrees submitted after 1 May 2012.
(30) Tuition fees under § 91 paras 1 to 3, as amended by F.L.G. I No 18/2013, shall be paid from the summer semester
2013. Unless there are amendments to the regulations on tuition fees by 1 June 2014, the present version shall remain
in force.
(31) § 143 paras 22 and 28 shall expire on 28 February 2013. § 66 para 1, para 1a and para 1b shall expire
on December 31, 2015. The Federal Minister shall evaluate the effects of the orientation period in cooperation with the
universities and
200 of 205
Universities and to report to the National Council on the result by December 2015 at the latest
submitted to the evaluation.
(32) Sections 12 and 13, taking into account Sections 14a to 14g in the version of the Federal Law BGBl. I
No. 52/2013 to be changed by March 31, 2014 at the latest. Should there be no corresponding change to
12 and 13 have taken place, sections 14a to 14g shall expire on March 31, 2014.
(33) Sections 64 and 66, taking into account Sections 14g and 14i in the version of the Federal Law BGBl. I
No. 52/2013 to be changed by March 31, 2014 at the latest. Should there be no corresponding change to
64 and 66 have occurred, § 14i will expire on March 31, 2014.
(34) § 14h comes into force on January 1, 2013 and expires on December 31, 2015. The
The Federal Minister has the effects of the admission requirements according to § 14h in
Cooperation with the universities and to report to the National Council by December 2015 at the latest
submit the result of the evaluation. The focus of the evaluation is the composition of the
Applicants from a social, cultural and gender perspective
Nationality.
(35) Section 13 subsections 9 and 10, Section 13a subsection 6, Section 25 subsection 1 no.12, Section 43 subsection 7, Section 45
Section 7, Section 46 Sections 1 and 2, Section 79 Section 1, Section 92 Section 8, Section 103 Section 9 and Section 125 Section 1 in the version of the Federal Act
Federal Law Gazette I No. 79/2013 come into force on 1 January 2014.
(35a) Section 63 (1) 5a and 12 in the version of the Federal Law Gazette I No. 124/2013 are open
Students who start their studies from the winter semester 2014/2015.
(36) Collegiate bodies and committees that were constituted on March 1, 2015, shall apply until the end of their term
Functional period with regard to § 20a composed in accordance with the law.
(37) The table of contents, §§ 2 Z 13 and 14, 7 Para. 1, 13 Para. 2 Z 1, 13b with heading, 15 Para. 4a, 19 Para. 2 Z
2, 2a, the introductory part to 21 paragraph 1, paragraph 1 lines 13, 4, 5, 11 and 16, the heading to 23b, 23b paragraph 1, 25 paragraph 4 line
2, 26 para. 1, 29 para. 1 and 5, 35a with title, 40 para. 1, the 8th subsection of the
Section 2 of Part I, 46 (4), 51 (2) 3, 4, 5, 11, 12a and 13a, 52 (1) and (2), 54 (1) 10 and
11, 54 para. 3, 54 para. 9, 56, 57, 59 para. 2 no. 5, 60 para. 1b and 6, 61 para. 2 no. 3, para. 3 no. 5, 63 para. 1 no. 4, 64
Paragraph 1 lines 6 to 8, 64
shall submit a report on the results of the evaluation to the National Council no later than December 2015.
(32) Sections 12 and 13 shall be amended by March 31, 2014, having regard to Sections 14a to 14g, as amended by the Federal Act F.
L.G. I No 52/2013. If Sections 12 and 13 have not been amended by then, Sections 14a to 14g shall expire on March 31, 2014.
(33) Sections 64 and 66 shall be amended by 31 March 2014, having regard to Sections 14g and 14i, as amended by the Federal Act F.
L.G. I No 52/2013. If sections 64 and 66 have not been amended by then, section 14i shall expire on 31 March 2014.
(34) § 14h shall enter into force on 1 January 2013 and shall expire on 31 December 2015. The Federal
Minister shall evaluate the effects of the admission requirements under § 14h in cooperation with the
universities and shall submit a report on the results of the evaluation to the National Council no later than
December 2015. The main focus of the evaluation shall be a break-down of applicants and enrolled students
according to their social and cultural background as well as according to gender and nationality.
(35) § 13 paras 9 and 10, § 13a para 6, § 25 para 1 (12), § 43 para 7, § 45 para 7,
§ 46 paras 1 and 2, § 79 para 1, § 92 para 8, § 103 para 9 and § 125 para 1, as amended by the Federal
Act F. L. G. I No 79/2013, shall enter into force on 1 January 2014.
(35a) § 63 para 1 (5a) and para 12, as amended by the Federal Act F.L.G. I No 124/2013, shall apply to students who
start their studies in the winter semester 2014/2015.
(36) Collegial bodies, boards and committees in office on 1 March 2015 shall be deemed to be constituted in conformity
with the law with regard to the application of § 20a until the end of their term of office.
(37) The table of contents, §§ 2 subparas 13 and 14, 7 para 1, 13 para 2 subpara 1, 13b including the
heading, 15 para 4a, 19 para 2 subpara 2, 2a, the introduction to 21 para 1, para 1 subpara 13, 4, 5, 11 and 16,
the heading of 23b, 23b para 1, 25 para 4 subpara 2, 26 para 1, 29 paras 1 and 5, 35a including the heading, 40 para 1,
Sub-Chapter 8 of Chapter 2 of Part I, 46 para 4, 51 paras 2 subpara 3, 4, 5, 11, 12a and 13a, 52 paras 1 and 2, 54 para
1 subparas 10 and 11, 54 para 3, 54 para 9, 56, 57, 59 para 2 subpara 5, 60 paras 1b and 6, 61 para 2 subpara 3, para 3
201 of 205
Paragraphs 4, 5 and 6, 66 Paragraphs 1 to 6, 67 Paragraphs 1 and 2, 68 Paragraph 2, 70 Paragraph 2, the 3a.
Section of Part II, 72, 73 Paragraph 1, 74 Paragraph 2 and 4, 75 Paragraphs 1 to 3, 77 Paragraph 1,
79 paragraphs 5 and 6, 78 paragraph 8, the heading to 82, 82 paragraphs 1 and 2, 84 paragraph 2, 85
including heading, 86, 87 paragraph 1, 90 paragraph 3, 98 paragraph 4, 99 paragraph 4, 109 paragraph 3 and 4,
115 including heading, 119 para. 6 no.1, 123a, 123b para. 5 and 6, 125 para. 1, 135
Paragraphs 3 to 6 and 143 paragraphs 8, 12a, 23, 24, 29a, 35a, 37 to 44 in the version of the Federal Law BGBl. I No.
131/2015 come into force on 1st January 2016. Section 99 paras. 5 to 7 come into force on October 1, 2016.
(38) § 21 Paragraphs 4 and 5 in the version of Federal Law Gazette I No. 131/2015 are only based on the composition of the university councils
for the period beginning on March 1, 2018.
(39) Section 21 (11) in the version of Federal Law BGBl. I No. 131/2015 is from the beginning of the term of office for
to apply the university councils on March 1, 2018.
(40) Section 13 (2) 1 lit. k, l and m, Section 54 (6d) and Section 64 (6) shall expire on December 31, 2015.
(41) Section 66 in the version of Federal Law BGBl. I No. 131/2015 also comes into effect
Effective January 1, 2016 and expires on December 31, 2021. The Federal Minister
Federal Minister has the impact of the study entry and orientation phase in
Cooperation with the universities and to evaluate the National Council in December 2020 at the latest
Submit a report on the result of the evaluation.
(42) The 3a. Section of Part II together with the heading (sections 71a to 71d including headings) comes into effect on January 1
2016 in force and expires on December 31, 2021. The Federal Minister
The Federal Minister has to evaluate the effects of the access regulations in cooperation with the universities
and submit a report on the result of the evaluation to the National Council by December 2020 at the latest.
The focus of the evaluation is on the composition of the applicants and the students
of those who have registered for an admission or selection process but who have not
have appeared for examination, in social and cultural terms as well as by gender and
Nationality. It is permissible by the applicants or examination participants
-Participants the employment and the educational career of the parents as well as their profession and their position
in the profession within the meaning of § 9 paragraph 6
subpara 5, 63 para 1 subpara 4, 64 para 1 subparas 6 to 8, 64 paras 4, 5 and 6, 66
paras 1 to 6, 67 paras 1 and 2, 68 para 2, 70 para 2, Chapter 3a of Part II, 72, 73
para 1, 74 paras 2 and 4, 75 paras 1 to 3, 77 para 1, 79 paras 5 and 6, 78 para 8, the
heading of 82, 82 paras 1 and 2, 84 para 2, 85 including the heading, 86, 87 para 1,
90 para 3, 98 para 4, 99 para 4, 109 paras 3 and 4, 115 including the heading, 119
para 6 subpara 1, 123a, 123b paras 5 and 6, 125 para 1, 135 paras 3 to 6 and 143 paras 8, 12a, 23, 24, 29a, 35a, 37 to
44, as amended by the Federal Act F.L.G. I No 131/2015, shall enter into force on 1 January 2016. § 99 paras 5 to 7
shall enter into force on October 1, 2016.
(38) § 21 paras 4 and 5, as amended by F.L.G. I No 131/2015, shall first apply to the composition of the
university councils for the term of office beginning on 1 March 2018.
(39) § 21 para 11, as amended by Federal Act F.L.G. I No 131/2015, shall first apply to the term of office of
university councils beginning on 1 March 2018.
(40) § 13 para 2 subpara 1 lit k, l and m, § 54 para 6d and § 64 para 6 shall expire as of 31 December
, 2015.
(41) Section 66, as amended by the Federal Act F.L.G. I No 131/2015, shall enter into force on 1 January 2016 and shall
expire as of December 31, 2021. The Federal Minister shall evaluate the ramifications of the orientation period in
collaboration with the universities and shall submit a report on the results of the evaluation to the National Council
by December 2020 at the latest.
(42) Chapter 3a of Part II including the heading (§§ 71a to 71d including the headings) shall enter into force on 1
January 2016 and shall become invalid as of 31 December 2021. The Federal Minister shall evaluate the
ramifications of the admission regulations in collaboration with the universities and shall submit a report on the
results of the evaluation to the National Council by December 2020 at the latest. The focus of the evaluation shall be
the composition of applicants, students and those persons who have registered for an admission procedure or
selection procedure, but did not sit the examination, in terms of social and cultural background as well as gender
and nationality. It shall be permissible to collect data on the applicants 'or examinees' employment
status and the level of education of their parents as well as the latter's occupation and occupational status in
the meaning of
§ 9 para 6 of the Education Documentation Act, F. L. G. I No. 12/2002, and to
202 of 205
Education Documentation Act, Federal Law Gazette I No. 12/2002, to be recorded and anonymized and aggregated for
process statistical and evaluation purposes.
(43) For the change in the curricula of studies by § 14h in the version of the Federal Law BGBl I No. 52/2013
is included until October 1, 2016
Section 54 (5) last sentence does not apply.
(44) Changes to the curricula, which are based on Section 66 in the version of the Federal Law Gazette I no.
131/2015 are required at the latest
Announced on June 30, 2017.
(45) The ordinance of the Federal Government on the stipulation of a number of study places for new students
and freshmen and about the authorization to rectorates to determine a qualitative
Admission procedure, Federal Law Gazette II No. 133/2010, will expire on December 31, 2015.
(46) Section 71b (7) 3 in the version of the Federal Law BGBl. I No. 8/2018 applies with the proviso that for the
Admission to study until the winter semester 2019/2020, the provision of the examination material on the homepage
the university or in another suitable form.
(47) The provisions of Federal Law BGBl. I No. 129/2017 also apply
Effective October 1, 2017. Section 110 (1) in the version of the Federal Law BGB. I No. 129/2017 occurs at the end of 31
December 2021 expires. Ordinances based on Federal Law BGBl. I No. 129/2017 can already be applied from his
Announcement to be issued the following day. These regulations are at the same time as the
To enter into force of this federal law. Changes to curricula, statutes and others
Ordinances that are required due to Federal Law BGBl. I No. 129/2017 must be submitted no later than 30.
Announced in June 2019. Section 6a of Part VIII as amended by Federal Law BGBl. I No. 129/2017 also applies
Effective August 1, 2017.
(48) The award of an academic bachelor's degree for the completion of a human or dental degree
Bachelor's programs are permitted from June 1, 2017.
(49) The table of contents, § 12, §§ 12a and 12b including headings, § 13 para. 2 no. 1 lit. b, c and g, § 13 para.
2 line 2, § 13 paragraph 3, § 20 paragraph 6 line 15, § 21 paragraph 1 line 1, § 22 paragraph 1 line 4, § 23 paragraph 1 line 4, § 51 paragraph 2 line
14d to 14g, section 61 (4), section 63 (1) lines 4 to 6, section 99a, section 107 (2) lines 2 and 3 and section 141 in the version of the
Federal Law BGBl. I No. 8/2018 come into force on February 1, 2018. Sections 12, 12a and 12b, section 13 subsection 2 no.1
lit. b, c and g, section 13 subsection 2 no.2, section 13
process these data in an anonymous and aggregated format for statistical purposes and evaluation purposes.
(43) § 54 para 5, last sentence, shall not apply to changes to curricula of programs that fall under
§ 14h, as amended by the Federal Act F.L.G. I No 52/2013, before 1 October 2016.
(44) Changes to the curricula that become necessary on the basis of § 66, as amended by the Federal Act F.L.G. I No
131/2015, shall be announced by 30 June 2017 at the latest.
(45) The decree issued by the Federal Government that regulates the number of study places for students beginning
their studies and authorises rectorates to implement a qualitative admission procedure, F.L.G. II No 133/2010,
shall expire as of December 31, 2015.
(46) § 71c para 6 subpara 3, as amended by the Federal Act F.L.G. I No 8/2018, shall apply,
provided that the examinable material can be made accessible on the university's website or in another suitable
manner by the winter term 2019/2020 for admission to the program.
(47) The provisions of the Federal Act published in the F.L.G. I No 129/2017 shall enter into force on 1 October
2017. § 110 para 1, as amended by the Federal Act F.L.G. I No 129/2017, shall expire at the end of 31 December 2021.
Decrees based on the Federal Act published in the F. L. G. I No 129/2017 may be issued beginning already on
the day following the promulgation of this act. These decrees shall come into force at the earliest together with the
entry into force of this Federal Act. Changes to curricula, statutes and other decrees that become necessary on the
basis of the Federal Act published in the F.L.G. I No 129/2017 shall be announced by 30 June 2019 at the latest.
Chapter 6a of Part VIII, as amended by the Federal Act published in the F.L.G. I No 129/2017, shall enter into force
as of 1 August 2017.
(48) The award of an academic bachelor's degree for the completion of a bachelor's program in human or
dental medicine shall be permissible as of 1 June 2017.
(49) The table of contents, § 12, §§ 12a and 12b including the headings, § 13 para 2 subpara 1 lit b, c and g, §
13 para 2 subpara 2, § 13 para 3, § 20 para 6 subpara 15, § 21 para 1 subpara 1, § 22 para 1 subpara 4, § 23 para
1 subpara 4, section 51 para 2 subparas 14d to 14g, section 61 para 4, section 63 para 1 subparas 4 to 6, section 99a, section 107 para 2 subparas 2
and 3 as well as § 141, as amended by the Federal Act published in the F.L.G. I No 8/2018, shall enter into force on
1 February 2018. Sections 12, 12a and
203 of 205
Paragraph 3 and Section 141 in the version of the Federal Law Gazette I No. 8/2018 are for the first time on the
Performance agreement period 2019 to 2021 apply. On funding universities for the current
The service agreement period 2016 to 2018 are Sections 12, 13 and 141 in the version applicable on January 31, 2018
continue to apply. Section 13 (4) will expire at the end of January 31, 2018.
(50) Section 63a (9) and 3a. Section of Part II with heading (Sections 71a to 71d with headings)
in the version of the Federal Law BGBl. I No. 8/2018 come into force on May 1, 2018 and are for the first time for the
Admission to study for the winter semester 2019/2020. For the admissions for the winter semester
2018/2019 and for the summer semester 2019 are § 63a para. 9 and 3a. Section of Part II including
Headline in the version applicable on April 30, 2018 continues to apply.
(51) § 141a and § 141b second sentence shall expire on January 31, 2018. In § 141c the
Paragraph designation "(1)" and paragraphs 2 and 3 will cease to apply at the end of January 31, 2018.
(52) Section 141 (7) and section 141b in the version of the Federal Law BGBl. I No. 30/2018 come into effect on February 1, 2018
in force.
(53) The table of contents, section 1, section 13a (4), section 14 (6), section 16 (6), section 17 (2), section 21 (2), section 29 (4) 2, section
42 (4), 43 (4), 45 (2), 60 (5), 119 (3) and 143 (42) in the version of the
Data Protection Adaptation Act 2018 - Science and Research, Federal Law Gazette I No. 31/2018, come into effect on May 25, 2018
in force.
12b, § 13 para 2 subpara 1 lit b, c and g, § 13 para 2 subpara 2, § 13 para 3 as well as § 141, as amended by the
Federal Act F.L.G. I No 8/2018, shall first apply to the performance agreement period 2019 to 2021. §§ 12, 13 as well
as 141 in the version valid as of 31 January 2018 shall continue to apply to university funding for the
performance agreement period 2016 to 2018. § 13 para 4 shall expire at the end of 31 January 2018.
(50) § 63a para 9 as well as Chapter 3a of Part II including the heading (§§ 71a to 71d including the headings), as
amended by the Federal Act F.L.G. I No 8/2018, shall enter into force on 1 May 2018 and shall first apply to the
admission to study programs for the winter semester 2019/2020. For admissions in the winter semester
2018/2019 as well as in the summer semester 2019, § 63a para 9 as well as Chapter 3a of Part II including the heading
in the version valid as of 30 April 2018 shall continue to apply.
(51) § 141a as well as § 141b, second sentence, shall expire as of 31 January 2018. In § 141c the following shall be
deleted: “(1)”, and paras 2 and 3 shall expire at the end of January 31, 2018.
(52) § 141 para 7 and § 141b, as amended by the Federal Act F.L.G. I No 30/2018, shall enter into force on
1 February 2018.
(53) The table of contents, § 1, § 13a para 4, § 14 para 6, § 16 para 6, § 17 para 2, § 21 para 2, § 29
para 4 subpara 2, § 42 para 4, § 43 para 4, § 45 para 2, § 60 para 5, § 119 para 3 as well as § 143 para 42, as amended
by the Data Protection Amendment Act 2018 - Science and Research, F.L.G. I No 31/2018, shall enter into force on
25 May 2018.
(54) Section 30a and Section 108 (5) shall expire on May 24, 2018. (54) Section 30a and Section 108 para 5
shall expire at the end of 24 May 2018.
(55) Sections 60 (6) and 63 (1) (3), paragraphs 10, 10a and 10b in the version of the Federal Law BGBl. I No. 56/2018
are to be applied to applications for admission to studies from the summer semester 2019.
(56) Section 29 (6), Section 35, Section 35a (2) and (3) and Section 35b in the version of the Federal Law BGBl. I No. 52/2018
take effect on the day following the announcement. Section 52 (3) in the version of
Federal Law BGBl. I No. 52/2018 comes into force on October 1, 2018.
(57) Section 125 (12) in the version of the Federal Law Gazette I No. 52/2018 comes into force on the day of the announcement
follows. Any payments made by the federal government before this regulation came into force and not yet
refundierte
(55) Sections 60 para 6 and 63 para 1 subpara 3, paras 10, 10a and 10b, as amended by the Federal Act F.L.G. I No
56/2018, shall apply to applications for the admission to a study program starting with the summer semester
Of 2019.
(56) Section 29 para 6, Section 35, Section 35a paras 2 and 3 as well as Section 35b, as amended by the Federal Act F.L.G. I No 52/2018,
shall enter into force on the day following the promulgation. Section 52 para 3, as amended by the Federal Act F.L.G.I.
No 52/2018, shall enter into force on 1 October 2018.
(57) § 125 para 12, as amended by the Federal Act F.L.G. I No 52/2018, shall enter into force on the day
following the promulgation. Any amounts to be transferred under social security law which have been
paid by the Federal
204 of 205
The federal government must reimburse transfer payments for social security law.
(58) Section 6 (1) as amended by Federal Law BGBl. I No. 3/2019 comes into force on January 1, 2019. For the
University of Continuing Education Krems (Danube University Krems) according to § 6 Paragraph 1 No. 22 is that
Federal Law on the University for Continuing Education Krems (UWK Law - UWKG), Federal Law Gazette I No. 22/2004,
last amended by Federal Law BGBl. I No. 31/2018.
Government but not yet refunded before entry into force of this regulation shall be reimbursed to the Federal
Government by the university.
(58) § 6 para 1, as amended by the Federal Act F.L.G. I No 3/2019, shall enter into force on 1 January 2019. The
Federal Act on the University for Continuing Education Krems (UWKG), F. L. G. I No 22/2004, as amended by the
Federal Act
F. L. G. I No 31/2018, shall apply to the University for Continuing Education Krems (Danube University Krems) according
to § 6 para 1 subpara 22.
completion
implementation
Section 144. The following are entrusted with the implementation of this federal law: Section 144. The following
authorities shall be entrusted with the implementation of
this act:
1. with regard to Section 17, the Federal Minister of Finance;
2. with regard to sections 137 and 139, the Federal Minister of Finance in
Agreement with the Federal Minister of Education, Science and Research;
3. with regard to sections 12 (2) and 7, 16 (2), 121 (17) and 141, the Federal Minister
for education, science and research in agreement with the Federal Minister
for finance;
4. With regard to Section 18 (2), the Federal Minister for the Constitution, Reforms, Deregulation
and justice, as far as court and judicial administration fees are concerned, otherwise the
Federal Minister of Finance;
5. with regard to Section 29 (6), the Federal Minister of Labor, Social Affairs,
Health and consumer protection in agreement with the Federal Minister
for education, science and research;
6. with regard to Section 44, the Federal Minister of Labor, Social Affairs, Health and
Consumer protection;
7. with regard to sections 106 paragraphs 2 and 3, 108 paragraphs 1, 3 and 4, 109 to 113, 115 and 135 the Federal Minister or
the Federal Minister of Labor, Social Affairs, Health and Consumer Protection in agreement with the Federal Minister
or the Federal Minister of Education, Science and Research;
1. in respect of Section 17, the Federal Minister of Finance;
2. in respect of Sections 137 and 139, the Federal Minister of Finance in consultation with the Federal Minister of
Education, Science and Research;
3. in respect of §§ 12 paras 2 and 7, 16 para 2, 121 para 17 and 141, the Federal Minister of Education, Science
and Research in consultation with the Federal Minister of Finance;
4. in respect of § 18 para 2, the Federal Minister of Constitution, Reforms, Deregulation and Justice, to the
extent that court and legal administrative fees are affected, and otherwise the Federal Minister of Finance;
5. in respect of § 29 para 6, the Federal Minister of Labor, Social Security, Health, Family and Consumer Protection
in consultation with the Federal Minister of Education, Science and Research;
6. in respect of Section 44, the Federal Minister of Labor, Social Security, Health, Family and Consumer Protection;
7. in respect of sections 106 paras 2 and 3, 108 paras 1, 3 and 4, 109 to 113, 115 and 135, the Minister of Labor, Social
Security, Health, Family and Consumer Protection in consultation with the Federal Minister of Education, Science and
Research;
8. the Federal Government with regard to Sections 8 and 21 (6) (2); 8. in respect of §§ 8
and 21 para 6 subpara 2, the Federal Government;
205 of 205
9. Otherwise the Federal Minister of Education, Science and Research.
9. and otherwise the Federal Minister of Education, Science and Research.
Translation: Rebecca Fischer, BA MA Fa. Xlation, Vienna